MASTER NEGA TIVE NO. 92-80720 MICROFILMED 1992 COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES/NEW YORK as part of the "Foundations of Western Civilization Preservation Project" Funded by the WMENT FOR THE HUMANITIES Reproductions may not be made without permission from Columbia University Library COPYRIGHT STATEMENT The copyright law of the United States - Title 17, United States Code ~ concerns the making of photocopies or other reproductions of copyrighted material.. Columbia University Library reserves the right to refuse to accept a copy order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order would involve violation of the copyright law. AUTHOR: WHITE, JOHN WILLIAMS TITLE: A SERIES OF FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK PLACE: BOSTON DA TE : 1883 COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT Master Negative # BIBLIOGRAPHIC MICROFORM TARGET Original Material as Filmed - Existing Bibliographic Record ' » ■■ ■ ■ < ■ ^•f mm^mmm^i^im^Hi^K Restrictions on Use: 887.82 \Y582 a: 887.82 W5821 mm^m'mm^m->rgrrvnrw- ^ i White, John Williams, 1849- 1 "^ n . A series of first lessons in Greek: adapted to the second edition of Goodwin 's Greek grammar, and designed as an introduction either to Goodwin's Greek reader or to Goodwin and White's selections from Xenophon and Herodotus, or to tlie Anabasis of Xenophon. By John Si^on,^^ '"^'* - -^ ^^- - Boston, Ginn & Heath, X, 286 p. 19 cm Another oopy, 1881. ^ '- Gre ek language— Composition and exercises. Another copy in ^-. Plimpton ^ibrery. IQSiJ. Another copy in ( Jpiirapton Library. 1881. Library of Congress ^-< PA258.W64 1881 . . , \ w^ TECHNICAL MICI^OFORM DATA FILM SIZE: ^.L*^ IMAGE PLACEMENT: lA (flA) IB IIB DATE FILMED:___q_-_Ji__-Ji INITIALS HLMEDBY: RESEARCH PUBLICATIONS. INC WOODDRIDGE. CT REDUCTION RATIO: •TlA-D. C. \ I X LLC Association for Information and Image Management 1100 Wayne Avenue. Suite 1100 Silver Spring. Maryland 20910 301/587-8202 Centimeter 1 23456789 10 I I i I i I i I I 11 12 13 14 15 mm iilmiliiijmjlmjlm]]^^ Inches 1.0 i.i 1.25 Hi til lit lu u lUlfclft 106 |40 1.4 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 MfiNUFflCTURED TO flllM STRNDfiRDS BY fiPPLIED IMRGE. INC. #^ ^U >^ '% -* Columbia Wlmbttiitp inttjeCitpof^togork LIBRARY r" A SERIES OF FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK i ADAPTED TO THE SECOND EDITION OF GOODWIN'S GREEK GRAMMAR, AST) DESIGNED AS AN INTRODUCTION EITHER TO GOODWIN'S GREEK READER, OR TO GOODWIN AND • WHITE'S SELECTIONS FROM XENOPHON AND HERODOTUS, OR TO THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. BT JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Ph. D., ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF GREEK IN HARVARD UNIVERSITX SECOND EDITION. OvMfbv tAe0 bri hpx^ iravrb^ Ipyov fiiytarov, AXXu^ re koi vitp koI dtraX^ 6T(povv ; — Plat. Rep. II. 377 A. JUk • jk.Jkm BOSTON: PUBLISHED BY GINN, HEATH, 4 CO. 1883. 1^ COPTKIOHT, 1880. By JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE. J J. S. Gushing, SUPBRINTSNDBNT OF PmNTING, K>x Pkarl St., Boston. PREFACE. -•o*- THE revision and enlargement of Professor W. W. Goodwin's Greek Ghrammar, republished last year, has made necessary a new edition of my First Lessons in Greek. I have taken this opportunity to submit the book to a rigorous revision. As the result of this, though the original plan of the Lessons remains unaltered, there has been not a little change in its details. I was aware, when this book was first published in 1876, that its plan necessarily made it more difficult than books of its kind ordinarily are. I waited, therefore, with interest to see whether these difficulties, which I had thought it better for the pupil to meet at once in his first year's study and not to defer to an evil day, had been pre- sented so gradually as to make it possible for the Lessons to be used widely in our public schools. That fact was soon established, and I think I may now say that the peculiar features of the book have met with general and ' hearty approval. Important among these are the intro- duction of the verb from the first and the su bsequ ent de- velopment of its inflexion alternately with that of the other parts of speech, the introduction from the beginning of exercises consisting of complete sentences for practice in translation, and the develogment of the verb at first by moods and not by tenses. 390147 IV PREFACE I am glad to know that this last feature has recom- mended itself to teachers, and that it is now agreed that the point of view of the Grammar, which necessarily states the facts of the language scientifically, looking first to the forms of words and not to their use, is not the one to take in giving the pupil his first insight into the language con- sidered as a means for the expression of thought. An illustration of the truth of this may be drawn from the subjunctive and optative. As was urged in the first edi- tion, the uses of these moods in Greek, though delicate, are nevertheless clearly defined. When the beginner first learns their forms, he should at once have the more com- mon of these uses explained to him. The proposition is the element of language, and from this individual words and forms derive their whole relational significance. But in fact, when the subjunctive and optative are not studied singly but are presented tense by tense along with the other moods, frequently a blind and often incorrect trans- lation of the one by may, etc., and of the other by might, etc., is allowed, as if they were independent in their use like the indicative, a translation in which the pupil has no adequate feeling of their force. It may be easier to learn the mere forms of the verb by tenses than by moods, a single tense stem being presented at a time, but in the case of a pure verb the changes of stem in the different tenses resulting from augment and tense sign can hardly be called a matter of great difficulty. In this book, therefore, Xva>, as the representative of pure verbs, has first been presented by moods. Its development, however, is very gradual, running through sixteen lessons. It has, moreover, been carefully borne in mind in these lessons that \voi is the type, and any PREFACE. peculiar euphonic changes in the forms of the pure and mute verbs that have been introduced have been explained as they have occurred, generally in the foot-notes. It is at Lesson XXXV. that a systematic development of the verb by tense stems begins, though the subject of tense stems in pure and mute verbs is presented in part in Lesson XX. This part of the book has been enlarged by five lessons, and it is hoped that the verb, that one great difficulty which he who would learn Greek may not avoid, is now so fully and yet so gradually presented as to make the mastery of its forms if not easy, at least possible without discouragement. The exercises in immediate connection with the lessons have been taken mainly from the first four books of Xenophon's Anabasis. They are designed from the first as a drill not only on forms but also in syntax, the sim- pler principles of which are early introduced and illus- trated. They consist entirely of complete sentences, each of which illustrates some principle of the lesson in which it occurs. These sentences have been transferred with as little change as possible from the original. It is obvious that it will be a great advantage to those who subse- quently read the Anabasis to have previously studied in this careful way so great a part of it. Forms, however, cannot be learned, especially by English-speaking boys, whose own language is almost destitute of inflexions, without constant and recurring practice. To supply ma- terials for this practice there have been added to the lessons, at the end of the book, twenty-five additional exercises on forms to be taken by way of review, as the lessons proceed. In these no attempt has been made to illustrate syntax systematically, and the sentences (for VI PREFACE. phrases have not been admitted even here) have been made as brief as possible, though each introduces one or two, often many, illustrations of the forms under consid- eration. These additional exercises are drawn from vari- ous sources, but mainly from excellent books for beginners by Bockel, by Schenkl, and by Kiihner. In introducing the syntax, all idioms peculiar to Greek have been carefully explained on their first occurrence, and this explanation has often been subsequently again referred to in the notes; but idioms identical with the English, as e. g. the infinitive not in indirect discourse, have been freely employed from the first. The first year's knowledge of Latin also has been assumed in introducing constructions. The last twenty lessons are intended to give a drill on the general principles of syntax, and only the largest print of the sections in the grammar cited at the head of the lessons is to be learned. If under any particular construction there is a special fact of unusual difficulty or importance, attention is called to it in the notes. It is recommended that these lessons be taken at the rate of one or two a week in connection with the author whom the class shall have taken up on finishing Lesson LX. It should be added that the English parts of the exercises of these twenty lessons are not designed as a systematic course in Greek Composition. To meet this want, an American edition of Mr. Arthur Sidgwick's First Greek Writer is about to be published, and so the promise of four years ago at length fulfilled. The vocabularies, both special and general, have been made with care and from the point of view of the deriva- tion and composition of words; on the study of which too great stress can scarcely be laid. Lessons LIX. and PREFACE. vu LX. should be introduced early in parts, and the student taught the habit of analyzing the words in his exercises to get at their meaning. In the Greek-English vocabu- laries, English words that are cognate with the pre- ceding Greek words have been printed in small capitals, borrowed words in black letter. The former show the influence of the phonetic principle, familiarly known as Grimms Law. According to this law, tt and <^ will generally appear in English respectively as / and h; K, y, and ^, as /i, A: or c, and g ; and r, 8, and dy as t\ t^ and dy though there are many exceptions. A borrowed word, on the other hand, is one transferred directly with- out consonantal change from Greek into English. This connection between the Greek and English words has not been traced out exhaustively. What is given is intended to be suggestive, and leaves much that may be done by the teacher. The special vocabularies should be well committed to memory. The words in these are taken from sentences in the exercises of the lesson in which they occur, and no word is repeated. In these vocabularies, in the course of the book, the student learns over four hundred Xeno- phontic words in common use. The parts of the verbs have been given, without abbreviation of the forms, from Veitch. Late forms have been excluded, but forms on the other hand occurring exclusively in Homer have been given when necessary to complete the parts of a verb. When Veitch does not catalogue the verb, only the present and future are given in the general vocabulary, unless the verb has occurred also in one of the special vocabularies. In the general Greek-English vocabulary, further, the prepositions are now fully treated, the simple stems of the Vlll PREFACE. PREFACE. IX verbs and the class to which the verb belongs are given, the cases accompanying the verbs stated where necessary, and the natural quantities marked. This last feature is new to this book and unusual in books of this grade. But the conviction has been growing upon me, that we ought, from the very beginning, to mark by our pronunciation the difference between a, t, and v, and d, t, and v, just as we do between c and r), and o and o). The pupil's higher work in later years will be maxie easier if attention is paid to natural quantities from the start. In the English- Greek vocabulary there is no systematic treatment of syno- nymes, which have been given only so far as necessary to guide the pupil in his choice of words. It is scarcely necessary to add that this vocabulary is special, and not designed for use with any other English sentences than those occurring in this book. The use of blackboards, extensive enough for the en- class, is strongly recommended. The Greek of the English exercises might the first day be put on the board, and the second day recited orally. By this use of the blackboard, classes are soon initiated into the mysteries of accentuation. The teacher should also, with the ma- terial here given, make other short sentences to be trans- lated, both Greek and English. This additional drill should be mainly oral, and conducted rapidly. We should train not only the eye, but also the ear of our pupils. (^s to the order of the words in translating the English sentences into Greek, the pupil should be warned against the wrong placing of post-positive and adjective words and phrases, and further against following the English arrangement slavishly. As a general guide he should know that in Greek the subject followed by its modifiers stands first, the verb preceded by its modifiers last, though • often, as in English, the verb precedes its modifiers either wholly or in part; but there are many exceptions, and too much attention should not be paid to the matter of the order of the words at first. These English sentences are for the most part translations, and for the satisfaction of teachers who may care to know the original order and choice of the words, the original sentences have been published in pamphlet form, and may be had on applica- tion to the publishers. J As is known, Profesor Hadley's Greek Grammar is now undergoing revision. When the new edition ap- pears, a companion pamphlet of parallel references will be prepared for the accommodation of those who, using this grammar, would like to use also the materials col- ^ lected in the Lessons. These will not be numerically i arranged in columns, but given in sets under the head of each lesson, repeating the references made to Goodwin's ! Grammar, a method of references, it is believed, as complete and satisfactory as could be desired. It cannot be expected that the book as it stands, with- out omission or division of the lessons, will meet the wants of all schools. To make the shortening of the lessons, when necessary, easier, the exercises up to the syntax have been divided into four sections, the second and fourth of which need not be taken. The additional exercises on forms also may either be omitted or drawn from on occasion. In general, however, the book had best be taken entire, in the manner prescribed, at such TSiie of progress as is possible in each particular case. It is believed that ordinarily, excluding the twenty lessons on syntax, it can be completed and the class set to read- PKEFACE. ing an aut hor in two terms of three months each. There will be much difference ^of opinion, also, as to how much introductory matter should be learned before the class proceeds to the subject of inflexion, and on this account this part of the book has not been divided into lessons. The directions at the beginning of each lesson have been made as definite as possible. But it will be well for the teacher to go over each lesson with his class before they undertake it, telling them definitely what to learn and forestalling its greater difficulties. The pleasure remains to me of expressing my grateful thanks to the many friends who have assisted me not only in the preparation of the original edition of this book but also in its revision. Neither undertaking was in itself enlivening; but the help and encouragement I have had have done much to lighten what otherwise might have proved a tedious task. The care necessary to free a book of this sort of errors is infinite; and I have no doubt that though I have spared no time or pains with it mistakes remain. These can easily be corrected in the plates, and I shall be under obligations to any one who will point them out. JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE. Harvard University, July, 1880. FIEST LESSONS IN GREEK. I FIEST LESSONS IN GEEEK. V INTRODUCTORY^ The portions of the Grammar designated by the following numerald are to be well learnt before taking up Lesson L* The parts which are here included of § 15, § 16, and § 17 are given that teachers who think it advisable may give their pupils at the outset a comprehensive view of the Euphony of Consonants, the principles of which, however, will be cited singly in the Lessons as they are needed. But these may be omitted, if thought best, until Lesson XVI. is reached. Before any attempt to learn the following paragraphs, the teacher should go over them carefully with the class, pointing out in each case how the examples illustrate the principle. Grammar 3; § 1, with n. 1, together with the system of pronunciation given on page xi ; § 2, with N. ; § 3, with N. ; § 4, 1 (with N. 1) and 2 ; § 5, 1 and 2 ; § 6, with 1 and 2, and N. ; § 7, with N. ; § 15, 1 and 2; § 16, with 1 (and N. 2), 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 ;< § 17, 1, 2, and 3 ; § 18, 1 and 2 ; § 19, 1, 2, and 3 ; § 20, with 1, 2, and 3 ;r^ § 21, 1, 2, and 3; §22, land 2; §23, 1; § 3L After learning § 1, with the system of pronunciation, give the name and English equivalent of each letter in the follow- ing Exercise. After § 2 and § 3 point out the vowels and diphthongs' and give their sounds. After § 5 classify the con- sonants, and after § 6 classify them a second time, minutely. 3 ? 4 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. After the remainder of the references to the Grammar, point out and name the breathings and accents, and name the words according to their accentuation (§ 21, 2), arid then pronounce the Exercise entire. (The hyphens show the division of the words into syllables according to § 18, n.) Exercise. Kv-/x)9 8c xjfL-Xrjv c-;(a)i/ rrjv K€'j^ Sc av-rov a-iro toS* *^\-\7l-vi-Kov a€'VO'S)v *A'0r)'VaL'O<;, v-7rc-Xa-cra? (09* , together with the meaning of this tense (§ 95, 2, I., first column) and its terminatiom (§ 113, 2, I., first Vocabulary.2 akrjOevo), -ct9, jSactXcuo), -ct9, ypd(o, -ct9, iOeXo), -ci9, ikavvw, -C19, XvGi, -Ct9, TrC/XTTO), -Ct9, rpix^* -c<'9, N to speak the truth} to he king, to reign, to write, to grave.* to wish, to desire, to Tnarch. to LOOSE, to destroy, to send, to run. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. \ \ \ \ J Exercises. Translate into Engliih. I. 1. Xuovo-i.* 2. /Saxrikevo), 3. ^ao'iX€V6i9. 4. 6 fjidvTLS (soothsayer) aX7)dev€L. 5. ypaxfxo. 6. ypau^Tov.^ 7. Xvo/x^. 8. idik^i ypdov(rL. 6. c^cXci Tranalate into Greek. ni. 1. He writes. 2. They (two) speak the truth. 3. I desire to run. 4. They send. 5. You (singular) march. 6. He looses. IV. t. You (plural) run. 2. We speak the truth. 3. I write. 4. We wish to write. NOTES. * If the teacher thinks best, the subdivision of the terminations into connecting vowels and personal endings can be introduced even here. It is first given in this book in Lesson X., which is a review of the active voice. * On the special vocabulary of each Lesson, see the Preface. ' The definitions are given in the infinitive to express the simple meaning of the verb without reference to person or number. * In the vocabularies the small capitals denote that the English word is of kindred origin with the Greek word. See the Preface for the differ- ence between cognate and borrowed words in English. * They loose. In the English translation always use the pronoun which is of the same person and number as the verb, provided that no noun-subject occurs. * You (two), or they (two), write (dual). ^ To write, present infinitive active of ypd^, the ending being -tbv. LESSON III. Nouns: First Declension. Grammar : § 34 ; § 35 ; § 36, except the termhmtions of the masculine migidar (and read the N.) ; § 25, 1 and 2 ; § 37, 1 {the declension of the first four nouns) and 2, with notes 2, 3, and 4. Vocabulary. €tS» prep, used with the ace. only, CfC, prep, used with the gen. only, eTrtoToXry, -rjs, rj,^ edXarra,' -779, 17, Kprjirrj, -r;?, 17, KiifiT), -779, 17, (ricr)irq, -^9, 17, Xcipa, -as, 17, into, to, out of, from. a letter, an epistle.* the sea. a spring. a village. a tent. a country. Exercises. I. 1. ct5j37i'* x(!)p(w iXaw/ovcTL, 2. ypd^L cViotoXtJi'. 3. Tpixovaiv^ ct9 rr^v dakarrcw, 4. tom c7rtaToXa9 TrtfiTrofJiei/, 5. rrfv crKr)vr)i/ Xvet (he de- stroys). 6. €/c^ tS)v KO)fxa)v i\avi/€L. 7. rpi^oixev Ct9 TOS (TKTfvdS' n. 1. eXaii/ct ct9 ra9 Kcjfia^, 2. Tr)i/ arpa- Tiav OavfJid^ei, 3. ii/ (in) ry Kcofijj Kp-qvqv evpiaK^t. (he finds). ^ \ ft i '8 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. III. 1. We admire the springs. 2. He has' a letter' 3. He marches into the village. 4. They destroy the tent^. 5. They are writing letters. IV. 1. We run into the sea. 2. He marches from the sea to the tents. NOTES. , , 29 M 29, and § 13, 2. 3 The article here shows the gender of the substantive. S 33 2 N. 1. 4 In the vocabularies the black letter denotes that the English word 18 borrowed from the Greek word. See note 4. Lesson II. <* In earlier Attic Greek and the other dialects. OoXoonra. The form in double tau (rr) occurs in the later Attic. « Words not found in the special vocabulary of the Lesson are to be looked for in the general vocabularies at the end ^^ ^^« .^^^^^ _ ^ • On the Order of Words in Attic Greek Prose, consult the Preface. LESSON IV. Hotiiib: PiTBt Deolension (con^muec/). — Subject, Predicate, Object. Grammar : § 36 ; § 37, 1 and 2, with notes 1, 2, 3, and 4; § 133, 1 and 2; § 134, 1; § 135, 1 ; § 158. § 133, 1 : § 133, 2 : Examples.^ Hcp6?? iSao-iXcvct, Xerxes (subject) is kino (predicate). poTjdeiai^ irifinoiJLQ/ T0i9 a, -a?, 17, ttoXitt;?, -ov, 6, (rarpaTrrj^;, -ov, 6, oTpaTidrrj^;, -ov, 6, €pQ), -C19, Tocabulary. aid, assistance. to wonder at, to admire. to command, to order. a rock, a mass of rock. a citizen. a satrapi a soldier. to BEAR, to bring, to produce. Exercises. I. 1. Ik twv KCJfjLCJV oTparidiTas ayei. 2. ySory- 0€L(w irip.trop.ev ro> (raTpdirjf), 3. 6 a'arpaTrrfs tovs GTpaTUxiTa^ Oavpdtjei. 4. /cctl* (avd) at nerpai eU Trjv ddXaTTcu/ KaOiJKova'Li'^ (reach dovm). 5. to irehlov {plain) pekCvrjp €p€L, II. 1. 0/309 (a mxmntairi) to trehiov n€pLi)(€L [surrounds) c/c OaXdrrr)^ ct9 ddXaiTav. 2. hnavOa (thereupon) 6 carpdirq^ iceXcvci rov97 oTparuoras^ (j>v\dTT€W» , s 10 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. ni. 1. The satrap is now king. 2. The citi- zen writes a letter. 3. And I march to the tente. 4. The satrap sends aid to the citizens. IV. 1. He marches from the village into Phrygia. 2. Thereupon the soldier runs into his {rffv) tent. NOTES. » To be used in place of the illustrations given in the articles of the Syntax that are cited, since these would not be understood. « § 184, 1. ' § 134, 3, N. 1. M 37, 2, n. 2 h. » In continued discourse, the sentence commonly has a conjunction connecting it with what goes before. In the detached sentences of the exercises these have necessarily often been dropped (less and less, how- ever, as the Lessons proceed), but the principle should be carefully kept in mind. » . ..„^ « • § 13. 1, 5. 2. M 141. H. 2. • { 134. 2. i} I! I W ' LESSON V. Verbs! Imperfect and luture Indicative Active. Grammar : § 92, 4, I. and XL ; § 110, I. and II. 1 ; § 96, I., the Imperfect and Future Indicative Active of Xvo), together with the meanings of these tenses (§ 95, 2, I., first column) and their terriimations (§ 113, 2, I., first and third columns) ; § 99, 1 and 2 (with a) ; § 100, 1 ; § 26. Tocabulary. ( yc<^vpa, -a?, 17, * 1 Owos ftit. dvcrw. a wagon. a bridge, to have, to possess, to hold. to sacrifice. It FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 11 OTrXxTT^?, -ov, o. a heavy-armed foot- soldier, a hoplite. to strike. TrOLQ), fut. TrCUep€v^ {it brought). 4. 6 o-aTpdm)^ cfct oTrXtVa?. 5. ot Sc^ {bat) orpanalTat * exaXi'rraivov. 6. ol bir}2Tai dvcrova-u/.^ II. 1. Xvo-ovcri ya/)^ (for) rffv ye(f>vp(w. 2. ot TToXirai eTraiov Toif<; oTrXtVa?. 3. /ccXcucroucrt tov9 Ilcpcras Xvct^ ra? yej>vpa%. 4. Xvcrofia^ ra? d/xafa? &9^e)(o/ia/. ^ III. 1. You {plural} will sacrifice. 2. They were striking the targeteers. 3. The heavy-armed foot-soldier ran to the tents. 4. The sea surrounded (7rc/>i€tx€^) the country. rV. 1. The soldiers were running from their tents. 2. He will commajid the hoplites to guard their tents. NOTES. * The future, {|« or vx^o-a (two forms), and imperfect, ctxw, of this verb are both peculiar in formation. » I 13, 1, with N. 2. 12 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 13 w • A postpositive conjunction, i.e. a conjunction which is always put after one or more words of the sentence. See also again note 5, Les- Bon IV. * I 22, N. 1. Cf. S 22, 2. » { 161. • « 26, H. 1. : I LESSON TI. HouiiB : Second Declension. — Prepositiona. Grammar : § 40 (and read the n.) ; § 41 ; § 42, 1. Bemarks on the Use of Prepositions.^ 1. The genitive is used with prepositions to denote the object /rom which an action proceeds, as ^kci irapa tov (rrpa- Tqyavy he is come FROM the general. 2. The dative is used to denote the object hy which an action takes place, as /lo'ct irapa tw oTfyarriyOf he remains BY (at the side of) the general. 3. The accusative is used to denote the object towards which the motion is directed, as cXawct Trapa tov arparTjyov, he is advancing TO the general. Tocabulary. ayycXo?, -ov, o, Xi0O9, -ov, 6, ^ Xd<^?, -ov, o, ^ Xo^ayds, -ov, 6, (Xo'xot, o company, and i^w) / « VOfJLO^, -OV, O, ircStbi', -ov, TO, aTpaTrjy6<;, -ov, 6, (o-rpar©*, an army, and 4y») ^ general. ^vaiov, -ov, TO, (dim. ofxpwos, 5roZ<0 9^^^ vwney, gold. a messenger, a stone, a hill, a captain, a law. a plain. Exercises. I. 1. o ayyeko<; aXry^cvcrct. 2. to 8c ttcSioi/ 7rv/)ov9 €ov. 2. T0V9 Aa/cc8at/jLoi/u>v9 /cXcTTTca/ kcdXvci j/d/xo5. 3. 6 8c arparrjyos Xa/x^cu/ct to ypvaiov, in. 1. The messengers were running from (the side of) the tent into the plain. 2. But Clearchus sends the gold to the soldiers. 3. The generals will lead' the army. 4. The general commanded the captain to march into the plain. IV. 1 . For the general destroys the bridge and marches into Phrygia. 2. The soldiers desire to sacrifice to both gods and goddesses. NOTES. * To be learned with care. * irapa with the genitive means strictly from the side of^ while i^ means out of. So iropa with the accusative means to the side of, but cU, into. * KaX...Ra(, correlative conjunctions, hoth...and. * I 141, N. 1 a. * Postpositive. See note 3, Lesson V. * The future of &yu is &(« (0,7-0^), § 16, 2. 14 -^ O U FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. LESSON Til. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 15 Verbs : Aorist, Perfect, and Pluperfect Indicative Actiye. Grammar : § 92, 4, III. and IV. b; § 110, III. 1, and IV. 6 ; § 96, 1., Aorist, Perfect, and Pluperfect Indicative Active of Xv(o; § 95, 2, I., first column; § 113, 2, L, sec- ond and fourth columns ; § 99, 1 and 2 (with a and c) ; § 100, 1 ; § 101, 1, 2, and 4. Tocabulary. aocA.;, ->}9, 17, Togevcj, fut. To^evaro), aor. crofcvcra, (to{ov, a 6oit>) TO^OTTfS, -OV, 6, (to{ov, a 6o«;) a brother. to plan, to devise. a tax, an impost, a gift an oath, silence. to shoot with a bow. a howTnan. Exercises. I. 1. ot Sc ^ap^apoL T]8r) XcXv/cocrt ra? yevpwi, 2. ra? (TTToi'Sag eXcXv/cciTC. 3. o yap (raTpiirnf; iKeXevcre roif^ TroXiVa? 8acr/xov9 nefineu^. 4. ot §€ TToXc/XtOt TOV9^ OpKOVvpav iXvo-are. 7. 6 * §€ KXeapxos ToXfiiSrjv^ kckcXcvkc a-iyrjiv KrjpvrreLv. n. 1. 6 Kvpo9 /xcWu/ Toi/ cTTparriyov iK€\£va'€v, 2. hnavda 6 ^ap^apo^ hfikaaev, 3. ical 6 crr/ja- TT/yo? icrTpdT€V(r€j/ iirl (against) tt^v tov a-aTpdwov •)((iJp(W, III. 1. They have planned to break the truce. 2. I sacrificed to both gods and goddesses. 3. We have ordered the bowmen and the targeteers to send gifts. 4. But the barbarians shot from"' their* horses. 5. For ® his brother had ordered Cyrus to send imposts. 6. The captain has ordered the hopHtes to take the arms. IV. 1. And Cyrus commanded Orontas to take the soldiers. 2. The generals have broken their oaths ; for they have not ® sacrificed to the gods. NOTE8. * The vocative singular is 6JUk^ with irregular accent. See 2 42, 1, H. « I 141, N. 2. ' I 17, 2. * Tou, nominative plural of the personal pronoun a^, thou. » i 141, N. 1 a. • 2 134, 2. ^ dwo, with the genitive. • The Greek word is postpositive. See note 3, Lesson V. • o^ 5 29. "^ LESSON VIII. Hounsi The Attic Second Declension.— The Adnominal Genitive. Grammar : § 42, 2 ; § 22, n. 2 ; § 25, 2, n. ; § 167, with 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 6. 16 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Examples. 5^#^5,<;i^ . § 167, 1: at rov craTpdnov^ Ka)/jiaL,t?ieSATiLA'p's villages. ^lUt'. « : * § 167, 2 : 71 roiv crrpaTLoyraiv ewoLa, the good-will of THE SOLDIERS (i.e. which the soldiers feel). Cii\\^ ^ § 167, 3 : 6 Twv TToXefiCcjp (fyo^oq, the fear OF the enemy (i.e. which is felt toward them). C|^.(VvP"^> §167,4: Sc/ca a/Lia^ai ireTpcov, ten wagon-loads of STONES. *\K(/V«M-*^» § 167, 5: TTora/LLo? rrXeOpov, a river of (one) plethrum (in breadth) ; Seica rj/xepaiv 6S09, a journey OF TEN days; SiKTj ScVtt TaXcu^o)!/, a Zai^;- j suit OF (i.e. involving) ten talents. f ^v , ^ ► § 167, 6 : Sc/ca tom/ awOpdntov, ten of the men. Vocabnlary. rffiepa, -a?, 17, ffrjpao), fut. Oyjpdcra), aor. iOT/jpaaa, perf. T€07JpaKa,^ KCOfidpxr)^* -OV, 6, (K«Vt) and £px») Xayw?, -g5, 6, /xt9 Orjcravpoif^ evplorKovcTLV, 2. 6' TO) i/€OJ i0vcr€v. 3. 6 0€ Kvpo? €7refjL\jt€* tcj B€TTaX<^ ScVa rffiepcjv iLiaOov, 4. Tcij' Se IleXoTroj'- FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 17 vria-ioiv exofia/ oTrXtra? cKarw. 5. Trapa rot? rwi/ Oeatv v€(o<; eixevov. 6. dXX' ^ (6i6^) iKpthrreTe rrji/ tov *Kpra^ip^ov iTTVopKiav. n. 1. KC/>09 yap inefxne j8l/cov9 oJi'ov. 2. 6 TOV K(OfJLdp)(ov vlo5 Xaya>9 Orjpdo'ei. 3. tov9 Tap- (rov9 apTrdtovo-i 8ta (on account of) tov oXeOpov Ta)v (TTpaTuoTcov.^ 4. KOLTOL {and yet) e)(0} iraihla tcov OTpaTTjyojv iv M 1X17x0). III. 1. We will sacrifice in the temples. 2. The soldiers admire the hall. 3. He had caught five (Tre/rc) hares. 4. We have five hares and a jar of wine. 5. For thirty of the hoplites are surrounding the village. 6. But the soldiers had destroyed the wagons on account of "^ their fear of the enemy. rV. 1. The brother of the village-chief sent the bowmen ten days' pay. 2. Thereupon they threw* their little children down from^ the rocks of^e stronghold. 4 NOTES. > Note carefully the position of the attributive genitive, § 142, 1. • 5 17, 2; ' The Greek word was originally pronounced with the digamma (? 1, H. 2), Foivot. The Latin word is vinum. • That is, P€^ edve Tol 0€a5 'E/o/ui^. 2. d 8c Toiorrj^ TO Kapovp iffavfial^ep. 3. d 8c Kv/)09 to* apdpdno) S(t)pa eirepj^ep, lttttop k (observe cai'efully the tense stems) ; f% 99, 1 and 2 (entire); § 100, 1 and 2 ; § 101, 1, 2, 3, and 4; § 103; § 105, 1; § 109, 1; § 195; § 200. Examples. § 195: Toxf^ onXiTas ^ov, they led t?ie hoplites (the subject is represented as acting). Vocabulary, ayct), ctfct), ^-^a (in comp.),^ iKKk-qcria, -as, 17, {U and koX/w, to call) p-qa-a, i7nK€)(€ip7jKa, {M and x*^ the hand) woiecjy Tronyccu, irroirja'a, TrerroiqKa, Wo\LOpK€(t), TToXlOpKrjo-O}, ilTokLOp- KTjo'a, 7r€7ro\i6pK7)Ka, TcXcvrao), TeXevnjo-o), ereXevrrja-a, T€T€k€Vrr)Kay (T^Xcvrtj, TtXos, end) TLfxdo), TLfiTJao), iTLfir)o-a, TeTLfirjKa,^ to lead, an assembly, to lay hand to, to try. to do, to make, to besiege, to block- ade. to end one's life, to die, to honor, speech, language. Exercises. I. 1. o Sc Aa/)cto9 TCTcXcvn^KCt^ /cat ^Apra^ep^q e/SacrtXevei/. 2. Sta tov ttcSiov o eU rrjv dakarrav KaOrJKeL eXawct eU Tapaovs. 3. o Sc o-TpaTrjyos TOT€ inoirfo'ei^ c/c/cXrycrtcu/ tcju aTpaTLanwi/, 4. o 0€ Kv/009 wokLopK-qa-eL MiXrjTOP /cat* Kara (by) yrji/ /cat Kara daXaTTov, 5. ot Se oTparioyrai tov crrparrjyov T€^ efiaKXov /cat to. vTro^vyta. 6\ rjvpLo-KOP^ 8c kcu V€vpa iv Tat9 /cc5/iat9 /cat fxoXv/Soov. n. 1. CTTCt (when) Se ireXevrqcre Aa/>ctbg, o / Verbs i The Pregent and Imperfect Indicative of ci/uu. — Neuter Flnral Subject, and Dative of the Possessor. Grammar : § 127, 1., the Present and Imperfect Indica- tive of ct/Ltt ; § 26, with n. 4; § 27, with 3; § 28, with 1, 2, and 3; § 133, 1, n. 1; § 135, 2; § 184, 4. ^ Examples. § 135, 2 : ov ^ yap cort ^ irkola, for there are no boats. § 184, 4: ccTTi^ Kvp(o TrapaSctcros, Cyrus has a park. Kwhxjvo^f -ov, 6, napdSeKro^, -ov, 6, Vocabulary. dnnger, peril. a park. a spring, a (river's) source. ifKolov, -ov, TOy {•wKim^ to Bail) a V€ssel, a transport. TToXc/xos, -ov, 6, 7roX€/Xt09, -ov, 6, (iroX«(iOi) 3 OriTO?, -OV, O, <^Xo9, -OV, 6, an enemy in war: plur. d TTokiyiioi, the enemy, grain, food, afnend. Exercises* I. 1. ^ujQ/ ip TO) TrapaScio"^. 2. OTpaTuorrj^ ioTw. 3. hnavda Jjcrav KCJfxcu, 4. g/ Kit's wot? €(TjUy. 5. KXca/3X09 AafccSat/xdi/M)? * Ji'. 6. cl ctu^ (in ^A6 power of) t^^ aheK(l)w, 7. hnavda Kvpw jSacriXcta* tJi^^ /cat TrapaScKTOS. II. 1. (TTpaTLayrax 7)crav ot Kv/oov c^tXot. 2. ^Sf rft> Kvpo) TToXc/io? 7r/>o? Mvcrov?. 3. ccrrt^ Sc /cat (a&o) 'A/orafepfov ^acrCk^ia a/ KeXati/cu? cttI rai? 7n;yat9 tov Mapo"vov noTafiov, in. 1. For (there) was food in the villages. 2. And it was not* possible® to capture the asses. 3. Cyrus has a stronghold at the sources of the (f^i . river. 4. The soldiers have arms and horses. IV. 1. You (plural) are in the power of the generals. 2. Since Olearchus has soldiers and boats, >fv . he will besiege the enemy's stronghold. NOTES. » ? 141, V. 2. * A neuter plural. 2 29. i 28, N. 1, at the end. 2 60,2. '2135, N.l. 2 136. * 2 13, 2, first paragraph. It was possible : use simply the proper form of ctfiX. LESSON XII. Adjectives : First and Second Declensions. — Accusative of Extent. Grammar: § 62, 1, 2, and 3 (and n.); § 63; § 64; §138 (and read the Remark); § 161. r/11 24 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Examples. § 138 : 1) 6 cro<^o9 ai/0pa)7ro^, the wise 7?ia7i ; rov (roov avdpdiTTOVt TO) a'0(f>a} aa/ffpayrro), rov croiftw avdpoiiTOVy Tcou o'o(M)v avffpcjTrcjv, etc. 2) ^1/ 8e wapa top Ev(f>pdTY)p irdpoSos (rreirrj, but there was a narrow passage aUmg the Eiiphrates (an attributive adjective). 3) rjv yap rj wdpoSo^ OTeinj, for the passage was NARROW {a, predicate adjective). § 161: €fjL€P€ Sc/ca rjixepa';, he remained ten days (time). cfcXawci Trapaa-dyya^ ciKocn, he advances TWENTY PARASANOS (space). Yocabnlary. ay/3t09, -a, -ov, (aypos* afield) a/iafirds, -09, -di/, (dn^a) tXca>9, -G)9, -oil', /caXds, -1^, -6v, fiaKp09, -a, -dl/, (t^tficotf length) 000^, -ov, 7), Trapaa-dyyr)^, -ov, 6, orafffioq, -oVf 6, living in the fields, wiM, passable by wagons. propitious. beautiful. hng. a way, a road. a league, a parasang. a day s journey, a stage. Exercises. I. 1. hnavOd ctcrt KWfiaL icaXoI fiearal (tCtov^ Kol OLPOV. 2. hnavOa /xci^i Kvpo9 /ecu 17 orparta •})liipa% eLKoaiv.^ 3. ot ^€ol iXcw -^crai/. 4. ouol 8' FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 25 I aypvoL 0U9 ot orpaTLwrai Orjpdo'ovo'iv h/ t<^ totto) eiaip. 5. OL XaXSatot ikevOepoi re koll^ dX/ci/xoi ijcrcu/ • OTrXa S' et^oi^ ^ yippa fiaKpd koI Xdy^a?. II. 1. ^ToiyLO^ elfjLL iXavveiv, 2. 17 Se elo-^okr) ^v 6809 afxa^LTO^ opOia i(T)(ypS)<;, 3. ipTevOa/ i^e- Xavpet OTadp^ov^ 8uo Trapaadyyaf; Se/ca cm toj/ ^dpOP TTOTa/XOV, III. 1. He sends two thousand hoplites and ten thousand targeteers. 2. There ^ were a thousand wild asses in the plain. 3. Thence he marches ten days through Phrygia, a friendly country. IV. 1 . The generals marched forth into a friendly country. 2. Thence he marches five stages, thirty parasangs, to ® the sources of the river. 3. In this place {ivravOa) there was a beautiful park. NOTES. ' Adjectives of fulness and want, like the corresponding verbs, take the genitive. See § 180, with 1, and § 172, 1. * § 104. « I 13, 1. with N. 2. » Omit. * See note 5, Lesson X. • vwL '( " - LESSON XITI. Verbs s Present, Imperfect, and Puture Indicative Middle. Grammar : § 92, 4, I. and 11. ; § 110, I. and II.; § 96, I./ Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Middle of 26 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. \v(o; § 95, 2, I., second paxagrapli; § 112, 2, Middle and Passive endings; § 113, 1, first paragraph, and 2, II., first and second columns, with n. 1; § 199, with 1, 2, and 3. Examples. § 199, 1 : TpiiTovrai Trpo? XrjcTTeicw, they turn them- selves to piracy. § 199, 2: TTopilpvrax (tItov, they procure food for trem- SELVES. § 199, 3 : \v(rovraL to. TratSta, they will ransom their (own) children. So also: d/*vi/(o, to ward off^ but d/Avvo/xat, to ward off from •^<*^ (mes self; air-^x'^, to hold off, but aTr-cxo/u^t, to hold one's self off, to refrain ; povXevoi^ to plan, but ^ovXcvoftat, to plan with one's self to deliberate ; Tropcvo), to make go, but tropevofKUf to make one's self go, to proceed ; ^iV9 iTTTrovs. 2. 01 8c SouXot iaivovTO. 3. 6 Se o-aTJpaTnys i^ovXeiieTO. 4. 17 Sc oTpaTta iTropilaLP€To t^ta nnroiv, 2. aTTCt^o/ic^a * 8ta T0V9 Twi' deS)v^ op/cov9. 3. Kvpoi^ 8e jxera- TTC/iTTCTai aTTo T179 ^RX^^ V^ avTov (him) crarpdTrqv inoC-qa-eJ^ 4. toi/ ^Apra^ip^v pAvroi TreLpUaojieOa'^ III. 1. The citizens ransomed their (own) chil- dren with money.® 2. Wild asses appeared in the ^^-^^ plain. 3. Thereupon the bowmen sent for their bows. 4. He will lead his (own) army into Cilicia. IV. 1. We shall send for ten thousand hoplites. 2. And then ^^ they proceeded to the river. 3. The \ enemy put the army to flight. NOTKt. » Page 98. ' Consult the general vocabulary under rpi-mt, M 17. 1. U 104. » § 167, 3. • The English idiom requires the pluperfect. For the two accusa- tives, see I 166. ' S 109, 1. » Dative, ? 188, 1. • Present infinitive middle. *" And then, tlra 8«. 28 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. LESSON XIT. Adjectives : Oontraots of the First and Second Declensions. — Position of the Article. Grammar : § 65; § 9, with 1, 2 (and n.), 3 (and n.), and 4; § 24, 1, with n.; § 43, n., 1, 2, 3; § 142, 1 (with n.), 2, and 3. Examples. § 142, 1 : 6 cro<^9 avOpconoq, the wise man ; oi rmv Sr)/3aio}v oTpaTTjyoi, the generals OF the Thebans. § 142, 2 : av0po)7ro6<; or cro<^s 6 cu/dpcjiros (sc. ioTLv), the man is wise. Vocabulary. dya^os, -if, '6v, good, virtuous, brave. dcTo?, -ov, o, cm eagle. leXov, -ov. t6, aprize. oXoytOTO^, -09, -OV, (^ priv.' and XoY((o|iai, to consider ; cf . Xo-yof, Xt-yM) inconsiderate. ^ao-iXcto?, -09, -OI', iPa«nX€vs, ^nov ikoiJ^ 4. ol /caXot* rc^ /cdya^ol* K^'^p^ €vi/ot ^arai/. 5. Kvpo9 Sc eSw/cc^ {ycive) toJ ai^dpdnot arpemov ^(pvcrovp koX i/fcXta /col aKwdKrjv Xpyaovv. n. 1. eSoD/cc Sc /cat (jyLaXrjv apyvpaa/, 2. ifiei^ov a/ ral? fC6>/LLat9 Tat9 uttc/j (above) tov ttcSiov. 3. Std fjL€9, S KXca/3;(c, dXoytorot io-fxa/, dXXd 7019 TOV Kvpov <^tXot9 evuoi, III. 1. But the Persian bows are long. 2. The royal standard was a golden eagle. 3. The soldiers are well-disposed toward " their general. IV. 1. But the prizes were necklaces of gold. 2. The satrap's boats are unseaworthy. NOTES. 5 131, 4 a. I 28, K. 1, at the end. For the following dative, see § 184, 4. English order : ol ^CXot tov oScX^wv. § 139, 1. * See note 5, Lesson X. kaV dyadoC, g 11, 1, with a, and § 24, 2. The coronis (* ) is used to mark the crasis. Aorist third singular (first singular ?S«»Ka) of S^fu, a verb in p^ I 93. 3. § 142, 4, H. 4. That is, &^€Vy(iiV^ -OVTOS, 6, (4v\a^, -a#C09, 6, (♦uXom*, to gtutrd) a ruler, a commander. an old man. a breastplate, a cuirass. a herald. a whip, a lash. a line of battle, a phalanx. a fugitive, an exile. a gvxxrd. Exercises. I. 1. Tor^ iik KTJpvKa<; eweiixlfe rrepl cnrovSwu, 2. ol l3dp^apoL erofevcrcu/ vtto fxacrTiyoiv.^ 3. cW- \€V(r€ 7rop€V€(rOai^ okrjv rrfv akayya, 4. rov Se KTJpvKa iKcXeva-e o-Lyrfv KrjpvrTew, 5. e)(€t fiLo-Oo- if>opov^ XctXv^a?. 6. oii'oi' c/c ttj<; fiakdt/ov TreTroLrj- Kaai Tfj<: ano tov ffioiviKo^, II. 1. A\ov hk 0(ipaKa^ ku/ov';, ami Be t(ov Tnep'vyoiv cnrdpra irvKva, 2. /cat ovk€tl Treine (rraSta Stct^enyi^ rw* (fxikayye, 3. 6 8c 'S€vo(f>a>v TOV ap^oina Trj<; Ka>ix7)^ crvvSenrvop iiroirjcraTo,^ 4. Kol TTOtct TOV aZeK6v /caret {on) to aripvov koI TLTpcoaKeL Sta tov ^cipa/co?. 5. koI oi crrpaTtoJ- rai avTL7rap€Td^avTo ^ Kara dXayya. III. 1. He was wearing his*^ cavalry breastplate. 2. And he ordered the fugitives to take part in the expedition.* 3. And the Cilician woman had guards. 4. And he has Xenias (as) ^ commander of the hoplites. IV. 1. And first I warred against ^° the Thra- cians. 2. They kept leaving the old men behind at home. 3. (The trumpeter)" sounds with his trumpet,^^ and at once the soldiers run to close quar- ters ^^ with the enemy. NOTKt. * A participle used as a noun. For the vocative singular, see | 48, 2 h, second paragraph. * Shot under the lash, that is, of their leaders, who were urging them on. This was a part of Persian discipline. ' Present infinitive middle, the ending being -vyd<;, -a8o9, 6, (vya<; 2d/Ltto9 cXe^ci/. 3. /care- \dp,^oLvov {found) ^Kpyieviov^ iraiha^^^ (tvu Tai/5a ap^ecruaL vno t(ov iiepao)!/, 6. eirt rot? dvpais rals Aapeiov iraLhevOTJcovTaL. 4. eU Kaorrcw- Xov 7r€8iov aO poitflVTai, 5. (jyiXos rots (rr/oartcSrats XcXcu/icrat. 6. hnavda S17 KiJpov aTroTefjLveTai rj Ke(f>aXr) /cat ^et/3 17 Sc^ta. 7. ot yap crr/oartcSrat utto rSi^ TToXtTWJ^ ov/c i(l>iXrj0rj(T(u/, II. 1. ctXXo^^ 8c crrpaTevfxa crweXeyero^^ iv Xep- povTjcra), 2. e7rat8€U€TO cn)i/ rot? dXXot§ ttolo'lv. 3. (W9 (Aotf;) K{5/D09 crcXcvrrycre o' ro! einrpocdQ/^^ Xoyo} ScSr^Xcurat. 4. C7r€t Se ereXcuiTycrc Aapelo?, TT/oos Tw *ApTa^€p^v inefJL0r)(rav ayyeXoi vno Kvpov, III. 1. He was sent. 2. The bridges will have been destroyed. 3. The boys will be honored by the satrap. 4. He wishes an army to be collected.^° 5. They learn both to rule and to be ruled. IV. 1. Miletus was besieged both by land and by sea. 2. The army was encircled on both sides. 3. He has been made satrap ^* of Lydia by Darius. N0TE8. » Page 102. * For the present, imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect indicative pas- sive, see pages 98 and 100. * The aorist indicative passive uses the secondary endings of the active. 38 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 39 * Neuter plural nominative of the adjective tratt literally all {things). M109, 8. • U6. 1. ^ This verb is found only in composition in Attic Greek. « I 101, 1. N. M 17. 2. • "* The present infinitive passive, like the middle, uses the ending -i09, -C09, TO, l««pvs, wide^ broad) Kp09 TpLTjpecn? 2. /cat e/TaiJ^a 817 ihi(i)Kov KaTa KpaTos ^ 04 EXX7;r€9. 3. T^9 T7/Lt€/)a9 TOVTO TO T€Xo9 ^^. 4. *Op6vTa<; 8e yeuet^ 7rpo(rrJK€^ tw 'ApTa^dp^rj, 5. TOVTOv Se To5 TroTajxov to evpo^ iaru/ eiKocTL /cat 7r€^T€ TTOOoii/.^ 6. «/0a 817 €(l>exryov inl tol oprf, m II. 1. /cat o ^(OKpdrr)^ (rvfjilSovXeveL tg5 Hero- a>in-LJ 2. inopTcu Tfye/xovL t&J *H/3a/cXct.^ 3. ^i/ 8c TOUTO TO TCt;(09 cS/>09 ^ eLKOCL TTohotiVy v\jjo<; 8c eKaTOV • fxrJKO<; 8* iXeyeTo ewat ® ecKoo-L Trapao-ayycji/, 4. cVct 8c ^o-ai/ CTTt Tat9 Ovpais Tat9 TLcr(Ta(j>4pvov^, ot /le/ ^^ CTTpaTTjyol 7rapeKXrj0rj(rai/ ^^ cto-o) • ot 8c Xo;(ayot CTTt Tat9 dvpai<; ifia^op, III. 1. He tells this oracle to Socrates. 2. The breadth of this river is two plethra. 3. Thence they sent the scout upon the mountains. 4. He announces that they are fleeing at full speed.^ 12 18 IV. 1. But the enemy were kindling fires upon the mountains. 2. This man was condemned to death by the magistrates at Sparta." 3. And they had brazen helmets and purple tunic;^. 40 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. NOTES. » In declining nouns and adjectives, especially in the third declen- Bion great attention should be given to the formation of the various cases from the stem, particularly of the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular, and the dative plural. Consult the references to the Grammar given in Lesson XVI. „ , • • \* ' 3 Kara Koaros, according to might, with all their might. 4 2 188. 1. N. 1. M 169. 3. • § 160. 1. 5 I 26, N. 1. M 184. 2. • To be. ■^w When two parts of a sentence are contrasted, they are very com- monly correlated by |Uv . . . W (both postpositive), in the sense of indeed . . . but, on the one hand ...on the other; though, in many cases. |uv can hardly be rendered in English. " Aorist passive of uopaKoX/-. " M with the geniUve. " At full speed, oyd Kpdros* " At Sparta, iv tq Sirofyrn. See. further, { 142, 1, H. -•o*- LESSON XX. Verbs : Angment and Pormation of Tense Stems. Grammar: § 99, 1, and 2 entire ; § 100, 1 and 2 ; § 101, 1, 2, 3, and4; § 102; § 103; §^104; § 105, 1; § 109, 1; § 110, I., II. 1, III. 1, IV. a b and c, and VL Tocabnlary. OLKOVO), a/covcro/Liat,^ TjKova-a, TjKovadrjv, ido), idaoi, ctcura, cta/ca, cta/xat, eldOrjv, eixofiaL,^ cv^o/mat, ev^d^-qv, t,r)T€Q), t,r)Tljo'(t), etc. reg., drjpevo),^ drjpev(T(0, etc. reg., (diip, a ^irild beoit) to hear, to permit, to allow, to let alone, to let go. to pray, to seek, to hunt wild beasti. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK 41 irpdrTO),^ irpd^cj, inpa^a, iri- TT/ja^a, iriiT pay p^aiy iirpd^di^Vy piiTTisi^ pixjfcj, ippLxffa, ep/ot^a, ippLfifiaL, ippi(l)07)P, Tapdrro},^ rapd^o), irdpa^a, rcra- payfJiaL, irapd^drji/y to do, to praxitice. to throw, to hurl, to disturb, to trouble. Exercises. I. 1. TTpa^drjcreraL, 2. ec^e Se to Scftdz/. 3. TJ^v iTTioToXrji/ iyeypd(f)€L, 4. etra Se i^yov tov ^Opovrav, 5. koL ol [xev ^ rjv)(ovTOy oi Se ^Kreipov, 6. ol oTpaTrjyol crvv 'Bg^o^wvti rjKoXovd'qcrav, 7. tcl §€ dXXa ^ €19 TO TTvp €ppi\^av. II. 1. TTopcvecr^at* fiacre T0V9 C7T/)aTMyras. 2. oXx- yoi afxcf)! Kvpop KaTe\eL(j)drj(rcu^. 3. SrjXaxreL 8e S)v Seofieda, 4. inl tov dSeXc^oi/ iarpaTeiieTO, 5. Kvpo? Se oviro} rJKeVf oXX' ert TrpoorjKaweu, III. 1. But he was marching against ^^ Menon's soldiers. 2. But a mountain surrounded " the plain. 3. For Cyrus honored his guest. 4. He has hunted wild beasts on horseback.^^ 5. We had broken our oaths. rV. 1. They have sought the commanders. 2. He has been loved by the barbarians. 3. But the gen- eral was greatly troubled. iJ i! r i I' ^ 42 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 43 NOTES. i See note 3, Lesson XXVIII. For the form of Uie aorist pawive. 8eeH09.2. M103.H. H7. 2. * Simple stem (2 92. 2) wpa-y-. See also I 108. IV. 1 a. » Simple stem (ii^. See J 108. III., and {15. 2. • Simple stem ropax-. _,^ „ _ , . M 143 1 'See note 3, Lesson XVI. " Imperfect. -•©•- LESSON XXI. Hoims ! Stems of the THid Declension ending in a Vowel or Diphthong, or in At, or in AS and AT. Grammar : § 63, with 1 (and notes 1 and 2), 2, and 3 (with N. 1); § 64; § 65; § 56, 1 and 2. Yocabulary. ai/d^aa-LS, -ecus, '^7, (aa-L<;, 'ev ^^Wrfvoiv eiroi- rja-ep. 5. hrjXov ^v otl (that) iyyv^ ttov ySacriXcus^ ^v, 6. Kol Trapfja-cw^ al €/c U.ekoTrovmja'ov vyJ€<;. n. 1. Traprjv Sc Kol o (TTparrjyoq irrl rmv veZv, 2. Ta Sc^ta Tov K€paTo<; e)(€L, 3. rjo'av cu Icji/t- Kol TToXet? Ti poinXivs, when used to designate the king of Persia, commonly omits the article. * Formerly, I 160, 2. '' U. •§26.N. 1. -^Sc^Jv. « ,is, ^91. III. 2. > I 169, 1. « \ 171, 2, N. 1. » § 188, 1. »" «voXiopK«i, i.e. ciroXiofMCic (before contraction). 44 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. LESSON XXII. Verbs : Subjunctive Active. Grammar: § 96, 1, the Subjunctive Active of Xvoi* (read § 95, 2, N.^) ; § 114, the terminations of the Active voice; § 127,- L, the Future Indicative and Present Sub- junctive of ct/ii; § 253; § 219, 1, 2 (first paragraph), and 3 ; § 223. Examples. § 253 : fiTf TovTo TroiT/crcu/xcr, let us not do this. §223: TL^ rot? (TTparrjyol^ carat, iap Kparrjcroicnv ; what will the generals have^ if they conquer ? Yocabulary. 8ta-T/)t)807jv, away, to waste, to (Sid and Tp£3«) delay. 6appa\io<;, -a, -or, (Wppos, coiim^re) courageous. KOTTTCjy^ KOxftoD, iKoxjfa, KiKO(f>a, to strike, to cut, to K€KOfjLfxaL, slaughter. liaVTL%y -CCU9, 6 or T^, (|ia£vo|ieu., to rave) a secT, soothsayeT. 7rapa7rXr;crto9, -a or -09, -ov, m (trapd and irXT)arU>s, near, close to) similar, like. 7r/)aft9, -60)9, 17, (irpdTTw) a transcLction, an un- dertaking, aditfi)^ crdiCTOiy co'wo'a, crccrco/ca, (Tccroxr/xat or (rccrcD/xai, ccrcu- O-qv, to save. TTJfxepov,^ adverb, to-day. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK 45 Exercises. I. 1. iaj/ oe auacTTpolfOiciv ol TroXc/xtot, ffecofiev Kal 8tay8a«/|uv, common Attic for KaUa^uv, the t being dropped between the two vowels. " See note 1, Lesson XXI. LESSON XXIII. Verbs: Subjunctive Middle and Passive. Grammar : § 96, 1., Subjunctive Middle* and Passive ^ of \v(o ; § 114, the terminations of the Middle and Pas- sive, with N. 1; § 118, V; § 95, 1, I.,* the synopsis in all the voices of the Subjunctive of \vo) ; § 215, with A. and C. ; § 216, 1 ; § 218, first paragraph ; § 90, 2. Examples. § 216, 1 : <^tXov9 TTOiTyVcrat, ax; cTvv€pyov7rXtcr/xat, wttXi- o-^iyr, (^wXoir) ^o arm. Exercises. I. 1. ca^ 8c 7) 7rpa^i<; (fyaii^Tai imnovo^, ^^X^^ o\tovTai. 2. TTOpevdfJieday Iva aTTocnraaOSiyLev tov /Sao-iXiKov a-TparevfiaTOf;.^^ 3. tl {what) earai Toh (TTpaTidiTai^, idv ^aa-tXei ^^ ravTa ^^ ^apio-divrai ; ^ 4. iyi) yap SeSoLKa fxrj ov ^^ tov TroXejiov TTeiravyLeuo^ y*^ 5. ^j/ Se Tr)v tiprjvqv TroLrfa-cojxeOa, ao-^aXoj? rfjv irokip oiKrjO'oiiep, 6. ScSotfca /x>) 6 Xo;^09 TT€pL(f>6rj. II. 1. ak\a nopevcoixeOa evOcv^^ OLTriXOeTv^^ ecrrat 771^ povXro/xeffa. 2. eai/ Se Tama Suan pd^cofiaL, TrdXiv rjgo). 3. ou ScSot/ca fxrj 6 TLo-a-a(f>ipvri 48 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. IV. 1. If the king encamp in the plain, the hoplites will arm themselves. 2. He is collecting an army, in order that he may proceed against his brother. NOTES. » Pages 98 and 100. ' Page 102.^ =» Thn perfect middle and passive participle of Xv« is formed by add- ing -|Uvos to the reduplicated stem, thus : X«Xw.|mvo$. It is declined like cnx^s il 62). See further, ^ 26, N. 3, 1. * For XiXvKiis », see § 118, 2. For the declension of XiXvKcJt, see § 68. * § 200, N. 6. " § 174. * Sc. oTfxCTcviwu " I 184, 2. 7 § 101, 2, and § 109, 2. " ^i 160. 1. « § 103. " ? 215. N. 1. » § 108, IV. lb. " ? 202, 2. ^° 3 13 2. ^ {To the place) from which. " To depart, second aorist active infinitive of oiir-^pxo|i.ai. ^* Any one, the nominative singular masculine of the indefinite pro- noun (2 84), which is enclitic. The preceding W is also enclitic. See § 28, N. 2. '» I 141, H. 3. "^ The future of Sio^aCvw is 8iapT{(ro|iat, the stem of paCvM being ^o-. « § 142, 2, N. 6. LESSON XXIY. Adjectives : Third Declension, and First and Third Declensions Oombined. Grammar: § 66; § 67, 1 and 2; § 53, 2, n. 2; § 16, 6, N. 2. Vocabulary. aj/ TTpaecji/,^ ov^ ol ^vpoi 0eov<; O'd/xt^oi/.* 6. rot? crTparqyo'i; to ph/^ ii^dvprjpa )(apL€i/ iSo^ev epyov aSvvaTOP, f 6 ^ ^> cu/at, TO o II. 1. eirrevuei^ ol TroXjeptoi tTTTret? (f>€V'yov(TL KaTOL TOV TTpCWOV^? 2. Ot r)p€T€pOL <^tXot T^? ^PXV^ ^ ^^ irarpciw; iyKparel^ ea-ovrai. 3. Kvpo? yap enepTre ^LKov^ olvov rjpLSecL^. 4. eSofe tco KXeap;^^ akr)0rj Xcyctj/. 5. (TTpanqyov Se Kvpor iiroCrjo'e ttoi/tcji/. III. 1. They were out of sight. 2. (There) was a broad ditch about the place. 3. And the enemy were not yet in sight. 4. They have the (well- known)® costly tunics. 5. The spot was black. -'i i: 50 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. IV. 1 . They kept running ^^ down a very steep hill. 2. Thence he marches away to Celaenae, a prosperous city. 3. There Cyrus " had a park full of wild animals, which he hunted ^^ on horseback.^^ NOTES. * I 166. • See note 10, Lesson XIX. » I 16, 5. » § 135, 2. » I 70. • To be. ' Down the steep, the neuter of trpavifs used substantively » § 180, 1, and § 171, 3. " Daiive. • See note 11, Lesson XVII. " A customary action. »« Imperfect. " 64^' tinrov (§ 17, 1). I '• Id < LESSON XXV. Verbs: Optative Active. Grammar : § 96, 1/ the Optative Active of \vo) (read § 95, 2, N.) ; § 115, and 1 (except the Middle and Passive terminations), with N. 2; § 127, I., the Present Optative of ct/xt; § 215, with A. and C; § 216, 1; § 218, first paragraph; § 219, 1, 2 (first half of the second paragraph), and 3 ; § 224. Examples. § 216, 1: Kvpov jfTiqaav^ TrXota, &»? OLiTOiTkeoiEv, they asked Cyrus for boats ^ that they might sail OFF. § 218 : yuoKa eva^oiqOrjcrav ^ jirj ra CTrtrT/Scta ovk evoLCPy they were very anxious lest they MIGHT not HAVE provisions. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 51 II § 224: ci Tt.o'(ra(f)eppeL KaKov )8ov\euot9, KaKovovs av etrjs, IF YOU should plot harm to Tissapher- nes, YOU would be eoil-minded. Vocabulary. anopo^y -O?, 'OV, (a- priv. and vopos, a resource) diffix^ult^ impOSSable, a)(apL(TT(i)<;^ adv., (axttpio-ros, un- rewarded; a- priv. and xc4>(||otivXa^, -a/cos, 6, (^m- one of the rear-guard: a«€v, behind, and <|»vXo|) pi. the rear-guard. nioTos, 'TJ, 'OP, (ir€i'e«) trustworthy, faithful. TTvkn, -m, rj, one door of a double gate: pi. a gate, a pass. (f>aP€pO^, -a, -OV, (^v«, stem «l>av-) conspicaous, plain. I< Exercises. I. 1. Ki)/)09 ra? vavs /AercTrc/A^ctTo, onax; OTrXxra? airo^i^a(T€Uv^ €i(T(o /cat e^o) tcjv ttvXcjv.^ 2. 01 ^ap^apoi a>Kvrj(raj^ [xr) oi "FXKrjve^; fxevoiev iv rf/ vT]oPrj(ToiJLaLf 7r€<^d)87;/Liat, to fear, to i(f)O^T]07fV, (^'Pot, /ear) drcod. ^(pao/iai, ')(pT]croficu, /ce;(/07;/xat, €)(p7f- (rafiTfv, to use. Exercises. I. 1. 6 Sc oTpanqyo^ icfyo^rjOr) firj kvkX(o0€L7) eKaT€pa}0€i/, 2. oi Sc ^ Ka0€iXKov ra? TpLT]p€L<;, is €1/ rats TpL-qpeaL adtpivTo. 3. /cat et 0iXoi 54 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK ir eV kiyvTnov aTpareveiv, (TvyKaTacrrpo\ialyLed* av, 4. cScio-cu/ /X17 OLTroKXeLO-dei-qa-av, 5. oSoTTonfcrctc y' ai/ Mvcroig )8acrtX€U9, /col €t crw TedpLmroL^ ^ov- XoLVTo TTopevecrdcu, 11. 1. cSctcroi/ /x^ aTT0Tp.'q9dr)iXoL tw Kvpo) /cat TTpoOvfJiOL an/ €7rot/xc^a. 4. ct (rajdeirjfxa^, vaptJ' TL(rora(f)€pv€L av €)(ot/u,€i' 8t/cata>?. Til. 1. Xenophon feared that he might be hemmed in on all sides. 2. But, if the king should not hinder (us), we should proceed homeward. 3. If the soldiers should show themselves zealous, the advantage would be common. IV. 1. He wished to be a friend to Tissaphernes, that he "might be honored by the king. 2. How should we proceed with safety, if it should be neces- sary (Scot) to proceed? 3. The general marched on rapidly, that he might not be separated from the rest of the army. NOTES. * § 108, IV. 1 b. •§61. > Pages 98, 100, and 102. • § 118. 2. =» § 109, 2. • The active occurs in the sense of to frighten. See the general vocabulary. On the reduplication of the perfect, see § 17, 2. ' § 143, 1, N. 2. • From daro-WfiVM, stem Ti|i- (§ 108, V. 1), the aorist passive being air-«T)iT]6T)v (by metathesis, I 14, 1). • I 188, 1, N. 2. *" i/€, dative singular of iym, I. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK 55 LESSON XXTII. Nouns: Syncopated of the Third Declension. — Two Accusatives with one Verb. Grammar: § 57, with 1 (and n. 1) and 2; § 164; §166. Examples. § 164 : jJT-qo-e tov Kvpov fiLo-dop, he asked Cyrus for PAY. §166: paa-ikea XevO-qp inoLrjcrai/y they made Seuthes KING. Vocabulary. * / /I a7ro-crT€p€Q), cTTeprja-a), etc. reg., (diro, intens., and vrtpdu, to deprive) ydfios, -ov, 6, KaXeo)/ KaXojy e/caXecra, K€KXr)Ka, K€KXr)ixaL, iKXTjOrfv, KpvTrrcj,^ KpVxjfO), etc. reg., KTYJIxa, -aTO^Sy TOy (KToofuu, to acquire) i/OfiLl^a)y* vofJLLCj, euoyno-ay rei/o/xt/ca, vei/6p.i(Tp.aiy kvopLLcrdr^Vy (vo|m>s, tus- tom, law ; cf. vc|u*) pOVpap)(0^y -OV, 6, (<|»povpos, a garri- son soldier, — cf. irpo-opcuD, — and opx**) XprjfMay -aT09. to, ixpoov^i) to rob J to defraud, marriage. to call, to conceal. a possessio7i. to regard as a cits- tom^ to believe. a commander of a garrison. a thing: pi. goods, wealth. I ! 56 ■■\\ FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Exercises. I. 1. fjL€Ta Kvpov iue^au^ov napa top wdrepa, 2. KarakafjiPdveL evhop tov<; KwixrJTa^; /cat rw Ka)p,dp- ^rqv Koi rrjv ffvyarepa tov Kojfjidpxov. 3. ivrevOfp §€ iwopevOrja-av eU ra? Ila/Dvo-artSo? /ccu/xa? t^9 Kv- pov Koi ^a9 fxrjTpo*;. 4. Toif<; Sc (TTpaTioiTa<; aTTOo-Tepel^ tov fiicrdop. 5. iraripa Bo/o(f>(oma c/ca- XcrT€.« II. 1. rjy€ 8c /cat rrjv Ovyaripa Ty}v fiao-fXeox; int yafxa)? 2. irapayyeWei rot? (f)povpdpxoi^ Xafifia- v€w di/8/oa9 ncXoTTow^crtoi;?. 3. cx^t? ttoXii/, €xci5 TpL-qpeK;, cxcts xPVH'^'^^* ^^''^ oi^Spa?. 4. KaTeirifi- ^07} VTTO TOV Trar/oos craTpa'm)^* III. 1. But his mother sends him® back again to his province. 2. But I have two men. 3. We have robbed the citizens of their ship. 4. The river was full of fish, which the Syrians believed (to be) gods. IV. 1. They concealed their possessions from the king. 2. They asked the general for boat«, that they might sail away. 3. His father had made*® him siitrap of both Lydia and Phrygia. NOTES. > \ 101, 2. « See I 109. 1, n. 2, with h. The future koXm is Attic for KaX«evy€, hegom! dpx^TOi, let him rule; ^aipdrra>i/, let them rejoice. § 254 : fiff KXevre, do not steal (the habit is forbidden) ; fjuff KXexjrrjs, do not steal (in a particular in- stance). Vocabulary, PXeiro), ^eilfofxai,^ e^Xexjja, to see, to look. Sej(o/Ltai,* Scfo/Ltat, etc. reg., (o recdve, to accept. oi(tiKO)y olco^o) or Std^ofxaL, cSuufa, ScSicw^^a, khidixOt^v, to pursue, chase. rjKcj, 17^01,* to come, to be come. 58 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. (TTToi'STy, --^9, -jj, (•^«v8«. oi/ i/o/xt^cTC. 6. /x>) TTOtT^'cryy? raura, aXXa <^vy€. 7. /iiy iOeXere ravra 8c)(€cr^ai. n. 1. iralc, Tralc, )8aXXc, /SoXXc. 2. aXXws exeVoi/ 3. Xcfoi' Se /cat crv.' 5 Bevo(f)c!)v. 4. at Sat fia/6vT0}v. 5. (TV ow npo^ O^oiv crvfifiov- G"frov ?.. 9 Xcvcror 17/Ltti/. III. 1. Fellow-soldiers, do not be surprised. 2. Arrange the soldiers. 3. But since Cyrus is dead/° carry back word to your commander. 4. Be both brave and of good hope, soldiers. IV. 1. But send the generals hither. 2. And now let us not delay, fellow-soldiers, but do you come into the middle of the encampment. 3. Do not pursue the enemy, but remain in the camp. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 59 NOTES. '^ Pages 95 and 97. « See note 2, Lesson XXII. •' The future middle in some verbs has an active sense, especially in such as express an action or function of the body. * I 88, 2, and n. ' See note 8, Lesson XXV. M 200, N. 3. « g 134, ij. 1. • f 171, 2. » 2 187. *° I.e. has ditd. Use the perfect of tcXcvtom. LESSON XXIX, Verbs : Imperative Middle and Passive. Grammar : § 96, L, the Imperative Middle ^ and Pas- sive 2 of Xuo) ; § 116, 1, 2, and 3 (omitting the second paragraph) ; § 95, 1, L, the synopsis in all the voices of the Imperative of Xuoi. Vocabulary. 0La(f)€p6pTCi}g, adv:, (8ta-<|>^p«, to dif-fer) preeminently. ipOvfjLeojxaL, evOvfXTjaofjiaL, ep- TeOvfiTjfiaL, h/€6vfnj0r)v, (cv to reflect, i.e. to have in and 0v|iotf mind) mind. CTTtTTySeiO?, -a, 'OV, («mTT|8«$, adv., Suitable : plur. tA cmTtf- for a purpose) 8^ XPW^* ^XPW^> memher, to mention, ten thousand, to find, to procure. to look intently, to C071- sider. to want, to desire. •i 60 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. i* Exercises. I. 1. irpoOvfio^ (f)aLV€aOw, 2. aOpoit^a-Baxrav ol TToXirat €19 rqv ayopav, 3. (TTpaTOTreSevo-aaOe napa Tco K\€dpx' 4. iKK\7), \uvm. • First aorist passive of ircWw, n<>, 1- *** Aorist. " Present. LESSON XXX. Adjectives: Irregular. — Comparison. Grammar : § 70 (read notes 1 and 2) ; § 71, with n. 1 ; § 72, 1 and 2, with n. 1. Tocabulary. aueo^} -09, -OV, (a- priv. and 0€os) aOvfioSt -09* -01^4 (a-priv.and6v|ios,8ouZ, spirit) atcr^po?, -a, -OV, (0X0x09, disgrace, sham^) aa'(f>ak7J^, -€9, (a- priv. and o-^aXX«, to tnp up) CUCtSr^9, -c'9, («v, well, and tlSos, /orm) ev07rXo9, -09, -OV, («^ and ^irXov) Travovpyo^, -09, -OV, (»at| odl, and {pyov, work) r)0'L 0€LP TOVTO TTOf^cTat, he says it is neces- sary TO DO this (subject of another Infinitive). § 260, 1: /5ov\eTaL drjpevcraL, he wishes to hunt; but § 260, 2: (ftrjcl 07j pevcr ai, he says that he hunted (the original speaker said, iO-qpevaa, I hunted). Vocabulary. avayKd^o), iuayKdaoi, etc. reg., to constrain, to com- (dvaYKiii constraint) pel. avdyKT), -T)^, y], constraint, Tiecessity. 64 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. ava-Tr€L0O}, Trctcro), etc. reg., (ova, intens., and irctOw) KaTa-KOTJTO), KOxjja), €KO\pa, K€- KOat K€KOfljJLaLt (Kara and ko«t») fidxofiai,^ /xa^ov/Ltat, fiefiaxq- /Ltat, ifia)(€(rdfJLr)Vt oto/Liat, olrjcrofiaL, (orjOrjv, OTparevofiaL,^ orpaTevcrofJiaL, €OTpaT€VfiaL, eoTparevcra- i|feu8o/iai/ \jfev(rop.aL, olfevcrficu, eilfevcrdfiriv. Exercises. ^ persuade. to cut down, to cut to pieces. tojight. to think, to suppose. to make aii eocpedi- tion, to lie. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 65 I. 1. Toxf^ aTpaTL(oTa<; TropevcracrOaL 6 )8acriXcv9 iK€K€V(T€v • ol Sc Tov TTOTafiov hi.a/3alv€u/ ovK ideXov- aiv, 2. TOL yap CTrtnfScia ovk ianv ^ c^cti/. 3. koI ra S17 a(l>avYJ ^ €^€(ttl \ff€vSea-0aL. 4. enecrOaL /3ov\o' fiai, 5. MtScu/ TOV ^arvpov 0r)p€V(TaL ao'iP?^ 6. etfyaxrav vno tS)v 'EXXt^^oji/ l^vpov (^tXctcr^at." II. 1. *cai /fcXcuct ro\)a(Tai/. 3. iai/ ravra TroLijcnp'e otcrat KaTaKeKoiffeaOaL}^ III. 1. (It) is safer ^* to flee. 2. He wishes to make an expedition into the country of ^* the Pisi- dians. 3. And he says that the enemy will come ^* at day-break." 4. But it is necessary to proceed at once. IV. 1. You are not willing to fight nor'^ to follow. 2. But it is sometimes possible ^ to capture these. 3. 80 that the Greeks were compelled to proceed slowly. NOTES. ' Pages 95, 97, 99, 101, and 103. • The first aorist active infinitive, all infinitives in -vai, and the per- fect middle and passive infinitive accent the penult. See § 26, n. 3, 1. ' Read carefully § 260, 1, n. 1, consulting the references. Cf with this the statement in g 260, 2 (second sentence), in regard to the time- force of each tense of the infinitive in indirect discourse. The verb implying thought in the following exercises, after which the infinitive in indirect discourse will occur, will always be one whose force will be easily seen, and generally will be a verb of saying. See § 260, 2, n. 1. For what is meant by indirect discourse, see ^ 241, 1 and 2. * For 8<€iy the contracted present third singular, used impersonally, of him, to need. So in the fourth example ScCv for Scciv. See g 9. * I 109, 8. The future |iaxov|iai is Attic for |iaxc(ro)uu» § 110, II. 2, N. 1 o. • A deponent. Forms of the active occur with the same meaning, but used only of the commander. The middle is used of both leaders and followers. ' Forms of the active occur, commonly with the transitive meaning, to deceive. ■ |28, H. 1, at the end. • » ? 160, 1. *® What they say in their own words is, MtSos cOrfpcwrc, Midas caught, etc. For the accent, see § 27, 3, and ^ 28, 2. " They said. Kvpo« <|>iXciTai (contracted from 4>tX^CTep86i^y -179, Tjy a sling. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 67 reXcIw,^ reXoi, ercXeo-a, Terd- Xe/ca, rereXccr/xat, ereXe- (rOrjVy (tcXos) ^0 finish, to fulfil an obligation, to pay. hard, grievous, cruel. Exercises. I. 1 . CTTtXeyeu/ raSe ^ eK^keve top (jxpopja ra 8a)pa. 2. Jja-avyap oi K(o\vo-ovr€^^ wepai/, 3. raCra 0€ TJyyekXoi/ npbs Kvpou ol avTOixoXrja-ame^ npo 7^9 H'^XV^' 4. oi oTparrjyol iKaOicrav ^^ x^P^^ '^^^^ TovTo 9 8e Set e/c rSiv irapovroiv ^^ dv- Spas ^* aya^ov9 Tekedeiv, 4. -^j/ Se Tt9 ^^ /i^ ndd-qrai, ^i>cr(jjfM€0a TOP vjxcov ivTuyxdvovTa^^ cvv rai dp- XOVTL Kokd^eLv. III. 1. The soldiers obey those who command^'' (them). 2. Cyrus marches on to the river Chalus, being of (one) plethrum in breadth.'^ 3. Fellow- soldiers,^^ the present (circumstances) are hard. 4. He has the force of him who has (in marriage) the daughter of the king. IV. 1. And they paid money to him who was willing to plait slings. 2. Those who before were ^ allies have broken their oaths. 3. Those who com- mand,^^ therefore, must be ^ much more vigilant. I 68 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. i NOTES. > Pages 95 and 07. * The perfect active participle is oxytone, | 26, n. 3, 2. ^ § 26, N. 2. * Except in accent. See | 6?^, 5. * For illustrations, see in particular the first three sentences in the Exercises. * 2 26, N. 1. 7 § 109, 1, N. 2 (with a), and 2, and | 110, II. 2, H. 1 a. . » Neuter plural accusative of ^, § 83. Translate u'Aa< follows, lit. From Koe-q;». See § 105, 1, N. 3. » § 171, 3. " Note the tense, him who had governed, etc. " Neuter plural of the participle of irapciiu with the article, used sub- stantively. See the general vocabulary. " In the accusative to agree with ijfftos understood, the subject of nXceciv. See § 136. ** Any one, an enclitic. ** Tov iYTvyxavovra is the subject of KoXa(iiv. Translate : let us decree that he of you who falls in with (him), etc. " I 184, 2. » § 160, 1. " In Greek the vocative is much oftener accompanied by « than the corresponding case in English by its equivalent. * Use the present participle, | 204, ». 1. « I 134, 2. " Must be, 8ft .. . ttvoi. LESSON XXXIII. Verbs: Participles Middle and Passive. Grammar: § 96, I.,^ the Participles Middle and Pas- sive of Xva>;^ § 117, 2, second paragraph; § 68, decline \v0eU (like rt^cts);^ § 95, 1, the synopsis in all the voices of the Participles of Xuo) ; § 277, with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6.'* FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 69 Examples. § 277, 1 : Tavra Xeycjv Oopv/Sov tJkov(T€, while saying this he heard a noise. § 277, 2 : TovTOiv T(ov K€pSa)p airet^ovro alcr)(pa po/jll- l,ovT€<; ehai, they abstained from these gains BECAUSE THEY CONSIDERED them to he shame- ful. irropevovTo aSoi^cs, they advanced singing. KTjL^ofjLeifOL (^yjcrovcTL, tliey wiM live by plun- dering. § 277, 3 : o 8' airrjp Xayoi? ^^ero OrjpdcrcDP, her husband was gone to hunt hares. § 277, 4 : TovTo irovrja'avTiE^ eS TTpd^ov(Tiv, if they do this^ they will prosper.^ § 277, 5 : aifToi/ TTpocr^Kvviqcrcw inl Oaa/aTov ayofxei/ov, they saluted him, though he was being led to execution. § 277, 6 : d)/a)8au/ei €)(a)v 67rXira9, he goes up with hoplites. Tocabulary. aWOTOCrtGJTTyS, -OV, O, daarrlf against, and to^rofuu, to stand) anOfJLa^OS, -09, -OV, (d«o and iMXi)) ao-7rt9, -1809, 17, ari/xa^a>, dr i/xacrcD, etc. reg., (dr^ios, dishonored, from a- priv. and tv|Iitj) ycXao>, yeXdo-ofjLaif eycXacra, eyc- kdadyji/. an opponent, disabled, out of the ranks, a shield. to dishonor. to laugh. I ti 70 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. ». !h Sc^id?, -a, -d^/ KLvSweVO), KLPOX/l/€V(rCt}, etc. r^^., (kCvSwos) Xoyi^o/xat, Xoyiou/xatJ etc. rc^., (Xo'tos, XiYCtf) Exercises. to run a ri^h. to consider. I. 1 . 7rt€^d/x€i^o9 VTTO Tcou oiKoi " atmarTaaLCtyrcjp TJrrjcre Kvpov jxicrdov. 2. S€^dfjL€vo<; Sc ravra eye- Xacrei^. 3. dTrenefXTre tov<; yiyvoyiivov^ Sacr/xous ^a- crtXet. 4. irepiA^JiQ/ov Tia-cra^epinqv iyyif<; icrrpa- T07rehevp.€i^0L, 5. inopevovro iv Sefta c;(oi^€S toi/ 17X101^, Xoyt^d/iei^ot T7f€«' a/ia 17X16) Swotrt eU Kcofia^. 9 II. 1. ctxoi/ 8e ra? dcrmSa? c/CACC/caXu/iftcVas. 2. i7r€(T(f)d^aT0 Kvpo) cnraa'aixei^o^ tov OLKLvaKYji/. 3. 6 8c ^° /cti/Siv€vo'a9 Kol drt/xacr^ets ^ouXcvcrai OTTO)? /Sao-iXevcreL. 4. ttoXXoI ya/a rjaav diropLa^oit ol T€Tpo}fJia^oL Koi ol e/c€tVous" i/ (l)€p6vT(i)v rd OTrXa Scfd/btcj^oi. "III. 1. They descend into the plain to encamp. 2. He was greatly troubled because he had been dishonored. 3. They were fighting with those who had been drawn up ^^ in front. 4. But his mother, when she had begged (him) oflF, sends him back again. IV. 1 . He was of those who were making war ^^ about Miletus. 2. He was not willing to withdraw FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 71 the right wing, since he feared ^* that he might be encircled.^* 3. He hits Cyrus with a javelin while fighting with ^^ the king. NOTES. ' Pages 99, 101, and 103. • The perfect participle middle and passive is paroxytone, ^ 2fi, N. 3, 1. The first aorist passive participle is oxytone, | 26, n. 3, 2. ' All participles in -os, on the other hand, are declined like o-ooSt § 62. 3. * The participle in Greek, while it expresses all of these relations, does not do so definitely and distinctly. Hence the different uses run into each other, and cases occur in which the participle expresses at the same time two or even more of them. * g 165, N. 2, at the end. • See the general vocabulary. ' ^, 110, II. 2, N. 1 c. M 22, N. 1, at the end. • See cK-KoXvirrM. »« § 143, ». 2. " S 83. " Use the perfect. '3 ? 169, 1. " Use the proper form of ^^coiuu, applying § 9, 2, second sentence. '* Use the aorist. *• That is, while Cyrus was fighting, etc. LESSON XXXIV. Ai^ectives: Irregular Comparison. —Verbals. Grammar: § 73, 1; § 117, 3, with notes 1 and 2; § 281, with 1 and 2. Examples. § 281, 1 : o)(^\7)T€a aoi rj ttoXis iariv, the city must be BENEFITED hy yOU. §281,2: y^plv wdpra^ noirfTeou iariv, we must do everything. i Ml \i ' 72 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Yocabulary, aSciTrro?, -09, 'OP, (a- pnv. and 8«iirvov, supper) atTCO), aLT'qa'CJ, etc. rc^r., d<^l5Xa/CT09, -09, -Ot', (»- priv. and «^vXdTT», to guard) cf-aTraracu, airaTijcra}, etc. rc^., (Ik, intenB., and airaTdu, to deceive, from onrani, ifyyov, -ov, to, (*py«» p«fnr«»' '« ^^ work) eVTTpCUCTOS, -09, -01/, (tv and irporrw) ovofia, -aT09, to, i/. 4. 0)9 (^o) )8ao-tXca TTOpevriov nj • Ta\ioTif]v ohov, 5. neio-Tdou ^ cart ro5 oTparrjyat, 1] FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 73 III. 1. These are worse than we. 2. The most of the Greeks were supperless. 3. There are many- Persians better than this (man). 4. I must not ask for this. 5. This is more practicable. IV. 1 . * But it is easiest to take ^° the unguarded " (property) of one's ^^ friends. 2. This girl is very fair." 3. There were very many^* wild asses in tlie plain. 4. But nevertheless I must tell the man's name. 5. We must guard the soldiers. NOTES. M <^>7. ^ M 1, N. 2. =» g 175. 1. • 5ti or wj is often prefixed to the superlative to strengthen it, as Sn irXTa9, (oar c/cew^ous Tp^x^^v ewL Ttt oTrXa. 6. ct idekoLTe raCra 7roc^o-ai, iireaOcu ^ovkoifiTjv av. II. 1. tSi' 8c McVcuj/os arpaTHxiTUiv fuXa 07(1^61 Tt9. 2. p/i) at/apevcopev aWovs 17/xas TrapaKaKea-cu. 3. (UOTC ci^vs TraiScs o^cs pcwdai^ovcrw apx^^v re Kcu apxea-OoL, 4. fJKoi/ keyovre^ otl ovx linTeL^ eto-iv, 5. KCU evOvg (px^To d»9 /xt) pekkoLTo {be delayed) dkkd nepau/oLTo rd k^x^^i^OL, III. 1. He is said to be mustering an army. 2. From there he marches five stages with the river on tlie right. 3. For a great army was mustering at Sardis. 4. Bid this (man) march at once, if the king makes an expedition against us. IV. 1. But those of the horsemen that pursued " stopped quickly. 2. Be persuaded, fellow soldiers, not to transgress the laws. 3. And he ordered Pigres to aid in getting the wagons out. 4. Being beaten and insulted, they thought (themselves*^) to be dishonored. NOTES. * Up to this point the verb has been developed by moods. Hereafter the development will be by tense stems, and in doing this the conjuga- tion of XiM» will be repeated. * Pages 86-91. Give the synopsis of each verb by moods across the page, first in the active, then in the middle, and then in the passive. ^ Conjugate the verb in the order of moods and voices suggested in the preceding note. The references to g^ 112-117, given in previous lessons, are not here repeated. It may, however, be necessary to review the variou.s tables of personal endings. The teacher must decide this. * Let the pupil conjugate in the same manner the present and imper- fect of X«£ir« and ^(v, 1. " now that pursued, I 276, 2. "2 134, 3. LESSON XXXYI. Adverbs and their Oomparison. — Numerals. Grammar: § 74, 1 and 2; § 75; § 76;» § 77, 1 and 2. Yocabulary. CTTt/icXco/xat and cTrt/xAo/iat, CTri/xcXtJo'o/x.at, i-mfieiJLeXrjfiaL, inefieXijO-qv, {i-f^ and |uX», 9, adverb («rr€ppos,yirm) resolutdy. Exercises, I. 1. rj^Lov KOLL wpoOvfjiOTepov crvveTTopevovTO. 2. cfcXawci araOfiov a/a, Trapacrdyyas oktw. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK 77 3. Kcu i(rxypS)CJVTL * 7rpO(T€Tp€XOV SvO VeaVLCTKO). 6. Ot ''EXXTyj/e? KOLfJLOJV- rat olo^jLQ/oi rd wdi/ra vlkSli/^ koI Kvpov l^r\v. II. 1. T0V9 TToXeiiiov^ a/LKCLTe (Tvv rots ^eot9. 2. /xcra Se ravra Ifi^vra ^Opovrca/ ouSet? opa. 3. et 8' avTov opcSr) Setvov ovra olKovoyioVy -qo-Oeir) dv, 4. €t 0€ TL dWo ^ekriov,^ TokjxdTO} /cat 6 tStcirT^s otoacr/c€tz/. 5. /cat ifjLeXercjv To^eveu/ oi Kprjre^, III. 1. He was calling out to lead the army. 2. He defeats the enemy. 3. But if we conquer, we shall be honored. 4. Try to make use of this.'' 5. He gained from this a great name. 6. They are being worsted by barbarians. — ' IV. 1. Let us all strive to conquer the king's army. 2. The barbarians were observing the Greeks. 3. But if we should treat these with affection, they would be well-disposed to us. 4. I account him liappy who is honored^ by the king. NOTES. • See note 3, Lesson XXVIII. Perfect generally k€ktt|)uu, rarely in Attic cKTriftOh § 101, 2, n. 2. ri . . . Koi, both . . . and, not only . . . but also. \ 186. I 260, 2. Their thought was, ra -nxlvxa vikjSjuv Kal Kvpos tf. So. t&TK, 1 188, 1. N. 2. 2 276, 2. 80 FIRST LESSONS IX GREEK. LESSON XXXVIII. Verbs : Oontraots in eo) and oo). Grammar : § 98, the conjugation of (^tXco) and St^Xoo), with notes 1, 3, 4, and 5 ; § 115, 4; § 69, tho declension of ^l\S>v and hrjXwv ; § 9, with 1, 2, 3, and 4, with N. 2. Vocabulary. ava-KOivoo), Koivdcrct), etc. reg., (wa* and koivom, to make common, KOiVOS) d^ldo), dftwcro), etc. reg., (i{u)«) cVt^v/xcoj, emdvfJiija-a), ineOv- fir)(ra, CTTtTC^vfLry/ca, {M and Ov|io«) iTTL-KVpOO), KVpdcrO), etc. re^., (Kvpot, authority) fiyeofiaiy 7}y^(T0fiaL, etc. re^r., Oavaroo), ^cu^arwcraj, etc. regr., TroXefxeco, ttoXc/xtJo-o), etc. r<^., (voXcfUx) OK^eXcQ), a)e\7](TQ), etc. re<7, (j^os, advantage: cf. 6<|)cXX«, to increase) ^ ma^e common, to communicate, to con- sult to deem worthy or Jit, ix) askf to demand as fit. to set ones heart on, to desire, to give authority to, to confirm, to ratify. to lead, to think, to condemn to death, to wage war. to aid. Exercises. I. 1. a-vWe^a^; aTpdrevfia iwoXtopKeL MiX-qrov, 2. alpeiraL iTo\ep.€W, 6. ifi H FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 81 Oeu/. 4. ccTTrovSatoXoyctro, co? SrjXoir) ov9 TLjia. 5. 7]yeCcr0(o, 6. oi 8e /ca/col ^ SovXot Ta>p ayadwp a^LovuTcu eivau 7. imavOa coKeLTo ttoXi? fieydkr). 8. cXawci am Kparo^ Ihpomrn to) t77Trct>.^ 9. oort?* n. 1. 'S€vo(t)v on^aKOLPovTcu Soi/cpdrci^ ttc/jI rfj<; TTOpeia^, 2. KaTe\eL(l)07)O'ai/ oi oixoTpairet.oi koKov- fia/oL,^ 3. T7S6C09 inovovp /cat OappaXecjf; €kt(opto, 4. o'vinopLO}TaTiqv (oeTO oSop elpat 8ta roS eiriopKeiv'^ T€ Kol e^airaTOLi/. 5. eTreOvfieL rt/iacr^at, u/a TrXeuu Kephaii/OL. 6. Kupo? 8' opwi/ rou? ^'EXXi^i'a? vlkcjV' Ta9, Trpoa-Kvvovfxevo^^ i? j8a(7tXcv9, ou/c i^^Or^ 8l(ok€li/, aXXa inefxeXeLTo ri (what) noLTJo'eL ^acrtXcug. III. 1. Never hire the idle. 2. They are always willing to ratify treaties. 3. It is necessary® to do this. 4. They kept casting stones into the river. 5. The river is called Marsyas. 6. If they are con- demning him to death, they are doing wrong. IV. 1. For they were occupying strongholds. 2. He desired exceedingly to be rich. 3. He pre- fers by warring ^^ to make his means less. 4. He kept warring with the Thracians" and aiding the Greeks. NOTES. * The preposition merely strengthens the meaning of the simple verb. * But the bad are tJioughtJit, etc., § 139, 1, For SovXoi, see ^ 136, n. 3 a. ' I 188, 1. * § 86. 5 g 186. •" ol KaXov|jwvoi, those who were called (§ 276, 2), his so-called, etc. ' 2 262, I. » 8i£, g 98, n. 1. •» I 277, 5. »" I 277, 2. " ^ 186, with k. 1. 82 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. LESSON XXXIX. Pronoims: Personal, Intensive, Eeflexive, Eeciprocal, and Pos- sessive. Grammar : § 79, 1 (omitting the forms in parenthesis) and 2 (with N.) ; § 27, 1 (omitting the forms in parenthe- sis) ; § 144, 1 (with N.) and 2 a; § 145, 1 and 2; § 80, and'the first half of the N. ; § 146 ; § 81 ; § 82 ; § 147. Examples. § 79 2 : 6 airo? amjp, the same man; tov avrov ttoXc- fiov, the SAME war. § 145, 1 : avTos 6 (TTparrjyoq, the general himself ; ravra cVotctTC avroi (sc. u/xct?), you did this YOURSELVES. § 145, 2 : avTov crarpaTnqv iiroiTjo-ei/, he made him sa- trap; OLp\ei avTcov, he commands them. § 144, 2 : Xcycrat 'AttoWojv viKrjcraL ^ Mapavav ipi- tpvra ot, Apollo is said to have defeated Mar6yas when contending with him. § 146 : €(T^a^€u kavrov, he slew himself ; i/o/xt^€t T0U9 TToXtra? vn-qpeTeu^ eaurw,^ he. thinks that the citizens are servants TO himself. § 147 : 6 rjfJieTepos -rrarqp = 6 Trarrfp rjiiotv,^ our father. Vocabulary. dSlK€0), dStfofcrO), etc. reg., (oSikos, from priv. and Sdrq) to do wrong, to wrong. d7rapacr/c€uao"T09, -09 -OV, (a- priv. and iropao-KCv<4tt, to prepare ; cf. o-KcvaJw, dat. pi. xL7nr€V€i im ttjp iavrov crKr)injv. 6. 7rX'»;yd9 ii/e- r€Lvov dXXi7Xot9.^ 7. ra^dei^ vno avrov tov ifjLov^ dSeX^oS €7ro\efjirj(TQ/ e/jLoi 8. vfjias Se aTrapao-Keud- OTOVS \afx/3dp€L. II. 1. vofiL^ca yap vfxa^ Ifxol cR^at <^tXov9. 2. av- 709 CTre^ouXcve StaySdXXctj/ /xe 77/069 i5fid9. 3. cS/oa Ty/jtti^ l3ov\.€V€crdaL xmkp rjfx&p avrZv. 4. en; re yap "EXkrji/ el /cat T7/xet9. 5. 6 Se Xeyet aural. 6. 6/>d 8c T0V9 *EXX>7i/a9 ^t/cctlj/ra9 to Ka6* avrov^? 7. u/x€r9 CTTt Tr)v 'q/xerepai^ x^pav €p)(eo-0e. III. 1. But send us back. 2. He remains in the same (place). 3. They lead him to the general. 4. He has been wronged by us. 5. I myself will proceed to my own province. 6. They kept warring 8 84 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. with one another. 7. Your valor is wortliy of ad- miration. IV. 1. He brings together his own soldiers. 2 I summoned you. 3. The crags reaxjh down to the river itself. 4. Let us not neglect ourselves.* 5. We must benefit our friends. 6. He himself slays him with his own hand.® NOTES. 1 With the passive of many of the verbs that take the infinitive in indirect discourse (Lesson XXXI.) we either find the infinitive itsel with its subject accusative as subject of the principal verb (the normal con- struction). or. as here, the subject accusative of the infinitive become, the subject nominative of the principal verb. In this example, to illus- trate, we might ha-'e alsp X*V«^ 'Airo-XX-va v^Kr^fnu, U u saui that Apollo defeated, whei. the noun is the subject of the mfinitive and the infinitive is the subject of Xc^trcu, representing the possible active con- struction, Ur^y •AiroXXa.ya vtKVjaiu, etc. Xjiir-, however in the active voice rarely takes the infinitive in indirect discourse, § 260, A, N. 1. « ol also would be correct, I 144. 2. ' I 142, 4. 5 3 * On the derivation of this word, see further the general vocabulary. * S 187. t^ .V • * Not the genitive of the first personal pronoun, but the possessive. See note 3, above. . , , co ^ ' Sc. ji^po, or K^pas. • § HI. 2. • S 188, 1. LESSON XL. Verba : Tlie luture and Pirst Aorist Sterna in Pure and Mnte Verba. Grammar: § 92,^ 1, 2 (with n.), 3 (with n.), and 4, with 11. and III. ; § 110, II. 1, and III. 1 ; § HI, IL and III., first three verbs; § 95, 1,^ I., II. and III., and II., II. and III., and 2» (with N.); § 96,^ I., the Future and First Aorist Active and Middle of \v07)v, one's self to, to touch. aplOTCUOf CLplOTTfCOif etc. reg., (dpurrov, breakfast; cf. ^ps early) to breakfost. yvyivalfi) (yvfivaS-), yvfivdcro), etc. reg., {yv[Kv6s, naked, lightly clad) to exercise. 6(apaKilfi) (dcopaKiS-), dwpa- to arm with a breast- KlO-a), etc. reg., (e«po(, breastplaU) plate ^ to arm. KqpVTTd) {Kr)pVK-)y K7)pV^Q}, etc. reg., (icT|pu|) to proclaim. XotSopect), XotSopT/crct), etc. reg., (XoCSopos, abmive) to ojbuse, to rcvile. (Tc^arro) and cr(f)dC,ct} (cr<^y-), or<^afa), €o-(f>a^a, €o-(f)ayiJLaL, to slay^ to slaughter, pd(,(0 (<^/3aS-), (l>pdpda'€iv^ roi^ iavrov iinrevorLv. 7. ^€ipi(TOos ireixxjfeL KOi/xT/ra?, (TKoliop.4vov%^ ttoDs expya-i ol orpancjTai. 8. qv\ dxjf erat rfjs KdpKJyrjs ^" TO VOO)p. II. 1 . iyo) crvp vfiu/ ofjofiai koI o tl &i/ Sqy ^^ TreLCToixau. 2. iofiovpTo firj ol TroXefiLOL OTrkia-aivTO. 3. Krjpv^ei TOts "EXXiyori crvcr/ceva^ecrfat. 4. Sv ovv. 12 86 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. „pb<; e^S^v, avixpovX^vcrov w'^p. 5. yv/^mVai ^o,5^ \era^ lavro,' re koI tow Innov,. 6. inav raxiora^ ipii>^, i^oTrXLCTdfia^oi nopev(r6^0a cm tovs Ill 1 I will do this. 2. The rest of the RoWiers struck and abused him. 3. Do not collect ''^ the soldiers together before the tent. .4. Put on your breastplates at once. 5. The men promise to obey their commanders. 6. He sent the men forward to rescue the woman. IV 1. The rest of the soldiers will follow Cy- rus '' 2 Let us send for the hoplites a-s quickly as possible'" 3. He said" that h<" had got together" much property. 4. We will proceed at once after slaughtering" a bull and wolf. 5. If they should close the gates, we should besiege their city. NOT**. » Ri>p note 1 Lesson XXXV. . . ^186-^9 mclusWe. Give the synopsis of each verb and tense sepaSy by moods across the page, first in the acUve and then m the "'fp „.,<>■> 93 « See not* 3, Lesson XXXV. . Lef the"'papil conjugate in the same manner the future active and .iddt oftlLfand tie'future and fi.t aor.t actwe and m.ddle of , • I 141, N. O. "TZ^, i. e. .•«i^ &. ^^hcnever, is exactly equal logically to to- .r^ if ever, and takes the subjunctive by the same law. bee J 2-3, and i 232. 3, with the examples -,,711 " L^^nv from the following verb. S.e further noteT^abovejrjd I 98. N. 1. ittcrofuu is the future of »Arx« ou the Btem m9 (for ww^ FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 87 " Cum primum, just as soon as. See further note 7, above Lu"J ^1..?"^ ^'"' ^^^ ''^''^ '"^ ^^^ ^^^^ sentenca, which ib' not a pro- hibition, § 252. ^ " For the tense, see I. 6, above. »« See note 4, Lesson XXXIV ^ ^®^- " Use <|n„it '•* Use the aorist, and see i 260. 2 n 1. ••§277,1. LESSON XLI. Verbs : The Fnture and Pirst Aorist Stems in Liquid Verbs. Grammar: § 92, 1, 2 (with n.), 3 (with n.), and 4 with 11. and III; § 110, II. 2, and III. 2; § 111, II. and III last two verbs ; § 95, 1, IIL,^ II. and III, and 2 (with n.) ;' § 96, IIL,2 the Future and First Aorist Active and Mid- dle of 000/0)3 in aU the moods; § 108, IV., with 2, c and d, and 3. Vocabulary. ayyeWco (ayyeX-), ayyeXS), ■qyyeiXa, ^yyeX/ca, TJyyeXfxai, IQyyeXffrjU, (&YY«Xos, a messenger, from £y«, to bring) i^ ^^L y , ^ ofnnounce, at,(TXvi^(o (alcrxyt/'), aur^wSi, Xfo-xwa, xio-xvp6y)v, (alcrxos, to shame ; com. as dep. ^ zhame, dugrace) ^ V^^tobeoshamed. ifiwo} (ct/xw-), dfxww, rj/jLwa, to ward off; mid. io defend ones , self, to punish, €K'KKLva) (/cXu/-), kXu^cj, c/cXtm, K€K\LfxaL, €KkC07jv,^ (kXCvw, to to bend out of line, to bend, to incline) giy^ way. 88 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. KOLO) (/cav) or /cao), Kavao), etc. re^r., to burn, fia^o), fia/o), c/x€tra, fjL€fi€V7)Ka,^ to remain, (rrjfiawo) {(rrj/jLOv), ot^/xcu/o), icnjixrjpa, crc(n7/x,acr/i.at/ tcrqixavOiqv, («Ti»itt, sign) to give signal, T€Li^o) {t€v-), T€i/a>f cTcu^a, TeVa/ca, rcra- /btat, hadiQv,^ to stretch. Exercises. I. 1. Kvpo9 ovrc aXXoi^ Tre/iTTCt crqiiavovvra o ri -vprj TToieiv ovre avro? (^ao'crat. 2. ala^wovyieda /cat ^cov9 /cat avOp(o'iTov<; ^ ravra noieiv, 3. /cat ivravOa ifjiewav oi orpaTLCJTai rjixepa^ ireme, 4. oro) 8o/cct ravra, a^areivaTO) ttjv )(eipa, 5. /ecu rov9 oTrXtra? airoG® €/ccXcvcr€ fieivai, 6. /cat ct rt TrapayyetXat -vprj[,oi€i/f iv rjixicrei av ^ovo) alcrdavoiTo to crrpa- Tevfxa, 7. c^yyctXc rot? c^tXots r^j^ Kpicrw ^^ m (how) iyivero. 8. o rt 8c iroirjcrei, ov 8tacr7;/xam. II. 1. (TV 8e TTpa)ro<; a7r6(l)rjvaL^^ yvcjixr)i/, 2. c/c- /cXti'CU' (^acrt. rous /Bap/Soipovs /cat y- /X7;i/7y roJ Kepariy crvo'K^.valjeo'de, 6. ottojs 8' dfivpov- fieOa^^ iiTLfieXovfJieda, III. 1. I will announce this. 2. Cyrus remained there thirty days. 3. I will quickly answer you. 4. They did not await the hoplites. 5. He says " he will quickly give them ^^ answer. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK 89 IV. 1. Shall I announce a truce or war? 2. What will the rest answer to Cyrus? 3. To^® this the Greeks made reply. 4. He says that the barbarians at once gave way. 5. He sent men to burn ^ the fodder. NOTES. » Pages 90, 01. Give the synopsis of each tense separately by moods across the page, first in the active and then in the middle Pages 106-109 inclusive. See further note 3, Lesson XXXV Conjugate in the same manner the future and first aorist active and middle of cTTc'XXw through all the moods ; f 1^9, 6. . g J09, 6, N. , f }^^' ^- ' See Lesson XL., I. 7. ^ \^' f ".L 7^^ following infinitive is a secondary object of the same verb. ^^ 260, 1. » An adverb. ' A noun which properly belongs to the dependent sentence is often transferred (usually with change of case) to the principal sentence The object 18 to give it a more emphatic position. We might have had ^ ^ KpUriS €Y€K€TO, ' ;; I '^"' f , , "See II. 2, above. See note 1, Lesson XXXIX. >» Dative. ^ '• '* »pos with the accusative. -•c*- LESSON XLII. Pronouns : Demonstrative, Interrogative, Indefinite, and Belative. Grammar : § 83, with n. 1, first paragraph; § 28 n 3- § 148; § 142, 4; M 84, 1, 2 (with the first half ofV '2) and 3; § 149, 1 and 2; § 150; § 86, with n. 1; § 151. ' Examples. § 149, 1 : TtVa9 opw ; whom do I see ? ru/as avhpa^ opcj WHAT men do I see? 90 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 91 § 149, 2 : Tt PovXeraL ; what does he want f ipmr^ n (or o Tt ^) ^ovXeade, he asks what you want § 150 : TovTo Xeyci rts, some one says this ; apOpcoiro^ Tt9, SOME man; 6pa> avdpcjnov riva, I see A CERTAIN many or / see A man. S 151 : irapahtiaro^ Orjplcjv Trk-qprj^, a Kvpos iO-q- p€V€v, a park full of wild beasts, which Cyms used to hunt. Tocabulary. apyosy -09, '6v, (o-priv. and fpYov) ivithout work, idle, yudfiri, -7^9, 71, ('fi'/v«rK«.' to KNOW) judgment, purpose, opinion. 8oK€0J (Sofc-*), Sdfo), c8o|^a, 8c8oy/xat, c8dx^>?»^» ^ «^^^' ^^ ^^^^*- iir-awioiy atrco"OJ, T^recra, rjv€Ka, 'iJvrjfxaL, rfvidrivj' (tiK, intens., and atvf », yol it^cov oiroi ol ipffpj. TTOL. 8. Ot Se^ (TTpaTlSiTai, ol T€ avTov iKeii^ov Kol oi aXXot, TavTa aKovcrairre^, iTnjvea-aj/, n. 1. Todro avTol iiroielcree. 2. o5ro9 Sc o av- T09 ACcXcvct y^ixa^ Trop^i^crdai. 3. ri9 oxnoi /LtotVcrat ooTt9 ov ^ouXcrat crot <^iXo9 cfmi ; 4. 0a\fihi^ )8tata>9. 7. Xeyovcrt Se rti'€9 rctSc. • III. 1. And he commands them to say this. 2. What will the rest of' the soldiers do? 3. And these did so.^« 4. He speaks as follows/ 5. I pur- sued with the aid of" these. 6. But there was a certain Athenian in the army. IV. 1. He collected his own army and spoke as follows. 2. .What opinion have you? 3. But another army was collected for him in the following manner." 4. But the following (fact) is a proof of this. NOTES. * See the example in Lesson XIX. * { 149, 2, second paragraph. ■ The stem is yvo-. On the formation of the present from this simple ■tern, see |u#ivTJ«rK«, note 3, Lesson XXIX. * { 108. VII. Il u 92 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. * Except in the perfect passive, the short vowel of the stem is re- tained. S 109. 1. H. 2 6. ,^ „/ * 2 25, 3, N. 1. Future of Xa|Lpav«». •>. I 148, ». 1. *" ovT»«- * 1 142, 2, N. 3 a. " W'i7 eyyv9 oXXt/'Xwj/ ioTpaToneSevcrOaL. 5. o-cfyevSovr) Kokff TO) o-TpaTTjyo) ^ TTcVXcAcrat. 6. /cat ooTt9 vftw^ otAcaSe iTnOvfiet iropeveo-Oai, fiefivijo-Oo) ^^ ai/rjp ayado^ elvai, 7. y\\awev inl rou9 Mevcovo^;, cScrr' €/c6tVov9 e/cTre- 7rXi7;(^at" /cot rpi^^Lv inl ra OTrXa. II. 1. ireripL'qa'o yap xmo y8ao-tX€et>9 8t* evuoidv re KOL TnoTOTTjTa, 2. tt/Lta S' eSetfe^^ o-vvreTpiyLjjJpov^; auOpa>Trov^ /cat o^/ccXt; " /cat Tr\evpa<;, 3. our 09 Se Terayfxipo^ irvyxcwev ^* cm ra> evcovvfio) rod irrTTLKov apx^ou, 4. /cat i^Si' i7/ta9 v-rrayeTai fiei/eiv Sta ro BLecnrdpOcu^^ aural ro o-TpaTevfxa. 5. ovhiva Kpivoi VTTO irXeioviav 'rreiK.y\o'0ai, 6. ^o-oz/ Se /cat ;(aX/ca>- /laort 7ra/x7roXXot9 KaTecTKevacrfievaL al ot/ctat. III. 1. You possess much money. 2. We have obeyed our commanders in all respects.^^ 3. He says that they have encamped in the villages. 4. Do you not" remember? 5. You have been enrolled as a slinger.^^ 6. But they had been left behind alone. 7. He had been convicted of theft.^* IV. 1. He has had his ears^ bored. 2. He had been sent against the barbarians. 3. He said the soldiers had plaited themselves slings. 4. For they 94 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. had been armed. 5. You have been drawn up in Hne of battle.^' 6. No friend has been left to us. NOTES. ' Pages 86, 87. * Pages 90. 91. * Pages 88, 89. * Pages 100, 101. * See remark at the top of pages 102, 103, above the paradigm. * § 109. 6. ' a 60, 5, 24. • S 153. 8 § 197. 2. "» § 200, N. 6. »' The perfect infinitive, when not in indirect discourse, differs from the present only in being more emphatic, as here, thoroughly frightened. For the infinitive after Arri, see § 266, 1. *' Aorist of S« In respect to all {things), § 160, 1. " I 173, 2. " § 282, 2. " See II. 2. >• Say simply to sling, § 265. '* fciee Lesson XVI., II. 6. LESSON XLIV. Verbs : Perfect Active and Putnre Perfect Stems. Grammar: § 92, 4, IV. b and c; § 110, IV. b (with 1-5) and c; § 111, IV. b and c; § 95, 1, I.,^ IV. b and IV. c, II.,2 IV. c, and IIL,3 IV. 6; § 96, I., the Perfect and Pluperfect Active ^ and Futui-e Perfect * of \vo) ° in all the moods; § 108, VI. and VII. Vocabulary. aTroii^pda-KO) (Spa-), anohpai' to run away, to es- cro/LLat, airooeopaKa, yfjpa^, -a09, to, (cf Y^pwy, an old man) cape unobset'ved. old age, adva7iced age. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 95 i-mopKeo}, InLopKijcra), eTricopK-qcra,'^ CTTlOip/O^/Ca, {tiri-opK09, against ones oath) to swear falsely, to forswear ones self death. to leap dovm. common. to set in motion; mid. to set out. to say, to allege. Harare?, -ov, 6, (0VTid(TKO) ((f>a\ (cf <^,iC) Exercises. I. 1. 6 avfjp TOLavra jxeu TrenoLrjKe, rotavra Se \€y€L, 2. 'A0TJpr)(TLV eSeSovkevKEL 6 TrekTaa-njs. S.eTretSri neTrrajKOTa opa Kdpoi^, KareTnjSrjo-ep dno Toi Inrrov, ^ 4. axrre <^t\o9 rjfxlp ovMs XekeLxjjeTaL, aXXa^ Kal^ ot 7rp6(T0€i^ 5uTe<; « TroXefiioi rifxTv eo-ovrai. 5. ra §€ aXXa eU to irvp €ppi(f>afX€.v, 6. ot §6 TToXifXLoi e7na)pKT]Kaa-L re koI ra? ajrovSa^ koI tov<: opKov^ XeXvKacra^. 7. 6 S' e^iy TroXXa? Trpo^icTei^ Kvpov €uprjK€paL» II. 1. /xera ravra ovre l^oiVTa "Opovrav ovre TeOirriKOTa oiSeU' opa. 2. 67700-01 S^ top OdvaTov eyvwKaa-L waaL kolvov ehac, ovtol cis to yfjpa^ d(j>LKi^ovvTaL. 3. ^7j S' avTo TO epyov avTol^ fie- fiapTvprfKei^ai. 4. Kdpo^ Se excop ov Pages 86, 87. « Pages 88, 89. » Pages 90, 91. « Conjugate in the same manner the perfect and pluperfect active of irpcuro-M, a(vo>, and 07)p ; 2 p. kekoLwa ; 2 a. ekiTrov, fiap0(wa) (/xaO-^), fia0TJ(TOfjLai, fxefxa- OrjKa ; 2 a. e^iaOov, wd(rx(o {naO-, nepO-^), neCo-ofjiaL ; 2 p. neirovOa ; 2 a. enaOov, mirTO) (ttct-, ttto-®), nea-ov/xaL, ttc- TJTCJKa; 2 a. eirearov, TrvvdauopLai (ttv^-^), Trcvcro/xat, ttc- mfo-fiat ; ^° 2 a. iirvdofirju, Tvyx€vycj {ev- fou/xat ; 2 p. 7r€(f>€vya ; 2 a. €v- to flee, to fl^ roi^. from. to become, to leave. to learn. to suffer. to fall. to ascertain, to obtain, to hit, to happen. y 98 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Exercises. I. 1. ovSci/^^ /xa/Tot ouSc^^ o5to9 cVcttw^ci. 2. o/^a 8^ TToXu? rapaxo? eycVcro. 3. cSofci^ avro) > / /xdwv? KarcXiTTOi/. 5. aXXa TroXXa? irpo^aaw KOpos €vpL(TKev, ha v/xas re aTrapao-KCvacTTou? Xa^ot /cal ^/uia? cV^aSc di/ayayot. 6. 17 §€ KiXto-cra €>iry€i/ €V T^9 ap/xa/xaf>79 /cat ot cV r^9 ayopa?^* /caraXt- TTOKTC? TO. oli/ta €(f>vyov. 7. dXXa ScSotica /X17, ap ttTra^ p,d0(op,€v apyoi iy)v, imXaOdfxeOa 1^9 ot/coSc ooov. II. 1. /cai ovK 7jv Toif<; oj/ovs XajScti/. 2. XcXot- TToJ? cVn'' 2ve/i/€(ri9 tol aKpa. 3. oiS' €t TTicrros yevoifirjv, (tol y cu/ 8dfat/ii. 4. tov9 (rrpanqyov^ iK€\€V€P OTrXtVa? dyayeu/ • ot 8c ravra iTroLr)crav, dyaydi/T€9 cus" rptcrxtXtovs oTrXtra?. 5. 17 Sc yvi^ TTporepa ^^ Kvpov irivTe rjp.€pa<; a^Uero, in. 1. And first learn'* who they axe. 2. They have not escaped. 3. And he ascertained the mat- ter. 4. He said they had left the place in flight.^ 5. But he himself took"' the horsemen and pro- ceeded. 6. A shout arose.^ IV. 1. But when® he had learned^* this, he commanded them to set the houses on fire. 2. And you again took pledges from'^ me. 3. For a line FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 99 of the hoplites chanced ^® to be following.^ 4. He questioned Cyrus thus.^® 5. These arrived at ^ Sar- dis. NOTES. * Pages 88, 89. For peculiarities in accent see | 26, n. 3. « Pages 90, 91. » Pages 104-107. * Conjugate in the same manner the second perfect and pluperfect active of irpcunrco and ^(vw through all the moods. Take each tense of X«(ir« and (|»aCvw which you have conjugated, and analyze it, pointing out the present stem, the simple stem, augment, tense stem, connecting vowels, and personal endings. * The class of some of these verbs remains to be more fully con- sidered hereafter : •yCYvo^i, ira07(,a>, and irtirrw belong to ^ 108, VIII. ; X«{ir«» and ^vyw to § 108, II. * The present stem is a syncopated and reduplicated form of the simple stem, § 109, 7. 6 and c, and the future and perfect middle add c to the simple stem, § 109, 8. ' Mute stems which assume v on av in the present have their proper form only in the second aorist; except in the present and second aorist they either lengthen the short vowel (like verbs of the second class I 108, II.) or add c (f 109, 8). * «O0X» for troe-o-Kw, § 16, 2 : mUroiuu, for «ir€ve-a, rcrpa/i/Ltat, ct/>€- <^^7yi/; 2 a. mid. iTpaTT6p.7]V, VTnjpdrrjs, -ov, o. ^O /afe/ mid. fe choose, to err, to do wrong, to find. to he pleased, to take, to cap- ture, vehement, severe: neut. pi. with change of accent as ad v . o-^'- Spa, extremely. to turn. an under lirig, as- mtantf helper. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 101 Exercises. I. 1. TOVTQ) Tw r/ooTTO) iTrop€v07)(Tai/ crraOpLovq Terrapa^, 2. eVt t(o eixoi/vfio) To^€v0rjpaL rt? iXeyero. 3. KpdrKTTOL 8r) vm^pirai iraurb^; epyov Kvpo) iXe- X0W^ y^€(T0ai. 4. di/8/>€9, idu fjLOL 7r€Lcr0rJT€, tQ)v aXXcov irkeov 7rpoTLfjL'q0tjo-€(T0€ crrpaTLCJTcoj/ viro Kvpov. 5. XPV ci^TOj/ Kpi0€ina T179 St/ci;? tvx^w, 6. Kupo? ovK i^x^V 8t^/c6tj/. 7. ol Se TToXe/jLLOL Seio-cwre^ /xff aTroKXeLcOeirjcrai^ €(f)€xryop ai/d Kpdro^;. II. 1.6 Se KXeapxo^ iTapdx0r) (r(f)6Spa. 2. eVe- Xcuo-c Se Tovs "'EXXr^j/as, w? i/d/xo? ^ aurot? eh yidx'qv, ovTO) TaxOrjvai' iTdx0r)(r(w ovi/ inl TeTrdpoju. 3. tov. roi9 lyo-^r; Kv/oo?. 4. i/cou/o, ya/o /cat puKpd afjLaprrj' 0kvTa ^ irdma a-we-mTplx^ai. 5. XPI* ^^^ iXeyx0(oa-L, TOVTOvs TLfX(oprf0rji/aL. 6. oi Sfj orpaTrjyol ovro) Xrfa; 2 a. pass. €OTpd(f)r)l/, riJKco (ra/c-), rT^foi, crryfa, erqx^V^] 2 p. T€T7)Ka (as paas.) ; 2 a. pass. iTdtcrfp, to melt, ff>aLP(t} {(w^)y avS}, ?dirqi/. to prepare. to turn. to show ; mid. and pass, to appear. Exercises. 1. I. Kai OL FXkr)P€<; oT/>a<^r€9 wapea-Kevd- CovTo, 2. Ta<^9 Se ovSeU ncjiroTe "Opovra i0r) iKTrXayek rt9. 6. €(f>a(Tav tov<; \6xovs KaTaKOTrqyaL ino rcSi/ KlXlkcov. 7. oi Sc (TTpaTL^Tat. (TuXXcyO^CS €l3ov\€VOUTO. n. 1. im^ovXevei Kvpo), kol (also) 7rp6o-0€P noXefXTJara^, /caraXXayek Se. 2. rfviKa Sc SeCXrf kyi- yi^To, iif>dvr) kovu>pt6^. 3. kwL iKcXevo-ep dwflv 104 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. avrhi^ 7T0V i7r\7]yV' 4. liv hk o5to5 a\y, oi aTTavCcrev Ta>v porj0riv. 5. ov ito\\r)fxaL, ipprjOrjv, OvrjcTKO) (d(w-% davovpLai, ridirrjKa ; 2 a. idcu/ov, KTeivoi (ktq/'), kt€U(!), C7cr€«/a ; 2 p. €KTova ; * 2 a. CKravov,^ to perceive, to say. to die. to kill. \(wd(W(o {\a0-'), Xt/Vo), \4\rj(rfjL(u ; to escape th^ 2 p. XeXiy^a ; 2 a. eXa^oi/, notice of: mid. to forget, Tipvoi (rep-^), repZ, Terpr^Ka, Terprf- /lai, irpTJOrji/; 2 a. irepop or erapop, TLTpcooTKO) {rpo'^), Tpda-co, erpcoo-a, TerpcjpaL, irpoiO-qv, (oOeo) {o}0'), cjcro), eoxra,* icjo-pai, i(ti(T07JiV, Exercises. I. 1. TT^v x^o^a ct/ca^oi/ T€TqKQ/ai. 2. ovroi y^iyovariv on Kipos T€0prjK€P. 3. uficr? Sdfere #ca- to cut to wound. to push. 106 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. m 5. €19 Sc S^ cIttc (owivwed) crrpaTriyov^ cXecr^at^aX- Xovs. 6. (r<^€j/8dm9 7rXcfC€ti/ c^cXci. 7. ol 8' cVci- 0OI/TO, ttXV « Ti9 Ti cVX€i//ci/J 8. Aap€tov « ical na/ovo-anSos yiyvomai ttoTSc? 8vo. 9. aiorc ^atn- Xcvs rij? Trpos cavroi/ imlSovX'^^ ovk rjaOiu^eTO. II. 1. raura €t7ra>i/ cVavo-aro. 2. i/vi/ yap tcra)? Kol i/xcr? Toi^Tov al(Te;/xi in the Present and Second Aorist Systems, and 3, the synopsis of the Indicative of lo-rTy/^t ; ^ § 68, the declension of tOTCt?. Vocabulary. ayap.ai, ^yacrOiqv. ^^ admire. y^l^V^* ' to go. Sw/a/xat, hvprja-oixai, SeBvvrjfiaL, i^vvrje-qv,^ to be able. imarafiai, imcTTTJo-ofiaL, rjma-TTJO-qp, to under- stand. 108 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 109 ipao) (oTT-, 18-), oi/;o/xai, idpaKa' or copa/ca, €(opafJL(u or oi/i/xat, w0r)v; 2 a. cISoi., ^ ^ ^^^^^• TrifJLTrXrjfXi iTrXa-), ttXt^Vcu, €7r\r)(Ta, ttc- TrXr^fca, neTrkrjcT fiat, cVXt^V^t^i^, ^o FILL. <^^c£i/a) ((^^a-). <^0ao-a> and 0r]CTOfiaL, to get before. "±£1 . o ^rkfi^u^ to antici- pate. wviofxaL, wirrjo-o/xat, ecu^fxai/ ia)V7]07jp (classic writers use inpldfl-qv, § 123, 1. for the later Arncnijitiv). ^ ^J^' Exercises. I 1. ol he mXeflLOL OVK€TL l(TTr](Ti5Xaica9 /ca(?io-Tai^at. 9. 7rpo7rvd6fJL€vos Tadra €dr) cis ti^i^ ttoXci^ dTTcX^cii/.' II. 1. dXXa fiTfv KOI TOVTO y€ cVtorao-^c. 2. Kv- po9 8€, V'^XV excui' T^v /c€<^aX>7V, eU rijv fidxn^ Ka0iv^v iviararai io-raXfieuo^ eiri 7r6Xetiop is €8i;i^aTo /caXXto-Ta.« 5. dXX' cS imari- aOa^crav 5ti oifc A7ro7r€(/>€i;>(ru.. 6. l^ov\evovro ^m y K6XKi6^0S» -OV, 6, i^fhvM, to fieeaffnghted) Exercises. I. 1. iTnOrjcerai r]pxv, 2. /cat kcXcuo vert c^vXar- Tccr^at, /x^ V"' imOaiinai rq<; wktos * ot ^dp^apoi.. 3. T^i' 8t/cT;i/ XP^C^ imOfwai ainco. 4. rovrovs Sc CKcXcvc Oeo-daL tol OTrXa rrcpt t^j/ avrov (riajprjv. a staff, KNEE. to bind, right, justice^ penalty, a dog. to dry, to sail, fear, fright FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Ill 5. ivravOa at/eTiOeo-av ^aKTr)pLa<; koI tol at^^/xaXwra ycppa, 6. napa roifs ^eovs r)/xeU Trjv (jyLkicw crvpffi- fievoL KareOe/JLeOa, 7. /cat ot/ctaj/ ovhep^iav ekiTrep, OTTw? (f)6^op ivOdri rots aXXot9. 8. ov/ccrt iir^TiOevTo ol noXefiLOL rot? /caraySatVoucrt, SeSot/cdre? /x^ anoTfjirj- OeLTjcrca^, II. 1. /cat €1/ ral^t OefievoL tol onXa (rvvfj\0ov oi a-Tparrjyol /cat Xo^ayot Trapa 'Apccuop, 2. tov<; jxh/ OTrXtras avroO iKekevae /xeti/at, ra? acTTrtSas tt/oos ra yovara. Oivja^, 3. roi)? ya/> /cwa? tou? xok^irov^ Taq rjfiepa^ StSeaort. 4. ra? he l3akdpov<; twu (f>oivi- K(ov ir)paLPovT€<; t payrj piara oLTreTiOea-av, 5. rots rcXcirratots inidevTo, koI aireKTeivai/ nva^, 6. /cat ip^dvre^ cts TrXotb^', /cat ra TrXetVrou afta h/ddpievoi, aneTrkevcraj/, III. 1. The hoplites stood under arms. 2. They feared that the Greeks would attack them during the night. 3. He will inflict punishment on them. 4. They are about to attack us. 5. They halted under arms near the general's tent. 6. They grounded arms beside the river. IV. 1. I fear that he may take® me and inflict punishment on (me). 2. They set before them on the same table meats of all kinds. 3. The army will go up^ on the hill and attack the enemy. 4. The enemy attacked them vigorously. ti; 112 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. NOTES. » See note 1, Lesson XLIX. « See I 110, III., N. 1. and I 17. 2, N. '* ! lOS^L 2 On the second form of the future, see § 110, XL 2, N 2 .li:;^;!.^)- . Use a partu.ple. -•©•- LESSON LI. Verbs: Begular in MI {contimied), StSw/xi. Grammak : § 123, 2, the inflection of 8t'8c./xt tlirough- out- § 121 entire; § 122, 1, with notes 1 and 4; § U6, I V • i" 5'S . ir. +>iP Present and Second Aorist the ^nopsis of 8i8o>/xt in the rreseni »"^ ^ ^ Systems, and 3, the synopds of the Indicative of StSc/xi; § 68, N., the declension of 8t8oi5s. Vocabulary. iXlo-KOfiai (aX-, aXo-), aXcicro/xat, ^Xco/ca or caXcuKa ; 2 a. -^Xcui/ ' or €aXctJV, ytyi/wo-Kcu (yi^o-), yvdo-o^iai, eyvoiKa, eyuoxTfJiaL, iyv(ocr0rjv ; 2 a. eyvcur, ipa)Tdo)y^ ipcjTrjao), etc. r«<7 Ovaia, -a9, 17, (W») irtTrpao-ica) * (Trpa-), TriirpaKa, TrcVpa- ^ai, iirpdOyjv, oTepio), OTeprjo-o), etc. r^^r . (Tupd-qfia, -aT09, to, (.awrtemtt) (TCD/xOy -aros, to, i/^ cVcIi'ot, er Sorez. In, tovtcoi^ to, mo-Toi. 5. Kol Sowat /cat XayScr^ Trtcrra iOikop^ev, 6. /cat i/ier? /^^ iKhS>T4 p.e. 7. (imyi.oi9 t^^ imaroX'fip ivaKOLi^odrai^ tcoKpdreL. 8. /cai Ittttol ^\oi(T(w eU ' €t/coo-t, KOL 7] o-icqirrj id\(o, n. 1. 7ra/)a8oVT€9 8' Slp tol onXa koI tcjp (T(op.d- T(ov' iTrepyjdeCrjfiev. 2. oi yap iycoy' 4n Trpec^j}. T€poartct #C(u 7rapa^(Scop,L aura ^(J, i^^liS/, li/xe?? Sk Siad^p^epot StdSore rrj o-rpaTLa. 4. a/couVa^c? Tai)ra, Acoi Sef^a? S0W69 /cat ka/36irre § 110, III., N. 1. « The second aorist is inflecte«l like that of ^fyv«*«rK«, ? 125, 3, v. 2. For the enlarging of the simple stem, Bee § 109, 8. n., and observe, fur- ther, that dXfo-KO|uu serves as a passive to olptw. The aorist generally in use in this sense in Attic is iipoViv from fpo|Uu. The Attic uses «faro8«icro|MU and iircSoVtlv in the future and aorist. • Future perfect of tnirpcurKw. » Cf. I. 2. w Greek idiom, did not give them pay. " When . . . had been viade, im\£r\ c-ytvcro. 3 4 » § 282, 4. • About. ' § 174. H A w Use the aorist infinitive, § 260, 2, and see note 1, Lesson XXXIX. '^ IXOVTiS. -•o*- LESSON LII. Verbs : Regular in MI (continued), 8ctwn;/i,t. Grammar: § 123, 2, the inflection of heiiawfiL through- out; § 121 entire; § 122, 2, with N. 5 ; § 123, 1, the synopsis of SetKi/v/xt in the Present and Second ^Aorist Systems, and 3, the synopsis of the Indicative of 8ct/aa;/xt ; § 68, the declension of Sct/cj/u?. Vocabulary. an-oKKvixL (6X-*), oXw, wXccra, oKd- Xc/ca ; 2 p. oXft)Xa, to be undone ; 2 a. mid. d)\6lX7)V, €7ro/xat (crcTT-), ei/io/Aat, ia-nofi-qv, to destroy ut- terly, to lose- mid. to perish. to follow. to YOKE, to join. to make to sink down, to sink. to swear. leHywfiL (fvy.S), ^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^ eCevyfMai, it^evxOrjv ; 2 a. pass. it,vyy)v, ^ara-Sliy, SuVo), etc. reg. ; 2 a. eSw,* OllVV^ll {6fl., 6fMO.% 6fJL0dfiaL, (Ofxoa-a, OfiatfxoKa, Ofxcofioo-fxaL, d)fi607fi/ or cjfjLoa-Orfi/, 2 p. irdirqya, to be fixed; 2 a. pass. irvdo) {ttvv-\ TJveva-o/iaL or iwev- (TovfiaL,^ €TjV€vcra, TreWev/ca, 0-Vfi.fi.LyuvfMi, (fjLLy.), fxCico, ifiiia, /AC/xiy/xat, ifjLLxOrj^; 2 a. pass. ifiiyrjp, Exercises, I. 1. aWTJXoL^ (rviMfxtypi^aa-a^, 2. aXXotg cttc- Sci/c^v^at. 3. Kol ^efjLo^ ij^amU ^ttu^l nrryi^i^ ro^ ivdpc^rrovs. 4. iTreSeCKinjvro ol fjidureL^ navre^ W>7^. 5. Toi^ ^Spas airovs oh iifjipyre aTroXco. XcWc. 6. TToXXi tS,u iTToCvyCojp iTTcoXXvTo inb Vov. 7. SUaixyu' yip d7r6XXv(T0aL roi^ imop- /cowras. ^ 8. /cat aTroreyLtoWcg ra? /c€0aXa9 r£^ n. 1. Kol avrov re aTro/crti/^uao-t /cat tov<; aXXovq 7TepovTo inl Seliwoi., i^. tojix, to freeze, to blow, to breathe. to MIX with. 116 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. ywTO, 3. TovToi^ Tol<; Secr/LLOt? iCevyiwu Tov<; dcricoi^ TT/jos aXKTJXovs. 4. TTCt? ya/3 do-/co9 8uo avSpas cfei roO /lit) icaraSiJi^ai.^ 5. ol (Tvueirofxa^oL ancoXKvvTo, 6. cjoTe (5/>a^ Kol crol imh^Uvvo'dai rffv TratSciW. III. 1. They show the soldiers the tracks of the horses. 2. Hereupon he expresses his opinion. 3. They showed their plan to the soldiers. 4. He wishes to show justice. 5. As he says this,* some- body sneezes. 6. The wind is freezing the beasts of burden. IV. 1. Let some one express his opinion. 2. When he heard this/° he sank down in shame." 3. After this (one) another arose, pointing out the foUv of the man. 4. For the seers declare that there will be a battle. NOTES. » « 108. V. 4. N. 2. • For an original oM-€a-Tao-av efo) 118 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. TOiv Sa/hfHov ov yap rjv aa-^akh eV Tot vp-^v olha. 5. TW Se drSpl irdaopai Iva. ciStJtc oTi /cat apx^o-Oai eVtWa/Ltat. 6. /cat ^wi/rd? Tti/a9 avTcSi/ 7rpovdvpy]0r)p€i^ XajSeS/ auroS rourov ci/€Ka, OTTO)? riyepoa-LV ctSdcrt T^i/ x^P^*' x/^r^crat/ic^a. III. 1. For I know where® they are gone. 2. Some^ are dead, and the rest are being besieged. . 3. He wept a long^' time standing. 4. But he at once drives away those standing around." 5. Cyrus kept finding many pretexts, as you also well know. 6. For well know that I should prefer freedom. IV. 1. Know this, however. 2. For he knew this. 3. Whether, then, I shall do what is just,'^ I do not know. 4. I am not willing to go, fearing*' that he may take me and inflict punishment on (me). NOTES. ' Strengthened from vir(xo)iau * § <>9, N. ' I 108, VI., N. 3. » ? 109, 8, N. * That I have deceived, § 280, with N. 2. • A greater (number), neuter singular accusative, subject of irrwfu, ' That he had died (lit. him having died). » I 143, 1. " ii :^76. 2. '* IVhat 18 just, — Greek idiom, just (things). FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 119 LESSON LIT. Verbs: Irregular in MI, dfjiC, elpc, and r,pL Svo-ptj, .179, T^, (8vV«} 06pv/3o9, rj, (Kp(v«j X7?Crr€ta, -09, rj, (Xnor^'s, a rosier; cf. X|f{ofiai, Ktia) rpadfia, -aro,. to, (t„p^„) \vapia. -as. 17. (♦X«hk(.. (a^iato.) silly talk.- ^hr. fool- eries, nonsense. Exerelses. ,^.povS>p..,,i^,^,,^i^,ie,.. 6. Ve«S^oi^ «^ 0,5 S ^^ ,X,os €m Svcr/tars, (U-cVr^o-o,.. 9 ^d, ovv r,p^ ipas xpv^a^ Siafirji^a,. 10. r) XPV^^^ hnd^lvai avro). 5. cSd/cct yap ct? t^i' imova-av io)^ rj^eiv ^ao-iXea, 6. Tis yap avroJ ® corti/ ootls Trjs ^RX^^S aVTL7rOL€LTaL ; 7. vw ft'G' ovi^ aiTLTe, KaToXLTTOVTe^ Tovhe TOP ophpa • orav 8' cyoi KcXcvcro), Tra/xorc 7r/>09 7171^ Kptaw, III. 1. They come on with a great shout J 2. Come now ! 3. Let us go to the men. 4. They denied that there was® another road. 5. Let the hoplites be at hand with their arms. 6. They desisted ® and went to their tents. IV. 1. No one went away to the king. 2. For what herald will be willing to go? 3. You got^^ your living by" robbery, as you yourself said. 4. They refused to go. 5. But (while) saying this, he heard a noise going through the ranks. NOTES. * Note the simple stem of each verb carefully. « I 200. N. 3 6. ' ovK 1^1 refused, declined. * For the case of avrot, which modifies the subject of XaPp6irrj(ra, (Teaoxfypovr^Ka, (oTM^puv, sound-minded; «rc5s, safe, sound, and ^pifv) X'^v* -ovos, 17, Exercises. I. 1. CTTt Tov ap/xarof; KaOij/jLO/o^ Trji/ Tropeiav eiroLeiTO, 2. a»9 cISc toi^ oTparrj-ybi/ SueXavi/ovra, LTfCTL rju a^uq). 3. TovTov Sc, fjv a'0)(f>poin)re, rrji/ vvKTa p,€u St](T€T€, rfjv 8e rjixepcu^ d(f)T]or€T€. 4. koI OKTO) ol apLOTOl TCOV TTepl aVTOV €K€LUTO in aVTCO. 5. rjvhk TO Teix^^ (OKoBofnqfxej/oj/ irXivOoi^ otttols h/ aa-^dXnf} KuyLO/aLs* 6. €v9vs 'Uvro apco /caret rr^p 122 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. ff>av^pav bhov, 7. oi S^ iroKiynoi. Seicrcurre^ rjKOP €avTov 2 105, 1, 5. 3. M 276, 2. " Tos vvKTas, I 161. * AoriRt.. • Greek idiom, according to the {thinys) agreed upon. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 123 LESSON LTI. Verbs: Principal Parts of Important Verbs arranged Alpha- betioally. § iSTlTo-; § uf ^''"^ S92entire; §107; §108;. tU^lr *^.' ^""rT^ P*"^ "^ ^^' ^''^' *•"»* fo»«^. explaining the formation of the present from the simple stem/and ^! other mod,ficat.on8 of the stem that are in any way pLculiar ""'"t^^t^'aTr' '^^' "ra^ ^^- m^ (Vra.) '^'"^ ""''"' ^"^ WcV; 2 a. .JW. aM^ (aire.), perceive, aUrO^o^ i^^. 2 a. ^^6^^. 4.o«« (.Uov- for W.). hear, &Koi,ro^ j5.0v.ra. ^ko^^^; 2 p axt«.pu (dX-, aXo-X be captured, iX^op^ ^Wa or ^a««c«; -^ a. lyAwir or idXtov. (VI.) aXUT«. (aAAay-). .Aan<;e ^Aafo, ^XAa^„, .^ .;^ ijAoxV ; 2 a. pass. ^AAt(y,r. (IV.) -Wr«. ( WH err, ,5^apr^..o^^ ^^.^^^.^ V^r,;xa<, i,^. T1/V ; 2 a. ^fULproy. (V.) r r ,r^ iiM^ P.t»« (^a- ^a..), yo, ^^.ro,^,^ ^^^,.0, .^/^ (^are), -iBd^nv (rare) ; 2 p. (fii^a) ; » 2 a, ^;8,.. (V. IV ) PAX» CfloA-, j8A«-) Mrou., M^ ^^^A,Ka. ^^^A,^ ,^a,V; ^ a. ^Pakov. (IV.) ' / ' T,Cyvo,«u (yc.), J^oom. y^o;««, y^A^/^. 3 p. y^o,„, „^ . ii a. (ya/ofiriv. (VIII.) TiYvAn.™ (yvo-), know, yvi^o^ V<«««. V'«^/««. ^w.ia, ylypa^ifiai ; 2 a. pfWfl. ScCkwh* (SctK-), sAou;. 8«fo,, c^Sctio, ScSaxo, 8c8€ty^a^ c»8«x V- (2.) ^ ^8pta^ imperf. 5v. .1,^ (I-), ^ro, imperf. iJctv or 5a. •Iirov* (cV- for FCTT-, ip', pc-), saic?, ^p^, cTtto, ctpT/Ko, «p>;/xm, cppi;- V- (VIII.) aavv« (cXa-), rfriv^. marcA, a^, ^Xacro, ^XiJXoxo, aiyXa/ixu, r;Aa. ^v. (V.) |p5^o|au (av^-, ^^^-)' 5'<>. ^<^^' ^€V(ro,«u*; 2 p. ^i^Xv^a; 2 a. 5x^0.. (VIII.) ., .^ o M(m (cS-, ayov. (VIII.) i^p(YJV. (III.) evn«« (Oav-, Ova-X die, Oavovfuu, rc^ica; 2 p. (rc^aa); 2 a. iOavov. (VI.) ti)|u (<-), send, rjo-u), ^ko, euco, ct/iuu, €l^, UWotiOi (Ik-), come, liofuu, lyfuu ; 2 a. iKOfirjv. (V.) Wniju (orra-). set, place, ufuu, UXiOriv ; 2 a. pass. iK^Lvrfv. (IV.) Ko'imt (xoir-), cut, ico>(u, iKOij/a, -k€ko^ K€KOfiuai ; 2 a. pass ^ko- mpf. (III.) ^ Kpiim {Kpw'\ judge, Kpivd, Upwa, K€Kpuca, K€KpifiaL, iKpCBrjv. (IV.) KTf(v« {iCTtv), kill, KT€vm, €KT€iva ; 2 p. ocTova ; 2 a. IcTavov. (IV ) X«,^v« (Aa^.), ^a^e, Xi^il^ofiau,^ €t\rja, tlXrjfifj^ai, ikrie7jv ; 2 a. tXafiov. (V.) Xav«aw# (Aa^.), lie hid, escape the notice of, (mid. fcyrget), Avo-«u, \iX.it(Tpxu. ; 2 p. AcX^y^a ; 2 a. eXo^ov. (V.) X«>, say, Acfci, £\€^a, AcXcy/xot, ^Xex V- r 1 II II 126 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. "-Xiyoi, gather, an'ange, count, Xcfb), eXc^o, -eiXoxo, -ciXryfuu or -AcAey/xai, €\i\Br)v ; 2 a. pass. -iXtyrjv. Xc(ira> (XiTT-), /^rtve, Afij/ro), AcXci/x/iou, €X.€iiyvv. (2.) luiivTJo-Kw (ftva-), reinind (mid. remember), fim^ta, I^vqa-OL, fit- fivrjfiai (memini), ifivja-Orfv (as mid.). (VI.) oC'ywiu (oiy-) and ot-Yw, OjOen, oi^tu, w^a or -^w^a, -€ (o/w,-, o/io-), swear, o/xoO/xcu, (u/xocra, o/xio/xoko, 6fi/JiO(TfiaL, ojfjLoOrjv or ilyfiocrOrji'. (2.) ^poM (oTT-, i8-), se^, o\f/ofiai, kdipaKa or copaKo, iutpaficu or iofxfiax, &^v ; 2 a. cTSoi/. (VIIL) troUrxtt (xra^-, rrevO-), suffer, TrciVo/xat ; 2 p. iriTTOvOa ; 2 a. hraOov. (VIII.) iTf COci) (tt*^-), pei'suade, Trao-o), hnLaoj TrcVctKo, ir€'7rtiafjuu, iireia^v ; 2 p. TTcVot^o, i/t^^. (II.) N O T E 8'. * For o^. * For o-cHmiKa. ' See note 7, Lesson XLV. LESSON LVIII. Verbs : Principal Parts of Important Verbs {c(mtinued). Grammar : § 32, 2, with n.; § 92 entire; § 107; § 108; § 109; § 110; § 111. Give the principal parts of the verbs that follow, explaining the formation of the present from the simple stem, and all other modifications of the stem that are in any way peculiar. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 127 •W|fcin*, send, 7r€ful/o), eirtfjuj/a, ttctto/x^o, TrcTrc/x/xai, iircfjLifeOrfV, ir(|iirXi]|u (xAa-), Jill, 7rX.y(To), hrXfjcrai, Trdrrk-qKa, TrcVAT/O'/xat, cttAt;- a, ippLpLficu, ippiK^Orjv ; 2 a. pass. lppi<^rjv. (III.) (nrcCpw {cnr€p-\ SOW, cnrepit), txnrctpa, co^rop/xat ; 2 a. pass, ianraprjv. (IV.) ((TTcA-), send, OTcAto, corctAo, cotoAko, iOToXficu ; 2 a. pass. la-raX-qv. (IV.) o^p/^, /i/-/'n, d$a$a, ecr^ay/xac ; 2 a. pass. i(Tdyrjv. (IV.) Tc(vai (t€v-), stretch, ra'cli, ercti/a, riraKCL, Tirafiai, irdOrfv. (IV.) T«|xv(a (T€fi-, T/X€-), CM^, Tc/xw, TeTfxrjKCL, Ter/Jirffjuu, irfiyOrfv ; 2 a. ere/xoK or crap-ov. (V.) tt(k« (raK-), me/^, Tiyfd), crry^o, cny^^*' (rare) ; 2 p. rirrjKa ; 2 a. pass. IrdK-qv. (II.) Ti$T)|u (^€-), jt?w^, Oi^au), WrjKCL, reOeiKO, rc^ctpat, IriO-qv. (1.) TirpcMrKM (rpo-), wound, TpfMroy, rrpoxro, TCTpuipxiL, irputOrfv. (VI.) rp^irw, ^wm, rp^foi, crpci/'o, T€Tpoa or rcrpa^a, rirpafipxiL, erpe- Orjv ; 2 a. mid. irpaTrofirjv ; 2 a. pass. irpdTrqv. Tfii^ (Tp€- for Bp€-), nourish, Opeif/o), eOpeif/a, rcrpoifxi, rc- OpafipiaL, €0p€0rjv (rare) ; 2 a. pass, irpdffy-qv. rpcxw {rptx- for Op^Xr, Spa/Ji-) 7'un, SpaixovfJLOL, eOpe^a (rare), -SiSpdfirjKO, -6tSpdf.i.7jii(U i 2 a. tSpafiov. (VIII.) 128 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Tp(^M (jpLfi-), rub, TpLij/iiiy erpti/^o, rerpt^ rirpip-fiai, ct/h<^^v; 2 a. pass, irpiprjv. (II.) •nryxcu^ (''"^X")* ^^^' happen, rvoiofiat, rcrvx^Ka or Wrcvxa ; 2 a. ^(vw (<^a»/-), sAoii;, ^vw, €r}vay 7rtayKay Trc^^curftat, €av^v ; 2 p. Tr€rjva ; 2 a. pass. €dvr)V. (IV.) ^'po» (oi-, cVcK-, cvcyK- for cv-cvck-), Amr, oio-oi, iTvcyxo, ^nyvoxa, hrrjveyfiai, yfvixBriv ; 2 a. ^FcyKoy. (VIII.) ^iry« (<^vy-), flee, <^vf ofuu or <^€vf' NOTE. * See note 7, Lesson XLV. ■•o*- 5 n L£SSON LIX. Pormation of Words. Grammar : § 128 and § 129, 1-10, entire, committing all the Examples to memory. Exercises. I. Give the meaning of the following words and show their formation : — 1. irXtryii (ttXitttu), st. irXi/y-). 2. ji(|it^vCa. 6. ^ Xoicti. 7. ■yrfvwnt* (yiyvofuu, st. ycv-, to be bom). 8. XoYunios {XayCtfiimi, st. \oyt8-, calculate). 9. doi8^ (a«i8o>, sin^). 10. to- {©tus. 11. ^os). 16. PpaSvnjf {Ppa^v% slow). 17. *«K- ^ot {^i^op/xjLy fl^e affnghted). 23. irwrn-s, st. ttvotl- (TrwOdvofiaLy st. TTV^-). 24. KTlJllXi (KTaofxcu). 25. -ypofiiiaTcvs. 26. x<4^ (Xflupu), st. X**P"» f^oiee). 27. irriYaStov ij^yfl)' 28. *IraXuon|s ('iToAto, Italy). 29. Sciirvtirripiov (SctTTvco), dine). 30. 8po|uvt (st. Spa/A- in i^papuovy ran). 31. Ifryov. 32. ^aXrpia (^* 4. o-Kvrtvos (o-Kvro?, tanned hide). 5. &f)Xo ^^^ beast). 16. 0iipooa|ios. 17. d^cXiiSoV (aytk-q, herd). 18. irov€». 19. to- («v<». 20. oTparn-yuu* {(Trparrff6%). 21. KXa'yYn8ov (KXayy^, cibn^, (im). 22. dpTvpovs. 23. TiXtvrow. 24. €v6vv« (ev^s, straight). 25. vav|iaxT)o-ciM (vav/xax€« («X^o«» hatred). 29. XcvkcUvw (Acvkos, white). 30. 8ou\iKot. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK 131 II. Form words with the following meanings : — 1. Wooden (fvAoi/, wood; 14, 1). 2. To gild (xpvo-os; §130,3). 3. Deceitful, WILY (8dA.os,cwwnm^; 15). 4. Hos- tile * (ttoAc/aos ,- 12). 5. To SPEAK Greek ("EXA?/!/, a (xre^^'; § 130, 6). 6. Beautiful (st. koX- ; 11). 7. To be angry (;(aAc7ros, angry; § 130, 7). 8. Revered^ (aif^ofiaij revere ; 17,1). 9. Of corn {(tItos; 13 6). 10. Wild^ (dypos, field; 12). 11. ToLOVE(<^iA.os; §130, 2). 12. To want to laugh (ycXao); § 130, N. 1, l). 13. HoT (Oepio, heat; 17, 4). 14. To 6HAME (aio-xos, shame ; § 130, 8). 15. Hurtful (/JAaTrro), St. ySAa^-; 13 a, 2). 16. To SPEAK THE TRUTH (aXrjOrjs ; § 130, 4). 17. Like a barbarian (Pap/SapiCwj behave like a barba- rian; 18 c). 18. To ARM (ottAoi' ; §130,6). 19. In SUMMER (diposf summer; 14, n.). 20. To CONQUER (vlkti; § 130, 1). III. Analyze the following compound words, considering the first part, the last part, and the meaning : — 1. di'SpiavTairoMSi 6 (dvSptas, statue; Trotecu). 2. vaviniYos, 6 (vavs; irfjywp.L, st. Tray-, build). 3. ditdrpoiros, -ov (ofios, ^Z^e; rpoTTos, character). 4. Xoxa7o$, 6. 5. oparos, -ov (/?cu]/(o). 6. Svo-iropcvTos, -ov. 7. irppovpos, 6 (irpo; opdo)). 11. <^povpapxoS) «• 12. d(raXijs, -€s (o-^oAAo), <7*^ wjo). 13. c^Svovs, -ow. 14. c-yKpaTT)S) -c? (Kparo^, power). 15. oTparoircScvtt. 16. vavc4>xos» o* 1^- '»iH't5<»os> -w (f<«>'7> Hfo)- 18. viro^'Ca. 19. viict|^'pos» -ov. 20. UroirXcupoS) -ov (ttros, equal ; TrXevpd, rib, side). 21. K€voTa(t>u>v {kcvo^j cfinpty ; TdoSi tomb). 22. XP^'^'^X^*'^^* '^^ (xaXLv6<:j bridle). 23. oIkovo'iiosi 6 (vip.Q), dispense, manage). 24. ^(Xiinros, -ov. 25. Kwo'yos, 6 (kvwi/; ayw). 26. )uo^oo'posy -ov. 27. 6)m>Xo'ycw< 28. xtx^torovioi (x^^p i TttVo)). 29. dSrryos. 30. vfoctSTJs, -cs (vcos, youthful; €i^,/orm). NOTES. * Drop the final vowel of the stem, I 128, 3, v. 3. ' Change the ^ to |i before v on a parallel principle to § 16, 3. ^. ta-u.'- 4 ^ SYNTAX. Learn in the Grammar only the matter in the two largest sizes of type, unless other sections are specified. Study all the examples there given, and read any remark in smaller type that is immediately added to the two largest sizes of type or to the examples. There are four sizes of type used in the Syntax of the Gram- mar. The Notes are printed in the third of these sizes (bour- geois), and are not to be committed to memory unless specially mentioned. LESSON LXI. Subject and Predicate. — Apposition. — Agreement of Adjec- tives. — The Article. Grammar : §§ 133-143. Add § 142, 1, n., but omit § 140 and § 143, 2. Exercises. I. I. ^v Ixyr) ai/0pcj7ro)V. 2. koI ej^ct rf)v *Op6i/- Ttt hvvajJLiv, Tov^ Trfv )8acnXca>s Ovyarepa €Xpmo<;. 3. d5oT€ TO orpaTCv/Lta irdfjLTToXv i(f>dvrf. 4. tov opovs^ rj Kopvifyfj imep avrov rov crTpaT€VfxaTO<; ^p. 5. ocra hr) h^ rj i^a/Sao-ct ry yiera Kvpov ot ElXXry- v€s inpa^av p^XP^ ^^ M^X^^* ^ '^^ irpocrffev \6ya) FIRST LESSONS IN .GREEK. 133 SeSTJXayraL, 6. t^Sc yap r^ ripjepq, ^ p^vpiovs o^ecrde L '- ' avO* a/OS KXedpxovs. 7. tovs p^ avrcjp aTre/creti/c, ^wi^ '''9^3^ 6^c)8aX€j/. 8. aKovo) Sc Kcopas elvai KaXas ov irkiov elKoaL oraZuov* anexovo-as, 9. Ila/ovo-art? c^L^ 817 rj p'}]p}p i(f>i\€L TOV Kvpov paWov fj tov ^aa-i- ^« / • \evovTa ^Xpra^ip^v, 10. ivT€v0ev i^ekavvec cts . y-y- KcXatra?, woXa/ olKovparrfv, peydkrjv koI eiSaipova, 11. ayaffos 6 avyjp. 12. iKijpv^e^ 8e toIs "EXXrjcri, (TVo-Kevd^ecrdaL,^ 13. koI elSov tovs \6ovs acruc- fn*fcf^"Ci vol, 14. h/ Tji IT poo-do/ irpoor/BoXy oXiyovs ej^coi/ V^^^t* . P** iiraOo/ ovScV. 15. *A07)vaUuiv to wXijOos "lirTrapxov oIovTcu Tvpavvov ovra anoOavelv. 16. to 8* anXovv Kcu TO dXr)6€S h/opilje. to axno raJ r^XiOiia^ c&'at.l - 17. Ka(rai/, derov Tiva (*-Lp • Xpv(!}Vy io-fiei^'^ qv fia^ yap €<^' iTnrov oxct, ey€p9 Tti^s (fiavovmai Ikcu^oI i7/i.as ftK^cXcW/. 6. XotTTW* /XOt CtTTCU' OTTCp Kttt fl€yL(TTOV voixilfii dvai, 7. aXXov rtj^os* hei npo<; rovrot? ots Xeyci. 8. 01 cnrparrjyoly ot 8ia 7rtoTca>s rots ^ap^a- pots cavTois Q^ex^pixTOv, iroKKa kox KaKa Tr€7r6i/da(nv, FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 135 9. 7r/>o9 Sc ySacrtXca Trefinwp -q^iov a&eK(f>o 6pa9. 15. ovs ow coJpa cC/cAoi/ras KLvovv€veWy tovtov<; ap^ovra<; inoieL rj^ KaTeaTp€(l)€To X^P^^-^^ 16. K:at 8etrat crou rijfiepop Toxnov TOV oivov Iktti^w crifp oU^^ /xaXtcrra <^tXcts. 17. TO/a yvcofirjp e)(cts Trcpt 7-^9 iropeCas ; 18. ct ouj' ^ aiToh^ixddr) riva XPV^^ rfyelo-OaL, ovk av, OTTOTe oi TroXcfjLLOi cX^otci//^ ySouXcvccr^at '^/ia9 Scot." II. 1. /am willing to transport you. 2. For they are now themselves burning the king's country. 3. But once the king's army ^^ invaded their coun- try.^ 4. And beside these he had (those) whom ^ the king gave him. 5. But if any one sees another better^ (plan), let him speak. 6. And he commanded what soldiers he himself had to follow. 7. Having persuaded his own city,^ he sailed away. 8. But they attempted to induce him to return. 9. Where- fore the king did not perceive the plot against^ himself. 10. You neither love them^ nor (do) they ^ (love) you. 11. But with these arms we will fight even for^ your possessions. 12. He thinks the general sent back to him ^ what army he had. %. 136 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Vi^ 13. Cyrus set out with ^^ (those) whom I have men- tioned. 14. He designated the same man (as) general. 15. They planned these same (things). 16. Who wounded Cyrus, the son*' of Darius? NOTKt. * The preceding pause prevente the recession of the accent « § 277, 5 ^ I 178. * Sc. iirrL * Something else. See {} 172, 1 « 2 277, 2. ' Accented when emphatic. • S 184, 3. • S 145, 1. »<> I 171, 2. " Sc. irpa^fiiara. " I 251. I. " I 148, N. 1. " I 154, K. " I 153, H. 1. »» i 134, H. 2. «• I 224, and 3 232, with 4. " A royal army. * Threw (iUelf) in upon (tit) them. « Use Sfnn. " Neuter singular. " The of himself city, I U2,i, U.S. u ** Use ^KcCyot* " I 87. 1. " Accusative of the reflexive with irpid. " *X-v. " i 141. N. 4 -•o«- LESSON LXIII. Kominative, Aocnsatiye, and Yooatiye Oases. V Grammar : §§ 157-166. Bead the Bemaxks preceding §§ 157, 158, but omit § 162. Exercises. I. 1. Kye a^ois Stofw. 7. rtxroirov^ yap^ -grrja-f tov . 9. Sec tov .TTparuiTrju o^€ia-ev\d$€w. 10. KpdTurTov. 5 Xei- /)<.'cro^^. ^^r^ SEa-(?(u cis rcCxitrra eVl to i^^oor. 11. ^crre koi XPW'^ra crwe^dKXovTo airr^ ek r^ Tpo(fyr}v TSiv KXTpaTwyrmv as oVoi. 5kt(J, oToStbvs. 14. |A/)iaM)s Se', &»- ,j,ieis ridiXop^v ySao-iXe'a Ka0c(rrd. vai.-^fiis KOK&s' notiu^ ireipaTM. 15. KXe'a/jxe »cal n/)o^a/6, Kol ol dXXoi oi irap6vTi% "EXXiyves. oi/t Tore 5 Ti ^otccTe. 16. ^ { 189. Sc. iji^^p^ * 2 171, 1 * I 138, V.7. • 5 1G5, F. 1. 3 T^ XoiWv, henceforth, § 160, 2. • g 160, 2, and $ 148, v. 1. » I 158, N. 2. • Observe that ask here means inquire of. » § 159, y. 2. . " § 160, 2, ninth example. » «»«. " i 169, 3, first example. " Middle. " g 142. 4. v. 4. *• TFAic^ w called the Cydnus, i.e. C^cinti* in name. " S 166. N. 4. LESSON LXIT. Gknitive Oase. Grammar: §§ 167-172. Read the Remark preceding §167. Exercises. I. 1. im Ttti? )8ao*tXca>9 Ovpai^; ^crav, 2. Ofioy; Si oi TToKKol St' ai(rxvirr)p kolL oXKtJXcji/^ koI Kvp^ crvinr)Ko\o-v$7)0'av. 3. Kcuyap^ vofial TroKkal ^ocrKT)- y fxdrcjv KaT€kT](f>0rj(T(w. 4. Kpr)nl<; 8* virrjv Xidiirrj to ihfros cticocrt ttoocdv, O. #cat TOiv OLapoLvovrtav tov norafiov ovSeis i^pexdrj ai/cjTepcj tcjv fiaoTOiv^ vwo U^ roi) TTOTa/xoC. 6. rcii' /xci/ yap i^t/ccuKrcui/ to /caraiccu- li a ger. 6. He marched on to the river, which was a plethrum » in width. 7. The water did not touch the hay. 8. It is right to obtain this. 9. No one ^< FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 139 ft'/.' • (V H. ^^^^^ ^ KaTcMfavVw/io; ras d/ttcifa? As ej^o/Ae/, wa p^ to. Ce^ WJ-^^arpaTTry^. 12. ^ovTlerai oS.. Koi v ^rrpaTiitr ^ T °L^^-^OH-^oL a7ra.Xa5Xeo-(U'.~^ 15. e'^amVijs m MS' aiWrwv eTofevop ^ol J7r7r«s /col Tre^oi. oi S' eV^o/- So.'a.K 16. Kol er «9 SI' XPni^rmi.''im0vpel Kpa- T^iv ^cpdeiSov(ov,) 6. ovro) ^ Trepcya^OLTo aa/ Tcjv avrLcrracTLcoTatv, 7. koI iroXefJiLov ovSci/09 /carc- ' yeXa. 8. ra §€ cxrirnScta norepov' (ovelaOcu Kpeir- rov iK Ttj^ ayopa^ ^9 ovtol wapel^ov, fiiKpa fierpa^ FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 141 woWov apyvpiov, ^ avrou? * \afij5(W€Lp ; 9. 8iQ>fci yip cr€ aae^dX 10. 6 hk ^Trtcrwerrat Soia-€u/ (u^l Sap€t/coC Tpia -qfiiBapeLK^ tov p,^h<: roJ (TTpaTLaiTr). 11. icoi 6 carpaTn)^ fidXa raxcojs cfa> ySeXoJi/ ciTrc- Xcipct.^^ 12. Kvpo, S' oSi/ i,^^^ eVl ri dp^y oiSc^if /C6>Xti),^09.^ 13. KaKw^ yip TS>y ^fj,^ripa>u ix6i//^u' ndpT€<; oSrot 069 6par€ /5dpj3apoL TrokefiuiTepoL rifilp ia-oPTaL tZp napi ^ocriXcr 6jn^Jf. 14. TroXXaw S' ^i'^ rSci. ja/>a Ti? ^S^' /cat x^p^i' /cat 6(f>0aXfia)p (TT€pop.6^ov^ dp0p(l^irZvL\ofia0€(rraTo^ ^v, 16. \o\(yyovp4-'^^ vo^ iK' ndvT(ou T^u iiiirWpm aiJrov i^6vT(ov cSofc y^'f'^^l^P ^oXefiLKik. 17. ^(u; yA^ ot Xo^a- yol TrXrforiop aXXyjXoiP. 18. ravra T€vieo-0€ Ki^pll, w*^< **'£►<'-»- , «}u»'-..^< II. 1. The soldier was convicted of treason. 2. He admired the citizens for their virtue. 3. Zeus! what luck! 4. But w, though we saw'' many good (things), resolutely refrained from them. 5. For these are still more cowardly than those who have been defeated ^« by us. 6. And they over- came the light-armed soldiers. 7. But the Greeks were about" eight stadia distant from the ravine. 8. He sold the horse for fifty darics. 9. The king will not fight within ten days. 10. And the plain abounded in^^ trees of every sort, and in vines. 11. For these rivers are impassable at a distance from their sources. 12. These (things) took place H f^A^A \^ \, \ (^^^ CK.1L. 142 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 143 while the Greeks were going away.^^ 13. And for some time ^* the barbarians delayed their march. 14. For this general was at the head of ^'^ the mer- cenary (force) in the cities.^® 15. The horse was sacred to the Sun. 16. But all this (is) hard (to do) by night and when there is an uproar. ^^ NOTES. » I 226, 1. ■ irtfTipov . . . ^, I 282, 5. ^ In apposition to Ta €«vTTJ8«ta. • Modifies lifias understood, the subject of Xe4iPavfiv, § 146, 1. » I 278, 1, and § 277, 2. Compare I 278, 1, with I 183. • § 278, 1, and § 277, 4. ^ As was agreed by, etc. *' Was very full of. • To have shown himself | 260, 2. »» | 278. 1, and 277, 1. • I 277, 5. " g 161. » I 276, 2. ** Pluperfect of irpot«rn](u. " ihrw, " 2 141, N. 3, and § 142, 1. f- y.lX LESSON LXVI. Dative Oase. Grammar: §§ 184-189. Read the Remark preceding §184. Exercises. oi^'V«b«A- 'VwUtA.UJL. I. 1. i(n]iJLr)V€^ 7019 ''EXXT^o't rfj crdKmyyif kcu ei0v<; eOeov ojioae oTs tlp^To? 2. So/cci /uigt ^orjOew e^t^im •^ • iirl TOveC oL^y anakcoTepa Se. ^ 8. ov yap fcpayy^, dXXa (nyj}, npocr^eo-ai/. 9. ci^u9 C7r6t8i7 av7ff4pdri^^%/uoia avraj'*^ e/imTTTCi, Ti KaTaKeLfiai; 10. ^ye^vpa §e ctt^z/ e^ev- ^{iie^u » y/x€j/i; TrXotot? CTrrct.) 11. t^ Se avjy^rjjxepa rjXOei/ ^^^^ im rrji/ Sid/Sacrw tov worafiov, 12. ocrw al/ Oolttov cX^w/ Too-ovTO) aTrapaa-KevoTepco ^acnkeL^ fiaxovfiai, 13. Tovroc? V^^ Kvpo9. 14.^ 01 yip tVTroi airol^ 'J^^^t ^SScPTai,^ 15. 7raj/777 yap irdvra tol<; 0€ol<; vnoxa, 16. ai/ayi/ou9 7171' iincrToXr)]/ au/aKoii/oyraL XcjKpdreL r(a 'A07)uai(o nepl 7179 7ro/)€ta9. 17. irpay p^ara ira- pexovo-L Tavra rd iOvrj rfj x^P9" 18. ov (rvpenopeOa avTO). 19. tI KaXov irriirpaKTo vpiv ; 20. idv lcoox, pLcr0o(f)opd earat to7^ (7T/>ancurat9. ♦ 11. 1. They snouted to one another not'' to run. 2. But the soldiers were'^angfy with their generals. 3. And many of their arms were beingj^kfried for the soldiers on wagons. 4. And on the third (day) he called an assembly. 5. There Gyrus had a pal- ace. 6. It is safer for them to flee than for us. 7. /, fellow Greeks, both was faithful to Gyrus, and (am) now well-disposed to you. 8. He kept wa^ng with ^ the satrap. 9. They feared that the enemy might attack them. 10. He hurls his axe (at him).' 11. This wine is much sweeter. 12. But on the fourth day they descend into the plain. 13. He will sink us with our very triremes.® 14. For he did not envy those who were rich.^° 15. Shall we trust this ■ t 144 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 145 guide ? 16. The arrows were useful to the soldiers. 17. On this account" let him pay nothing, either ^^ to me or^^ to anybody*^ else. 18. And he says to him, '* Do not do this." 19. The soldiers must pro- ceed to the city at once. NOTES. » 5 134, jf.ld. * The subject is indefinite, not an infrequent construction in the per- fect and pluperfect passive. See | 134, n. 1 e. • To those who go forward (or up-stream). • I 184, 3. H. 4. » I 283, 3. * I 223, and ? 232, With 3. » I 186. N. 1. ■ He sends {at him) with his axe. * With the triremes themselves. "> S 276, 2. Use tt||u. " On accourU of this, " I 283, 9. to* LESSON LXVII, Prepositions and Adverbs. Grammar : §§ 191-194. In § 191, commit the general meaning or meanings of each Preposition to memory, and make special study of the Examples. Exercises. 1. avTov oe aKovTil,€i, ns irakTca vtto rov 6(f>0a\fi6v /3tauu9. 2. Kcu (rw^nefixjfa^ airry arpario}- ras CIS rpiaKoo'Lov^, 3. raCra Sc rjyyekkov irpo^i Kvpop oi avTOfio\T](TavT€<; c/c Ta>v ttoXc/xiwi/ napa fia(riX€(t)<; npo rfjs fid^rf^;, koI /xcra rr)v p-d^-qv aXXot ravra tj^/^XKov* 4. /cat TTLe^op^vos inb tSw oiKOk airnarao-LCDTCJu cp^^erat tt/do? tov Kvpop, 5. Hci^ta? 7rpo€L(TTrJK€L Tov iv Tttt? TToXecrt ^eVLKOV^ 6. levTo axTirep au Spdpoi rts irepl vitcq^; kcu pdXa ^ Kara npa- pov^ yr)\6ov. 7. Kvpo<; Sc pera royv aWcop i^eXav- vei Sta rauTT;? 1^79 X^P^^ ^/^^^ irokiv peydX-qv /cat evcaipopa. 8. ct^oi/ Se oTpeirTov^ wepl rot? rpaxyj- Lf'^ae^U^ Xot9 fcat \/fc\ta nepl rot? x^P^'^^- 9- ^ravOa ^v 7rapd8€Loro<: ndpv peyaq /cat /caXo?. 10. ecrrt Sc ^acrtXcta cj/ KcXati^ot? ipvpvd inl rat9 Tnyyat? rov Mapo-uou TTOTapov vwo rfj aKpoiroXet • /5ct Sc /cat ouro9 Sta 7179 7rdXca)9 /cat c/iy8aXXct ct9 rw Mcuai/Sooi/. 11. ravra crot rt/xi7i/ otcrct ct9 tov CTrctra ^fi^^^^' 12. aloTc T^ vo-Tepala Kvpoq iiropev^To 'qp^XrjpJvo)^ JlfA^iJLW /LtaXXoi/. 13.(^cv^v9 c/c naiScop KXiirreip peXerataLP ol AaKeSaipopLoC) 14. p^rd tovto iTropevOrjcrap kirrd oraOpov^, opd irorre Trapaxrdyyaq 7^9 rjpepaq, wapd^^ ^"^ ^^^ TOP ^ao-LP TTOTapop, 15. ot Sc ci^acrai/ d7roSc5o-cti/ c<^* oj pi) /cacti/ ^ ra9 ot/cta9. 16. e/ 7roi/ot9 Ai/ /cat /cti/SiJi/ot9 ck peya c/c Ato9 ctSo/. (17. dft<^t £1/ f^ ct^oi^ hiei^poPTo^ 18. /cat uttc/o T7J9 *EXXdSo9 iTipcO' povprfp p^ff vpoip, c/c r^9 x^P^^ avTov^s i^eXavpcDP, II. 1. Cyrus leaped down' from his chariot and mounted* his horse. 2. After this (man) another got up. 3. Both were carried down from the rocks* 4. Men are not able to live there on account of the heat. 5. For it was not safe to stand among the trees. 6. He will make war by aid of the exiles. 7. We will do this to the extent of our power. i^^ C|rA A.V'v-t^ <^»v^ UtLmt ^«u/ 146 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 147 8, He sent for Cyrus * from his province. 9. Cyrus promised to give each* soldier three half-darics in- stead of a daric each^ month."' 10. He said he was going ofF^ towards Ionia. 11. And they said® that these dwelt up along the mountains. 12. He looked out for the barbarians near himself. 13. But with aid of these we will fight even about your possessions. 14. The general led down the road. 15. About dark he arrived at a village, and found girls from the village at the spring fetching water. 16. If we should go away/° we should utterly perish of" hunger. NOTK9. * Construe with irpavovs* * § 267. ' Use a compound verb. * Literally went up on. » I 193. * Use the article for each. ' I 179, 1. • I 200, N. 3 6 * Use ^|JiC »* § 277, 4. " Literally under, by. LESSON LXYIII. Voioes. — Tenses. —Oaneal Sentenoea.— Imperative and Subjnno- tive in Oommands, Exhortations, and Prohibitions. Grammar: §§ 195-199; §§ 200, 201, with § 90, 2; § 250; §§ 252-254, and § 202, with 1. Exercises. I. 1. rjfi€l(; iKewov ov/ccrt OTpaTLayraC icrfiev,^ incC yc oi orwcTrd/xc^a avr^. 2. aXAa /caXoJ? yc ■■:! {aii/r€9 rots TroXc/itbts. 3. el Sk /irj aol Toif<: arpa- Tuoraq (rvyKoKeu/ SoKei, Xeye /cat StSacr/ce. 4. ayere^ oeimnja-aTe, 5. wapo)fjL€u ow cocnrep Kvpos KeKevei. 6. ;(aXc7ra ccrrt to, irapovra, ottotc orparrjycov ot€- pofieffa. 7. /cat ^T^Scts VTToka^rj fie ^ovXea-dai \adetv, 8. v/Ltets, & avhpe; orpaTrjyoL, tovtols dno- Kpu/ao-de, 9. KparcL t&p fir)^ koKcji/ iindvyLL&v. 10. /A7;8€t9 oUa-do) fie tovto Xeyeiv, 11. firf ffrjcrde vofiov firfho/a,^ dXXa rov9 pKdirrovTas vfid^ kva-are. 12. a/coucrarc tovs \6yov<; fiov, 13. fxij fioi ami- Xc^9. 14. fiTf TToXefxeiTe SZlkov nokefiov, 15. /co- Xao-OTJTCJo-ap he vvu a^ioiq rfjs dSt/cta?.^ 16. ei 8e rts vfian/ advfiel art rffilv fih/ ovk elali/ tTTTrct? rot? 8e 7roXc/i,tots TroXXot TrdpeLcrLi/, ei/6vfnjdrfTe otl oi fivpioi t7nrct9 ovSci/ aWo ff fivpiot elcru/ at/OpojiroL. 17. OT(p ovv ravra ooKel /caXois e)(eiVy oa/aTeivaTO) T7fv X^*/>^- ai/eTew(w dnavre^, 18. Xeyw ydp tov^ irokefiov^ Tovs enl ©rycrco)? TrokefiTfOevra^, n. 1. Let us not leave the discussion unfinished. 2. Tell us this first. 3. But he "^ is angry, because Proxenus speaks of his* ill-treatment lightly. 4. Let us see this horse. 5. Let him come. 6. Do not be dispirited on this account.® 7. Let us conquer those who have been drawn up before the king. 8. But now, since the struggle is for^^ deliverance, be much braver. 9. Do not lie. 10. Open the door. 11. Do not despise yourself. 12. Provide your- 148 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 149 selves with arms. 13. Let us write a letter to the king. 14. Let us go up on the mountain. 15. Fear the gods and honor your parents.^^ 16. Let the orator be honored by his fellow- citizens. NOTES. * I 195, N. 1, first sentence. « I 253, N. 3 I 283, 5. * § 283, 9. * g 182, 1, and 1 178, n. « 3 86. ' I 143, 1, K. 2. « I 148. " On account of thi». " See note 10, Lesson XIX. LESSON LXIX. Interrogatiye Subjunctive, and Subjunctive and Future Indica tive with ov /at/. —Verbals. Grammar : §§ 256, 257 ; § 281 entire. Exercises. I. 1. cTKeTrriov iariv otto)? dcr<^aX€OTaTa fievov- fiei/, 2. firf^ TovTo TroLajjjLev ; 3. ^ovXei ovv inL- (rKOTTotfiev ; 4. ov fiij ae Kpv\lf(o wpos omiva fiovkoiiaL a<^iKea'6aL? 5. TToXXa yap o/opS)^ hC a ifiol TOVTO ov TToirjfriov, 6. fjv yap aira^ Sue* ^ Tpi(t)V r)fji€pv oSov anoo'XCJfieVf ovk4ti firj hvvrfTaL /Sao-iXci/s 'qfJLOL^s KaToXa^eiv, 7. t/ca^os 8c /cat icTTLU ifjLiroLTJa'aL toIs irapoycriv^ w? ireLOTeop ccrn KXc- dp^a)»^ 8. fJLTjS* epwfJiaL onoaov ttcdXci ; 9. ov irpo rfjs akrfd€Las Ti>firjT€os amjp, 10. dXX' ottcds /A17 cV iKetvq) yarrjcrofxeOa Trairra irovqTiov? 11. fiiorffa)' o-cofxeffa ovv KijpvKa, ^ avTos avuirin ; 12. fcara- /3aT€OV OVU h^ IX€p€L eKaOTOV.^ 13. €1770) OW CrOt TO aiTiov ; 14. liTiOvfiriTiov eo-rt roi? avOpcjiroL^ 7179 a/X7T79. 15. cS ur^t ori ov /at/ q-ol fvy;^a>pT/crct>. 16. TTOt (f)vy(Ofia/ ; 17. fiifxrfT€ou io-Tiv r)fxw tov^ ayaOov^, 18. noTepov^ tovto fiCav <^a>/x€j/ i/ u-n (OfjL€P ea/OL ; II. 1. The general must pursue the enemy. 2. What shall I say ? 3. They will not await the enemy. 4. We must make war on the barbari- ans.*® 5. For you will never make the vicious better. 6. We must not be dispirited. 7. Will you receive " him, or shall we go away ? 8. They will not be able to go up on the mountain. 9. We must not surrender these soldiers to the king. 10. We must make every effort ^^ never to get in the power of the barbarians. 11. With what ^^ shall I begin? 12. You must cultivate virtue. 13. Shall I proceed with ^* the army into the city ? 14. Fellow-soldiers, we must make our journey on foot. 15. And may I not*^ answer, if some young (man) questions me? 16. The general must pro- vide chariots and march against the enemy. 17. We must never do the state harm, but obey (her). NOTES. * I 282, 2, at the end of the examples. * The indirect question (| 149, 2, eecond paragraph) is the second object of Kpi4«*, I 164. +- 1 ^1 :i' 150 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. * 5556 in {this undertaking). » irap9 av €cr)(Q/. 3. *cat 7)fjup y av oI8' art Tpia-acryL€vo<; ^ ravr iiroUi, €1 kdipa rjfxa*; fieveiv napaaKeva^^Ofxevov^. 4. elwep c/xo? dScXc^o? eoTi, ovK a/xa^cl ravr' eyci> Xr;i/io/iat. 5. ct iatpojv airopovvra^ v/xa?, roOr' cu' icrKowovp. 6. aXXa, €t ^ouXct, /xo'c ctti r<5 crrpaTevfiaTL, iyco S' euiXo) TTopeveaOaL • €t Se XP>JCet9, Tropevov im to o/>o5, eyw 8c /icj^&i auroi;. 7. /ecu cu/ rairr' iiroUi, ci eeo/sa rfjia^. 8. aXX' ei ySouXecr^e o'VPairieuaL, rJK€Lv KeXeveL v/x-a? rij? rufcrd?. 9. ei yap i^pourrfcre, /ecu rjoTpaxIfo^. 10. ct 8c rt dXXo ^cXtlov,^ ToX/ictra> /cat o tStcurry? St8do"/cctj^. 11. ct tJ^ 6 dduaTo^ rov ttov- TOeaprivai noXv tov (TTpaTevfiaroq, 13. ct roSro irewoLTfKa^;, cVati/cro-^at ctfto? ct. 14. ov/c 5i/ roii/ J^W c/c/)drct, ct fiTJ TV vavTLKov elxe. 15. rj 7roXt9 fra0dp7} ap, d av€fxo<; i7rey€t^€To. 16. c5 tV^* ort ct rt^^ ifiod iKTJSov, aiLcofiaros ' /cat rt//,^9 ^,) « airo(TT€p€Lv fi€ i^vXoLTTov av. II. 1. But if any one sees a better (plan), let him speak. 2. If he had restrained himself, he would now be king. 3. And if you had not come, we should have proceeded against the king. 4. If you have the money, pay it to the soldiers. 5. If he (is) a god, he is wise. 6. If the general had wished to go, the soldiers would have followed (him). 7. If he went into the city, he received the gold. 8. He would not have done this, if I had not bid him. 9. If you say this, you are deceived. 10. If he wrote the letter, he did well. 11. If he had done this, he would have injured me greatly.® 12. If this is so, I will go away at once. 13. If the citizens had been wise, they would then have put this tyrant to death. 14. If you have not done wrong, why are you about to flee ? 15. It would be much more wonderful, if they were honored. NOTES. ' I 138, K. 7. ' Better (plan). ' I 160. 2. Sc. kni. * 'i 164, N. 2. * Not to be translated g 283 6 " i 159, N. 2, and v. 4. 152 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. LESSON LXXT. Oonditional Sentences: Putiire Oonditions. GraxMMAR : § 220, I. h, 1 and 2 ; §§ 223, 224 ; § 207, 1 and 2. Exercises. 1. K(W fiev 7) €K€L, T7JV QlKTJV €TnU7)(rOIX€U aVTCO, ^p Sc vyrj, r)ix€Lovcr^at. 11. ovSe yap av fxe 6 ^acrtXevs irrawoCr), el e^eXav^ voLfiL Tovs evepyera^, 12. tjv ovv (Ta)povrJTe, tov- Tov TovavrCa noLTjcreTe fj tovs Kvvas ttolovctl • tovs fiev yap Kvva<; tovs xctXcTTOus ras jiev rjfjLepas StScao-t, ras 8c vvKTas dc^tacrt, roSroi/ 8c, fjv (ra)(f>pov7JTe, rrjv vvKTa fikv BijcreTef rfjv be rffxepav aTJa'eTe, FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK 153 n. 1. For if we take this height, those (who are) above * the road will not be able to remain. 2. He would gladly give them guides, if they should wish to go away. 3. For if they see you dispirited, they will all be cowardly. 4. What shall we suffer, if we yield and get in the power of the king? 5. If they should receive pledges, they would come. 6. If the king shall fight within ten days, I will give you ten talents. 7. For if we should besiege this city, we should take it. 8. And we shall not be able to pass by, unless we cut off the enemy. 9. If the horse- men arrive before the battle, we shall be victorious. 10. If^ I should escape the notice of these (men), I should be saved ; but if I should be taken, I should suffer death. 11. If therefore we make the peace, we shall dwell in the city in ^ great safety. 12. If ^ therefore we should have arms, we should make use also of our valor; but if we should surrender these,' we should lose our lives "^ also. NOTES. ' In this way, representing the protasis. See § 226, 1, with tlie laat example. • Would he freed from, ^er(Qci optative passive, § 118, 1. See also § 202. 2. • Not even if all, etc., not even then, etc. ^ ol vTTip Ttis oSov, I 141, N. 3, sccond paragraph. ' See note 10, Lesson XIX. • (wrd with the genitive. ' Lo9e our lives, lit. he rohhed of our hodits. 164 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. LESSON LXXII. Oonditional Sentences : Present and Fast General Suppositions. — Expression of a Wish. — Gnomic and Iterative Tenses. Grammar: § 220, II.; § 225; § 261, 1 and 2; §§ 205, 1 and 2, and 206. Exercises. I. 1. ot deol LKavoi elcrt Toif^ fiLKpov*;, kSlv ip SeivoL^ ZcLt cratl^eLv evrrcTCj^, 2. tovtov iv€Ka fiyjre TToXcfccirc AaAceSat/xoj/totg, aditfiicrOi rc^ dcr<^aXa>9 OTTOt 6i\ei c/cacTTo?. 3. Tjv iTrLKovp-qfia rSiv ttoSwv, ct Ti5 Tir)v vvKra vttoXvolto, 4. 7]v tl^ Trepi 17/Lias afiapTavcjcL, Trepi ra? iavrcjv i/fv^a? i.p.apTovova'i, 5. T7/Ltct9 yap av TOiavra iraOonio/,^ ola tou? i^0pov<; ot B^oi 7roLT](r€Lcu^.* 6. /cat ct rt? avrw Sokoltj twi/ npos TOVTO T€TayyLeuo)v )8Xa/ccvctj/, efcXcyd/xer^o? tov hriTTiheiov inaLcrev av,^ 7. rim hk orriSas, av rts TW)(y avLG-Tjj, cicTTt XafjL^dj/eu/. 8. ct 8c Twa opcor) oea/ov ovra oIkovojxov, ovZei/a av TrconoTe dc^tXcro.* 9. StarcXet /xtcrcSi/,^ ovk tjv tv<; tl ^ avrov dSt/c]^, dXX* ccti/ Tti^a vTroTrrevaqff /ScXrtWa cavrov cTi/ai. 10. ct OT] TTore TTopevoLTO, TrpocTKoKoiv Tov^ <^tXoi>9 icrrroV' oaioXoyeTro, 11. ct rti/c9 iSotcV ti^ tou9 a'(f)eTipov^ iTriKparovma^, aveddpcrqo-cw ai/,^ 12. tji )8ta npocT' eKTw i)(dpaL Kol KLvhwoi, 13. ras tcSj' (f>avk(ov (Tvuov(Tia<; oXtyos XP^^^^ StcXvcro'. 14. ivaXaix^a- vdiv avTW TOL TTOLTJfiara St/rjpcjTOM^ av, 15. ci i^t- FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 155 \avvoi AoTuayiy?, c<^ Imrov xpya-o^aXLvov irepirjye TOV Kvpov, 16. eWe aoi, & Ilcpt/cXct?, rdrc a-uveye- vofxrjv, n. 1. But may the gods take vengeance on these traitors. 2. If any one ever stole, he was punished. 3. Beware of slanders,^ even if they are false. 4. that you may prove yourselves ® brave ! 5. If they found anything (upon them), they took it away from them. 6. But it was a protection, if one journeyed with something black before his eyes. 7. that I had not fought with the king ! 8. Virtue is praiseworthy.^® 9. If we ever attacked the enemy, they escaped with ease. 10. If the soldiers march in good order, he praises them. 11. If any one perjures himself, they impose ^^ a penalty on him. 12. He used to beat^ his sol- diers. 13. If he suspected that any one was plot- ting against him, he put him to death. NOTES. * Aa imperative followed by an optative in a wish, the two being correlated by |itjt€ . . . ti, both . . . not, . . . and. * § 159, N. 2. ' I 226, 2 b. * A wish. ' Iterative. • 2 279, 1. ' ^ 159, N. 4. • Use the article. • Prove yourselves, — use the aorist of ylyvofMi, " 2 138. N. 2 c. " I 205, 2. 1 (I 156 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. LESSON LXXIII. . Relative and Temporal Sentences : Conditional Relative. Grammar : §§ 229-233. Add § 231, n. Exercises. I. 1. orct) ooKei raiJra, ovaTuvaTCi} rr^v Yctpa. 2. TO ok \oi7rov TreLpd/jievoL TavTrj<; t!]<; ra^co)?, /3ov- Xevo-ofxeOa o n iiv aci KparioTov hoKjj eo/at. 3. cyoi yap 6ki/ol7)v oj/ ek ra irXota ip.^axv€iv a 7)plv 8oCrf. 4. Tw Sc rjyefiopL Tnorevo-ofxev op Slv Kvpo^ StSw. . Kcu OL ovoL, ineC ri? Slcokol, 7rpoSpafi6i/reiKcjfi€0a, 8. StaTro- p€V(r6fi€0a rrjv x^P^^ ^^ ^ SvpcofieOa ao-wcara- Ttt. 9. ot S' iwel TOL apfjiara wpdtSoiep, hdai-apTO. 10. OTO) ovv Tavra hoKei Kokm c^eu/, inLKvpcoo-dTQ) a>9 Tttxtora, u^' cyoyoj irepaLvrjTaL. 11. ^cu crvi/ v/iti/ o Tt ai/ 8€j) TreCo-ofjLau 12. ottov orpaTrjyoq (rZo<; GL-q, Tov orpaTiqyov Trapc/caXow. 13. ot 8c di^Spc? eiCTLi/ Ot TTOtow/TC? o Ti av €u Tttts /xa;(at9 ytyi^Tat. 14. €t9 Ttt TrXota T0V9 tc dcr^ci/oiWa? ivefiifiacrai/ KOL tUv o-Kcviov ocTtt /X17 oj/dyKr) Tjv cxctj/. 15. 09 cu/ TttUTa fi7)vvaj), k7]xf/€TaL Tokainov. 16. inefnre yap fiUov^ olvov, onore nduv rjSvv XaySot. 17. i^ftct? Sc FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 157 TToXv fi€P urxvporepov waicrofievt rjv Tt9 Trpoairj, noXv Sc /jtaXXoi/ oTov 00/ fiovXcofieOa Tev^Ofxeda, n. 1. But we must suffer whatever seems best to the gods. 2. And I should fear to follow the guide whom he might give us. 3. But if any one hinder us from our journey, we shall fight it out with him ^ as bravely as possible.^ 4. He (is) a worthy friend, to whomsoever he is a friend. 5. But I grant you, said he, whichever you wish to choose. 6. And in company with you I shall be in honor wherever I shall be. 7. He hunted on horseback, whenever he wished to exercise himself. 8. When- ever any one wishes to go away, he permits him.^ 9. And whenever it was necessary * to cross a bridge, each ^ company hastened. 10. He would not have done what he had not agreed to do. 11. And again, when the horses approached, they did the same (thing). 12. (Those) who® were not able to escape perished. 13. As many arrows as^ were taken were useful to the archers. 14. Whenever it shall be (the) proper time, I will come. NOTES. ' Use o^ros. For the case, see § 186, N, 1. ' Literally, most bravely {Kpdrvrro.) as we shall he able, putting the adverb last. * avTovt, because the indefinite tVj, though singular, covers the entire class. * I 98, K. 1. Use 8A •J 142, 4, h. 2. • Arou ' {So many) of the arrows as, § 87, 1, but put the genitive in the rela- tive clause. I 1 ■( I I 158 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. LESSON LXXIT. Belative and Temporal Sentences: Relative Olanses expressing Purpose, Eesnlt, or Cause, and Temporal Particles signifying Until and Before that. Grammar : §§ 236-240. Exercises. I. 1. ot yap TToXefJLLOL ov irpOTepov irpo^ i7/xa9 rov noXcfJioi/ i^i^vav irplv ipo/xuxav /caXa>9 ra eavrcjp napecTKevacruaL. 2. koI rj fnJTTfp (r\n/47r parrot avroJ ravra • ware fiacnXev^ rqv 77/009 iaxrrou i7n/3ov\rjp ovK jjcruaveTO. 3. ovSa/jLoOa^ dc^iccrcu' rrpw napa- u€f,€i^ apicrrov. 4. anacrw eaovrai criroi^hcu, /i-CYpt av /SacrtXet tol Trap vfxcjv ScayyeXOjj. 5. coj/ 8c fjurj Stow ravra, rjyefjioi/a alTTJcrofxep Kvpoi^, ocrns 8ta <^tXtas T^9 x^P^^ aTTctfct. 6. ciw? ol nXeLOTot yi/d- fiTfv a'7r€(fyrjvavTo, rjcrvxioLv h^ Tjyov. 7. koL iav iyoj (f>aLpa)fiaL dSt/cco/, ov xp-q fi€ iv6&he anekOeu/ irplv av 00) OLKTfv. 8. Kol yiyv€TaL tootovtov /icrafu tkov OTpaTev^xaTOiv cjot€ rfj voTepaia ovk itfxivrfcrav ol TToXc/iiot. 9. cSofe roJ Sry/Ltoj rpiaKovra avhpas iXie- aOat ol v6pLov<; ^vyypdxffovcrL. 10. dXXa Star/ou/io) €OT cu/ OKVTjcrcoo-Lv ol dyyeXoL fxr) airoho^ r^plv ra? o-TTOi/Sd? TTOLTjo-aaOai. 11. droTra Xcyct? /cat ovSa- /xft)9 TT/oo? o-ov, OS ye /ccXcvct? e/Ltc KaOyjyeicrdai. 12. avopL kKacrro} 8coo"€t ttcktc apyvpLov /xi/ds €77171' €19 Ba^vXwi/a t7/co)o"i, /cat roi/ /xLcrdov ivTekrj fiexpt av KaTacnrrjarj tov<; "EXKrjvas et9 ^Imviav ttoKw. 13. 7rd- FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 159 Xt^ 8c OTTOTC aniovev npo^ to aWo OTpdrevfia ravra €7ra(rxov, /cat CTrt rov Bevrepov yiqXo^ov ravra iyC- yvero, atare arro rov rpirov y7ji\6(j>ov eSo^ev avrols fjirj KLvevv T0V9 (rrparicjraq rrplv airo rfj<; Se^La<; nXevpa*: rov TrXaicTLov amjyayov TreXracrras 7rpo9 to opo9. II. 1. They waited until the men left the city. 2. They are getting arms together with which to defend themselves. 3. Let the truce be in force until I come. 4. He had not come ; so that the Greeks were anxious. 5. I should continue to war^ (with them) until they should surrender the ships. 6. They command the heralds to wait until the gen- eral shall be at leisure. 7. But the rest of the soldiers struck ^ and stoned and reviled the man until they compelled (him) to take ^ his shield and proceed. 8. Generals have come to collect an army for Cyrus. 9. We waited each time until the king rode by. 10. He will not stop fighting against his opponents until he has consulted with you. 11. You are hap- py, since you have ancestral gods. 12. They never make the attack until the watchword has passed along.* 13. I shall delay in Sardis until the gene- ral arrives. 14. If I had known this, I should have waited until the general had arrived. 15. We will go forward until we join Cyrus. NOTES. J I f: » I 279, 1 • { 200, H. 1. * Use the participle. * Um the aoriet Bubjuuctive. 160 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. IM LESSON LXXT. Indirect Disconrse : Simple Sentences after otl and a>9 and in Indirect Questions. Geammar : § 241 ; §§ 243-245. Exercises. * 111* -Sk ^ V2*«> /* ^ i. €7reO€LKiwaau ota ctiy i) anopta au/ev rrfs Kvpov yvcofjLTj^; koL /x€i/€lv Kol airUvaL, 2. icat ou- TTorc ipei ouSel? o)? cya> irpohov^ vfias rrfv rSiv ^ap- /3apo)v o)v ekeya/ otl 6p0cj<; 'j^tlcjvto kcu avTo TO €pyov auToi? fiapTvpoCr), 8. &^a S17 ot "EXXiyi/c? eypcjacu^ otl irXaLcrLov LcronXevpov noirqpa Td^L<; €Lr), 9. 6 8c XeyeL otl ovk cSd/cct aura! eprffia /caraXtTTCW' ra OTTLaOo/, 10. cXcfo/ ort ovroi crcorrjpiaf; av tv- )(OL€P, 11. ovTot cXeyoi/ ort Kvpo? /utci' TeOirqKei^, *ApLaLo<; 8e 'n'€€vy(i}^ ep ra> araOfi^ €Lr) koI Xeyot on TrepLjjieweLev (w avTov^. 12. drroKplveTaL otl TavT av i7roL7)a'€v i^/Lta? tSaJj/.* 13. eXeyoi' ort ovird^iroff ovTO)uv; iSee ^ 256. * § 277, 4. » I 282, 4. • In translating these sentences into Greek, determine first what the quoted sentence would be in the direct form in English, so as to get the original tense, which in Greek, it must be carefully remembered, does not change when the sentence is indirectly quoted. In English after sec- ondary tenses a change of tense is the rule. This makes it often doubt- ful what the original form of the sentence was. In such a case the student must determine which seems the most natural, and take that. ' iriSs. But see note 2, above. * Whether . . . or, «l . . . V|, | 282, 5. • Plural of (TKcvo^'pov. »" § 184, 4. *' Greek idiom, many and fair. " The original affirmation was, we should die, tte. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 163 LESSON LXXTI. Indireot Disconise : Infinitive and Participle in Indirect Qnotations. Grammar : § 246, with n. ; § 260, with 2 (and n. 1) § 280, with notes 1 and 2. Exercises. I.^ 1. ai/S/>€9, vw iirl rqp 'EXXctSa vofxi^ere d/iiX- Xacr^at. 2. oT/xat yap au rjfxa<; Toiavra waOeu/ ola TOU9 ixOpov<; oi 0eol Tronfcrctcu/.^ 3. fxifiprffiai avrov TovTo TTonjcraPTo, 4. Kvpo<; 8' inel jjcrffeTO tovs orpaTLcjTas StaySc^ry/coras, rjaffrf, 5. avvoiSa yap ifiavrS Trdvra iijfeva-fxeuo^; avTOv, 6. vTrio^eiTaL avTois jjirf Trpoadev TravcrecrOaL irpiv av avrov^s /cara- yoLyH OLKoSe. 7. 817X09 rjv Kvpos cnrev8a)u iracrav TTjv oSw. 8. OLKovct) 8' cu/ttt ^ Q/ TO) (rTpaTevfiaTL "qucjj/ *Po8tov9, S)v Tovs 7roXXou9 (f)acrLv CTrtoracr^at * cr<^8oi^ai'. 9. €7r€t8^ 8e o-ac^o)? Toif<; ^ap^apovi amovras rj8rj icopojp ol "EWrji/e^;, inopevovro /cat axrroL, lU. axfap^ia o av /cat ara^ia €i/ofXLL,ov 17/Lta? airokicrdai. 11. a»9 dhe KXeapxov SLeXavt/oirra, Irja-L rrj a^lvrf!' 12. hei^o) tovtov e^Opov ovra, 13. ak\(t)^ Se TTox; TropiC^crOaL ra eTTtrrySeta 6pKov% Karixpvras i7/>ta9 rfh^Lv. 14. (tkottov/jlo^o's oxjv ev- piCTKov ovSaficjs au aXXcu? tovto OLaTrpagafievo^. 15. kopa 8e 7rpoKaT€LKrjfifi6rrji/ Trjp aKpo}v\r)(iav. 16. ft ovv opcorjv vfJLas aayrqpLOj/ tl /Bovkevofjuevov^;, ekOoLfii OP 7r/>o§ v/xa9. 17. iiTL^ovXevcop rjfXLV (fyave- p6<; €OTi. 18. vTrcoTTTevoi/ yap iirl /BacnXda Uvai • IJiL(T0a)$rjpaL he ovk iirl tovto) iifyacrav, 19. Tovrov9 8e €(f>acrap ot/ceu/ oj/a ra opr) koI iroXefiLKOv^s eti'at, Kol )8ao'tX€T7/pta? cw Tv^ea/ t) ^acrt- Xca Tretcra?. 3. koX cu^cu/to rrj ^AprcfJuSL, ozrocrovs KaTaKouoiev twv ttoXc/xio)^, Tocrauras XLjJiaCpas Kara- dvaew rrj 0€(a, 4. e^d/xt^e ycL/3, ocro) daTTov IX- doi, TocrovTO) anapaaKevoTepa) ySacrtXci fjLa^elo'ffcu, 5. viricrxeTo, av tovtov^ tov9 crrpartcoras XaySiy, TrapaZJ)(r€u/ avroJ Toifs "EXXryj/as. 6. ot 8' caXcw- icorcs ekeyov on ra 7rpo<; fxecnjfx^pCcu/^ tt}?* inl BaySvXwi/a etq, 8i* rjcTrep rJKOLei/. 7. tovto Sfj Sel yjy^iv, 7ra>9 cu/ wopevoifiedd re is dcrc^aXeo-rara /cat, ct fid^eordai, 8coi,^ is KparioTa fxa-^oCfxeOa,^ 8. ol 8' eXeyov otl nepl airovBcjv TJKoiev, ai/Spes oltlv€s Ikco^ol tcoinai ra rrapd rStv ^Xkrjvoiv )8ao"tXct drrayy^ikai, 9. or8a avrous tovto av iroLovPTa<;,^ el €gr)v. lU. oifO epet ovo€l<; en? iy oj eoy; jxev av napj) TVS xpojfxaL, CTTCtSoj/ 8c aiTLevaL ySouXT^rai, (rvWa^oyv Kol * avToifS KaKCJ^ TrotcJ /ecu ' ra ^rjjxaTa aTrocrvXct). dXXa iovTdiVt etZore^ otl /ca/ctovs eloi^ irepl ij/xas rf rjfiels nepi iK€ivov0^€p(OTaTOV Tols TToXc/AtOlS €iTJ, 8. OTTOJ? S* a/LtV- vovp^eda ovSct? imp^Mai. 9. aXXa Sc'Sot/ca p,rj. 168 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK iu; aira^ ixd0u>tia^ apyol trjv. ^crmp ol \orrodyoi kmXadci^ieea r^s olKc^e 680O. 10. (/>tXo9 kpoiXero ehai Tol<; ixeytara 8wa/io/ois, Iva oSiicSi/ /X19 SiSoit; St/oyi/. 11. Kolo tojKpoLTrjs v7r(o7rT€V(Te fiT] Tt 7rpo9 r^9 77(5X60)9 iTramor cJry Ki5pa) (^t'Xo^' yo/eV^atJ 12. Kat ae ovk rjyeLpop, W i? rf^icrra Ka0€vhji^. 13. ct ya/3 oloL T€ ^o-cu^' ol TToXXol ra pJyKrra KaKii e^efry II. 1. We must go, therefore, and ask Cyrus for boats, that we may sail away. 2. See U> this, that we shall remain here in greatest safety. 3. For they feared that the enemy would attack them while going through^ the ravine. 4. He thought that he needed friends, that he might have co-workers. 5. Eor they feared that they would be cut off and the enemy would get on both sides of them ^^ 6. And they were apprehensive that, if they should burn^^ the villages, they might not have provisions. 7. Let us therefore burn up the wagons which we have, that our teams may not be our generals.^^ 8. But no one of us is in return taking any" thought how we shall contend (with them) as suc- cessfully as possible. 9. They fear that the Greeks will attack them during the night.^* 10. I immed- iately proceeded to the city, that I might aid him. 11. Would that the general had died, that he might never have been so outraged ! 12. See to (it), then, FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 169 that' you be men worthy of the freedom which ^^ you possess ! 13. I did this, that it might not be apparent that we had set out for home. NOTES. » ^ 200, N. 3 6. • As secretly as possible. Literally, concealing himself (middle) cm most he was able. ' See note 4, Lesson XXXIV. • I 134, N. 2. • Subjunctive. • I 256, and J 244. If this were a conditional relative sentence, 6 rt would have iv joined to it, g 207, 2, and § 231, n. ^ Subject of cCi|, of which ciraCTtov is the predicate. For t\, see § 160, 2. « § 251, 2. '« }fat/ not lead (ti/. 10. KpaTLarou' ripTiv l€(T0ai 0)5 Tcix^o-Ta cVt TO OLKpov. H. dXXa TaGTO. TTcpatVcti/ VJ8t; (5/)a. 12. 17 ^aaiKim apxn W ^^ Sico-TTCto-^at' Ta? 8wa/tei9 acr0ci/7;9. 13. o5toi i/cai/ol ^(T(w Tas a/c/ooTToXcts vXdrr€u^. 14. 8c/ca 8€ t^i/ i/cfii/ 7r/30U7r€/x^ai/ ct? tw /xeycu/ Xt/xcVa /caTaa-ico//a- adaL. 15. e/ccri/at' yap 8ta to x^tpoTrXTy^cVt toi? Xi»ot9 (r<^ci/8oi/cu' cVt i8/)axv cft/cvoOi/Tat. 16.^ Mc- 1/0)1/ 8c TT/ot^ 8^Xoj/ €ti/at Ti TTotTfo-ovcni/ 01 aXXot, (TVJ/cXcfe TO avToS orpaTCVfta. 17. cxcu yap Tptrj- pci9 oloTC cXcIi/ TO iKeivcjv ttXoIov. 18. 7r/)ti/ /caTaXS- crat TO orpaTevfia j8a(rtX€U9 €<^i^. 19- ^vplaK^TO 8c e/ Tar9 /ca)/LLai9 fx6\v^8o<;» axTTe XPW^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ cr<^«/8di/a9. 20. ctTTCi/ oti (nrelaacrdai ^ovKoito^ c^ ^ firJTe avro9 tov9 "EXX7;i/a9 a8t/ccri/ /xt/tc cKCtVov9 icatcti/ Ta9 ot/cia9. 21. Trpw 8c TO^cu/xa i^iKv^lcrdai, IkkKwovo-w ol pdp^apoL k« There is to be no separate word for no in the Greek sentence, where $0 that is expressed by one word. " Genitive of the infinitive. ? 174. LESSON LXXX. Participles. Grammar : §§ 276-280 (with § 280, notes 1 and 2). Exercises.^ I. 1. eyo) ow ovnoT€ irravofiyjv jSacrtXca /xa/capi- repos irapcov irvyxo^vev. 3. /icra tovtov aXXo9 avea-rrf, cViSct/cvi^ ^ ttjv ewjOetav tov to. irXola ot- T€o/ Ke\€vovTO<;. 4. KOI St€rcXovv xP^iia^oL tol<; raw TTokefiuov To^evfiaau 5. ^ovXoifirjv S' ai/ aKoirro<;^ amcbv Kvpov \adew avrov airekOdv.^ 6. ol 8c ^dp- PapoL l-mrei^ koI evyovT€<; a/uta hiTpoyo-Kov eU Tovmo-Oa; to^€vovt€<; airo twv hnroiv, 7. iraprfy- yeiXe rot? (f)povpapxoi<; \ap.Pai/eLi/ ai/hpa<; on ttXci- ei(TO)(n ol KtXt/ccs /caraXa/Soi^c?. 9. fcat KariKO^iif TLvaq ratp cV/cc8aa-/xci/a)i/ O' t ttcSio)* 10. ICr^t CU/(M7T09 c5l/. 11. OVKCTl TTCptdt/^CTat V/itt? Scoftcvov? tSj/ iTnrqh^lMv. 12. /xcra ravra ^8iy tJXwv hvvovro^ eXe^e rotctSc.^ 13. fcot tol<; tTTTrcC- (Tti' €Lpr)TO Bappovari hidiKtiv i?^ io\fopLeirri<; LKourrjq 0\n^dfi€cj<;. 14. m 8' iKewoiv ^ . ou nepieiBe KaKco^ exovra. 15. oi;ro9 8c, cfw /icz/ elpTJmjp ^co', alpei- TOL TToKefielp, i^u 8c paOvfielv, ySouXcrat irovew, 16. c#cdi/rc9* Trivovrai ol "EXXryj/c?, cfoi^ avrot? rou? i^w OL/fot aK\rjpov<; irokiTevovTa^ ipOdhe KOfXicrafjue- vov9 ^vpa? evpLaKeaOaL, au n 8wci>^Tat ayadov, II. 1. But these got above the enemy (who were) following." 2. For those who had been wounded were many. 3. And another army was secretly supported " for him in Thrace. 4. For they have ceased to war with one another. 5. He happened to have money. 6. We came and encamped near him. 7. Will you allow me to be without honor among the soldiers ? 8. A square is a bad arrange- ment when enemies are following. 9. We attacked them while (they were) crossing the ravine. 10. He went up upon the heights without opposition.^* 11. But why, then, when it was possible to slay you, did we not proceed to do it?^^ 12. When this had been said they arose. 13. I therefore never ceased to pity you. 14. Let us therefore attack those who . 174 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. i are burning the ships. 15. And they got upon the summit before the enemy. 16. He immediately crossed the river with his soldiers. 17. The enemy appeared while the Greeks were crossing, the river. 18. They then announced that the generals had all suffered death. 19. Though he continues to send for me, I am not willing to go. 20. And they made ready to receive the enemy. 21. We are con- scious^' that we have done the citizens wrong. 22. He suffered no injury," though he had (only) a few soldiers (with him). NOTEt. > Review the exercises of Lessons XXXII., XXXIII., and LXXVI. s I 276, 1. ' Sc. 5vT0t. • Modifies the subject understood of XoAtCv. For the case, see | 138, ». 8. • I 277, K. 2 a, and | 278, 1, small print. ^ • I 277, 3. Sc. oTparuirot as object to vfV« Put the participle in the attributive (J 142, I) position. " Literally, was escaping notice being supported. " No one opposing. '* Did we not come to {M) this f *• In Greek, conscious to ourselves. w St^^ered nothing, ov8^y, I 159, H. 2. ADDITIONAL EXERCISES ON FOEMS. >■'» I. Konna: Firat Declension TTncontracted. (IV.) » I. 1 . 17 ^ T€XVr] ^Ol' TeXVLTTJV Tp€(f)eL. 2. ol KcX- rat ra^ 0vpaf; ran/ oIklcjp^ ovSewoTe KkeCovo-iv, 3. tq) veavifjf.* wpeneL 17 iyKpdreLa,^ 4. a/cpoarais* KCU OeaTots Trpoo-tJKeL^ rjoyx^ou^ ayeiv, 5. 17 \vpa ras fiep^as \v€L. 6. Tf fie^Lfiva rfji/ KapSCcu/ ia-QUi. 7. hiiai Slktjv tlkt€l koL ^Xd^rj /SXa^rjp, 8. rj rvxq TToWaKLq fi€Tafio\ds e)(€t. 9. rrj]/ peai/Cov aSo- Xecrx^oi^ ^eyofiev, 10. S7ra/>rtarat 8of»y9 /ecu ri/x^9 ipacrrai ela-ivJ ^ 11. at /caljxat TrvXa? ov/c® ej(ovo-ti/. 12. a-TTQ/Sofjiev rai? Movcrat?.* 13. 17 /ca/cta \v7n)v indyeL, 14. a#coiJo/Lt€i/, ol Sco-jrora.® 15. 2 veapCa, (f)€£€L<; TO Pipkiov (book) ;? 16. 7) iyKpdreia cr(opo- orwqv €1/ Tji xjwxS ntcrei. 17. L\eV^ tt^v naiSei- ap, T7JV o'o}(f>pooryinji/, tyji/ dXijOeLai/, rrji/ cvcre^eLap, 18. 17 wouheia Trrjf^^ Trjq croc^ta? iariv}'^ 19. 17 d^oarifiud icTTu/ dp^ rrj^; (ro^ta?. 20. cm Kopv6jj TTys aKpa^ olKia iariv. 176 FIRST LESSENS IN GREEK. ^ ^ /II. 1. Luxury begets injustice and covetousneSs. rJ -KO^ I'^'.^'Good behavior befits a citizen/ 3. The iTightin-f ^ •iLMiHiy * gales are singing. 4. He bears his'^ poverty easily .^^ J'^. K\i\< ^. The soldiers have short swords. 6. The citi- zens'^^ houses have doors. 7. They are setting the house on fire, v' 8. Uprightness befits a judge. . ^ 9. They find daggers in ^* the houses of the village^ 10. The young men admire the satrap's courage. 11. The soldiers, citizens, command the satrap to ^ destroy the bridge. 12. The (two) soldiers have daggers. 13. The soldiers are setting the citizens' houses on fire. 14. We admire the (two) citizens 1 on account of ^^ their friendship. 15. He commands the citizens and the hoplites to guard the bridge and the villages. NOTES. I ^ I • The numeral (IV.) signifies that this set of Exercises is to be taken after Lesson IV. So the next set is to be taken after Lesson VIIL. etc, • I 141, N. 2. ■ \ 142, 1, and h., and \ 142, 2, ». 2, at the end. • I 184, 2. * I 141. H. 1 b. • It hecomti. See \ 134, k. 2. ' Are, third person plural of the present indicative of «(|i(f to he. The form is an enclitic, \ 27, with 3, and \ 28, with 1. • I 29, and | 13, 2. • The recession of the accent in the vocative of 8 « nianf|t is irregular. ^° The contracted form of <^iXc«i, third singular of ^iX^w. '* When in a sentence of this kind whose verb is the copula there are two nominatives, the one with the article is generally the subject. See I 141, V. 8. " Third singular of c(|i(. For the accent, Bee { 28, 3. For the accent in the next sentence, see \ 28, 2. " \ 142. 1, with N. " l» {\ 29), with the dative. ^* SU, with the accusative. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. ^n^3u^* J "1 »j:u4^ 6^t^ '^nfS fvp'r^^/:*^ ^^^^7^ s 177 ^ NounB : Second Declension Uncontracted. (VIII.) I. 1. Acovvcrov rrj<; dfineXov evperffv eXeyoj/} 2. al VY)(Toi fohov Kol (tItov Kax^koLou €epov. 3. Tov TOiv 0€a)u (TLTov }Jyov(TLv ol irovrjTaX a/x^po- o-Cav. 4. (rvp€x^^<^^ T^^ T?»^^ avOpcoTTcov ^iov ev- €py€(TCa Koi TLfiT) Koi TLfKopCa. 5. /c/otWt (l)ikovi6 Koxpoq, 6. 6 vnyoq rfj^ voctov (fxxpuaKov io-Tw. ^^'^^'^^^f^ 7. 6 a€T05 \ayay; Oripeyet,. 8. virpoq kou 0d^aT6^,'^^*l^fy^ eia-w a8e\v ai^OpcoTrcjp^ (i>povTit,ov- , ^^:^ 11- '^^^ ^^ov<; depancvcrofjia^. 12. <^/3€t^, S,iUhj4i^U SouXc, TOV ohov Tw veayCa^ eKeXevaa. 13. 6 oho<; cXcXu/cet Ta9 twp au/dpcoircop fiepCfiva^. 14. 6 OavaTO^ Tov^ ai^$p(onov^ airiXvcre ttovcoi^.^ 15. o-tyj) rot? dj^0p(O7roi^ TLfirfv ff>ep€i. 16. 6 /ca/co?^ Tolc£ JJ! Jt /^ COTU/.* 18. kv Tol^ Tcjp 0^a)v ^ew9 (TTfjXai ^(rap}^f ^«V.€vyov, 2. 6 8c tarpo? toi/ audprniTov d€paT[€y(r€i. 3. ore -nXios icaTcScSu/cci, ot TTokiiiioi. cVXr/o-ta^oi/. ft^ut-Hc^K^^. aj'6/105 yap ov Kunjo-ei nvpyov. 5. avvqKoKoV' 'kW^LfU^*4^0y^fj.^y g^ ^^j; (rrpaTiwrSiv womJKovra, 6. ra to^j/ Il€/>(roii' Upa Kol ol MrjhoL TeTip.rjKaxTw. 7. ot ttoi- M i'^*'v^ 'qral rqp rSyv *A0r)vaLOiv aperrju fiejxrfvyKOLa'a/, 8. ot Zycp^*^ ^ OTrXtrat rjyopaCov olvov. 9. Tofa yap /cat cc^Sd- (U^W^ I'tts €tx€T€.^ 10. Tov<; vem iKeKocr^-qK^aav^^r^l. ot orpaTLCJTaL rSw iroXeiiicjp TpiaKovra 7rc\a)a'€ Tou 4>tXt7r7roj/. 17. ir)(eipoT6vqa'cw oi TToKlTaiUv^^tkcu^ aTparrjyov^. 18. rov9 Sc aa/OpcoTrov^ tol TrXota^ aTre- ^ . (rrc/ory/cctre. 19. tov9 TroXtra? d)(f>e\T]K€Lv, 20. crc- j rcXcvnf/cet 6 oT/oartcyrry?. j II. 1. The young man had written the letter. ^VVJ-tvi*^ 2. You ha ve e ducated your children well. 3. You Bacrificed to the Muses. 4. He led the army for- ward.* 5. I have often hunted hares. 6. We found* gold in the tents. 7. We have called an assembly of the soldiers. 8. But he banished^ the citizens. 9. The citizens embraced^ their children. X 10. The general collg.cted'^ his soldiers together in the plain. 11. We shall command the bowmen to shoot. 12. For they tried* to surround the villages. ^ 13. He will write a letter to"' the general. 14. He has asked the satrap for pay.^ 15. We sent both targeteers and bowmen upon^ the hill. NOTES. * See note 1, Lesson V. • S 26. N. 1. » 1 164. * Use the imperfect, and see 1 103, H. ' Imperfect. • Aorist. ^ irofto, with the accusative. tvi* i 1 180 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 17, A^ieotiveBi First and Second Declension Uncontraoted. (XII.) I. 1. Kokov (f>vova'i KapTTOv ol (T€fj^ol TponoL, - C^^,\ikAJf/\ 2. 6 p6fjLo<; i-rrcuvov^ iariv d£to9, os k(o\v€l KaKox; ayopeiktp tovs veKppvs. 3. oi/ol aypLOL iv t(o ire- 8to) eTp€)(ov, 4. OLya0r) rj d8cX<^5i/ Kowtaula iariv, MU^ifX. 5. 'A^TyVats^ deia Sofa cortV. 6. c/c rcii^ cr7roi'8a>i' eipijvrjv ^c^cucu/ cxofia/. 7. at twi/ ayadoiv aj/dpa)- iT(t>v f^ikiai ^e/SoLcu eioriv, 8. icaX^i' cJot)i' ^Sct. 9. nap* ia-Okcjv^ icrOXa p.au6au€.i^, 10. Trtcrro? craipos Toij' dya^Si/* re /cat tcSi/ Kaiccjj/ /xcrep(ct. 11. ot cu^S/DCtoi ayrjpoiv eirawov Xa/x^cu/ovcra'. . 12. o 67)p€VTJ) ySacrtXt/cd? re icat apx^^^^ dftos ^j/. J 19. v7re/3 ydp n79 /ccu/xt;? yrfkoi^xy; /caXo9 iji'. 20. o /i^* Kvia^os XevKOs, 6 8c racos irot/ctXos iariv. n. 1. The valor of the Spartans* was wonderful. 2. The road was impassable. 3. The villages were ^ clos e tog ether. 4. The land was fertile. 5. The i ,9 c U^ f hoplites have beautiful arms. 6. The gods were / t '-^ propitious. 7. (There) is another road. 8. The sol- diers were without breakfast. 9. The gods are both free from old age and immortal. 10. The young FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 181 man was fond of danger. 11. White clouds were hiding the sun. 12. You were criminal and unjust, x-^i^^^^py*^ 13. The road was long, but nevertheless passable hy*»'f^J^'l'^'^^ wagons. 14. The citizens were faithful and constant. rV^ ^ 15. They are singing beautiful songs in the theatre. / NOTES. » 5 178, N. * I 184, 4. » S 139. L * S 170, 2. * Kol dyoOik, ni. irwith a. ^ i 185, and § 184, 2. ' g 261, 1, with N. ® See note 10, Lesson XIX. • I 142, 1, with K. Y. Kouns and Adjectives : Oontracts of the First and Second Declensions. (XIV.) I. 1. ot Uepcrai Ovovcrvu rfXio) koI y^ koI (reXtjirg. 2. v€vpa Kol ooTo, 6 ap0pa}7ro<; ej(€t. 3. v OOTO, ioTu/^ iv TO) ain'pco, 9. at tcop decjp a/jLa^av apyvpoxk t/oo^ov? €)(ov€povo'u/. 17. 6 yap Odvaros cWt x^^®^^ vttws. 18. TTkovTo*^ av€v vov ofiouti^ eoTLV axpr)O'T0^, wcnrep tTTTTOs avev ^aXti/ou. 19. vevpa koX ootSl ai^dpcjTrcji/ t,\6(roos fJLedrjf;^ koI XaXtas ira^Trai/ *wret^€TO. 4. oi wokipLioi inl *A0TJi/aq Tropeva-oprai, 5. TTcpl 7179 Twi/ TToXiTSiv (TiOT-qpLa^ ^ovkevaofjieda. 6. ini Tov^ Uepaas nenopevirrai. 7. 6 noirjTriq \6you TrenoLTjTaL wept aperfj^, 8. oi TroXtrat (tltov cvpa^ovaa^, w^ OpexIfOpraL iv t^ noXiopKia. 9. oi TToXtrat To2<; v6fjLOL<; TreCo-ovrat. 10. ra S' erepa napd e^Siv -gTrfo-dfXTfv. 11. ras Tqs oUCa^ dvpa^ iKeK\eiTo. 12. iTroLTJa-ao-Oe tov^s KCDfitJTaq raJ a-aTpdirr) €wov9. 13. (rvverd^cu/To^ oi o-r/oartcJrat is etg p^d^qv. 14. o-TpaT7jyov<; alprjo-ovTai aXXovSy el prj ^ovXerai KXeapxos andyew, 15. rrjv ^aauXeCap 6 Srjpo^ iXeXvTo, 16. iir ipyacrtcu/ rpexpopac, 17. oi Sc SoGXot iXovcrai/To. 18. ineTroi-qTO iroXepov iwl tov o-aTpdm)!/ (Tvv rot? o-rpaTLcoTaL^, 19. oi TroXlraL Toifp€ars. -•«•- VII. Nouns : Mnte or Liquid Stems of the Third Declension. (XVII.) ^ N I. 1. ot fi€v^ yv7r€9 j/eoTTevovcLv em irerpai^ dir/ooo-^Sarots, ot 8c oproy^^ koL TrcpSt/ccs cVt rij? y^9. 2. -^ "IvSlkt) x^P^ VC^^ <^X€)3as /carayctovs iroun-o^ancov jxeTakkcjv. 3. ra dorpa ra? oJpa? 7^9 i/vKTOS €/x<^ai/t{€t. 4. at irovrjpal c\7rt8c9, aia-7r€/> ot /cafcot oST/yot, cVt ra ifiaprtjiiaTa ayovaw. 5. ra fxadfjiJLaTa tov9 i^ov? airoTpdnei, ap.apTr]fidTa)v, 6. x^^^'^^ X^V>» ^^'^€^- 15. TO xpvcrCov iv TTvpl ^a- o-cwit^ofxev, 16. dTTO 7^9 vrjcrov eU AtySi^i/ 7rXo£l9 eoTtj/ rjfxepa^^ /cot j/u/cTd9. 17. ot noLfxei^e^; raq tS>v aiyS)v ay€Xa9 €t9 tou9 Xct/Ltwi/a9 eXavVovcrti/. 18. 6 Kr)pv^ Toif^ "EWrfva^; iKeXevcre oTpaT€V€€vyov, 20. ot 7rat8€9 ra a-ajfiara yvpvatpvo-iv ain/ ttovol^ #Cat LOpCJTL. n. 1. The boys play. 2. The shepherd is driv- ing the goats. 3. They drive their horses with whips. 4. We will not honor flatterers. 5. An ant's life is full of toil. 6. Cyrus leaped down from his chariot. 7. Favor begets favor, strife (begets) strife. 8. The orator refrains from unseemly strife. 9. (There) was a fight once of the giants' against the gods. 10. The king is come with his army. 11. In difficult aflFairs few companions are faithful. 12. The Greeks pour out bowls of milk to the gods as off*erings. 13. The shepherds wonder at the armies. 14. The boys will taste the milk.^ 15. (There) were both quail and cock fights * among the Athenians. NOTES. ' See note 10, Lesson XIX. * ? 160, 1. ' § 188, 1. * { 179, 1. ' I 167, 5. • § 184. 4. ' I 171, 2. • Contests of quaih and of cocks. 186 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Vm. Verbs : Indicative Passive. (XVIII.) I 1. Ai/o/utaC^To a-wrqp -ri}? TrarpiSo?. 2 ot Xriaral 7re6vevvTaL ino tS>v ttoXltZu. 3. 8vo dScXc^ iTTh ToS airoS ^ hihacTKdXov TrcTrotScv^^o,.. 4. Tols 0€ol9 ino T^v 'ke-qvaioiv ttoXXoI ^ca> rSpw- rai 5. Bo'o<^Jij'T09 vto) C7r€7rai8cu(r0r;i/ g^ 27ra/)T7^. 6 at TnJXai icc/cXcicroi^ai. 7. al hrnxoKpariaL ino rZv rvpdvuwv KareXvdw^^ 8. 6 Xt^ctt^s f>i^v. ^T^Vercu. 9. ol OT^ariirat Trpos rovs ttoXc/xcovs wopevecreai iKeXevadrjcrcu^^ 10. STraprr; ttotc viro o-ctcr/xoS Scti^is eVetV^T;. 11. 6 ttoXc/xo? KarcTrav- o-^r;. 12. ^ p fiap^dpcoi^ XcXvrai. 13. SiJo KaXcJ, ?7r7r6> eU r^v Kcifxrii^ i^XawcV^^i'. 14. ois (Ao2^) 01 ''EXXryi/cs iiropeverjaav. ii^ ro) c/x- TTDocr^ci. Xdyco SeSr^Xoirac. 15. raira ino rwv noXe- ^iwv liriirpaKTo? 16. MiXriaST^s (^vop^H^ro 6> dTro^cKirSvi^vVerac r(£ TC XP>?>«Ta /col at ^|,vxai 19. Kvpos cVatScucro 9 ineij9 dno o-cy/iaro9. 2. Tol<; Trato-l XPV al8w^ ov xP^a-iov, KaTaXeCnetv. 3. TO x^pi'Ov KepafxecKcx; ovofia exei dno 7Jpcoo<;^ Kepdfiov. 4. ij yXad^ OrjpeiieL /iv9.^ 5. iXia-KopraL fidXiora ol lx0v€^ npo riXiov dpaToXij<; koI fierd Svo-LP, ^ 6. TTfp (l>p6ur)(rLv n79 xjwxn^ io^vp ivofiL^op,^ 7.ol o€L9 icr0Lova-Lu opvidia, 8. ra XPW^Td a/ raw TToXccri crracret? eyct/oet. 9. woXecov pj^v Xa/i- II 188 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 189 J 10. cV rg tvpia ra npo^ara ra? oipa? €X€t to TrXaro^-'Tn^xeo)?/ 11. ot ^ aTracrt/ Trci/T/ct tc Kol )8acrtXcCcni/. 13. toI? 'A07jvaCoL<; ttX^^o? Tpt>y- po)i/ ^v. 14. (u Tt/iol tS>v yoi/cW Tol? c/cydi/oi? €to9 ra /ccpa e/ roTrot? XaXcTTot? /cai Svcrefcv/xrot?. 19. 6 (9a^aT09 rwi^ g' yiy'pa KaKWP dpiiaK6i^ cWii/. ^ 20. to yei^o^^ twp^ a^dpwTTcov ov jiovov Tot9 T199 7^9 (^uTois,^ aXXa fcal tSj' Poa-icrjtidTCJV ydXaKTL /cat rvpo; /col /cpcWt t^'- €r(u, IT. 1. The wise (man) scrutinizes the end of every** undertaking before he begins it.^® 2. The singers are worthy ^^ of honor and respect. 3. Man surpasses in understanding '' the rest of" animals.^* 4. The soldiers sailed away to the island in" the triremes. 5. Those in the city'' admire the poet's wisdom. 6. (There) were in" the ships the old women and the children and the cattle. 7. Man has five senses, touch, sight, hearing, taste, (and) smelling. 8. The horsemen were being drawn up before the king. 9. The river contains all" kinds of fish. 10. Clearchus holds the right wing of the army. 11. The city has two beautiful harbors. 12. Her walls afforded this city safety. 13. He drove '^ his chariot through the ranks of the Greeks. 14. (Men) call old age the winter of life. 15. If one'® has a beautiful body and a corrupt heart, he has a good ahip and a bad pilot. 20 NOTES. ' I 55, N. 1. ^ § 55, N. 1, second paragraph. » I 160, 1. ... M 185. 2 9. 5. 7 ^ 53, 3, N. 3. * I 16r>. 8 g 188 1 • vomis, genitive singular feminine of ires, § 67. *® Literally, be/ore the beginning. " I 178, N. " I 188, 1. N. 1. " 5 142, 2, N. 3. '* S 175, 2. ^ M, with the genitive. " ^ 141, N. 3, second paragraph. " iravTOios. ** Imperfect. '• tVs, an enclitic, ^ 84, and | 27, 2 « KOXO'S. X. Verbs: Subjunctive. (XXIII.) I. 1. Kvvaf; TpeopL€Ut Iva tov<; Xvkovs airo ran/ TTpofiaTCJV dir€pvKO)(TLv. 2. pLT) (l)€vy(Ofi€v, dXXa Ka- Xoi9 aTToOmjo-KCjfjiev virep 7-179 7rar/3tSo9. 3. ol ^av- Xot €v Xeyovo-w, wa rfji/ Sdfou/ r^9 ap€TYJ<; Xa/x^di/a)' ariv, 4. acn^ Icrrat rov TroXdfxov, Tfv fjLrj aKovo-axTLu. 7. firj TroLTJcrrjTe o ttoX- Xa/ci9 v/xa^ ifiXaxjje ScSot/ca. 8. ecu/ tovtov7 (^vfo^rai, cdi/ TTopevOcjfiev, 16. /cat eyci, idvnep ^ovXj), wepL tSi^ ^ctft>i/ Sn]Yi](rofiaL. 17. 6 Sc /xai/Tt9 ScSot/cc /xi) KaTajievr) rj oTparia, 18. ai/ cfCTrXcryrc, yiicr6o<\>opav rrapi^oi KvtjiKiqvov €Kd(TT(p tov iir)v6<;,^ 19. KOt ecu/ eyo) (jxuvcjiiaL a8t/co9 cTi^at, ov (^tXryo-crc. 20. copa cotI ^ovXevea-dai firj Ka/cot tc kcu aicTXpol anocJHLL- V(op.€6a, II. 1. Let us deliberate about the safety of the city. 2. If you make^ this man a friend,* he will aid (you). 3. The boy brings the book to his teacher that he may read (it). 4. Let us remain at home. 5. Let us shun the unseemly and aspire after ^ the beautiful. 6. If these soldiers fight courageously, they will be honored. 7. For if you put these her- alds to death, there will be war. 8. They fear that the robbers will slay the villagers. 9. Let us fight nobly for our country. 10. If you work, you will fare well. 11. The citizens fear that the treaties will be broken. 12. If you educate these children well, they will honor (you). 13. Let us rest, Soldiers, and deliberate. 14. If he says that, he will speak the FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 191 truth. 15. They fear that the soldiers will in this way be persuaded. NOTES. ' Perfect passive, in passive sense, of €pYdto(jiai. ' H79, 1. 3 Aorist. -• ^ lee •"' <$p€>|iai with the genitive, g 171, 1. Use |uv. .'. U. XI. A^ectives : Third Declension, and Tirst and Third Declen- sions Combined. (XXIV.) I. ^ 1. auOpcoTTO^ aTvxfj^ o-dCerai W iXmSos, 2. T^9 TratScta? at fxei^ ptlat eial TTiKpac, yXv/cct? Se olKapwoL 3. TO T^v liowv y^os rol^ dvepdiroi^ fidkicrra Xvo-ircXe? iariv, 4. Sofa /cat ttXoGto? apev a-wicrem ovk a(T(f>a\^ KTJjfiaTa. 5. nacra imo-TTJ/xr) X^/>W Si/caioo-ui/i;? n(wovpyia, ov La (fxuveTai. 6.^ Xcyoi/iG. del ra ikrje^, & TralScg. 7. 'HpaK\r)vpo: Kal y\vK€L<; dcriv. 9. Sta rrfv rSiv xpW^rmv KTijcnv Traces ol nokefioL toI^; avOpd, rjSeU ioTLP rj (rdp^. 11. rwi/ kvkpcop ol p.h^ kevKoC, ol Se /ieXai/65 elo-Lp. 12. evSacfiopes daiv ol apOpo)- not, ot tX€0)9 ixova-L tov^ 0eovq. 13. ol d/cparc?? ai(rxpap Sovkeicw^ Sovkevovanu. 14. ov wao-i tols nkovarioi^ i^eo-TLP eiSaL/jLocnv^ elpai. 15. ndpTeg ol (Tvp^fiaxoL KOLPcopol ^(T(w Tq^ Xcta?/ 16. 5 rdXatm d8€k(f>7J, ^ TTcwTolou d(TL fxepi/woi. 17. fu^jfiopes n l '■■1 192 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. tZv tov o-o<^5 Xoyo)^' ccr/utcV. 18. xapto/ra xopoi/^ e/ Tft) OeoLTpo) ^opevova-Lv ol xopcvrot. 19. Set top €iryepfj ov fiovov yevei ® aXXa koI iOecTL koI irpdyfia- (Tiv etvai eK7rp€7rrj, 20. toyKparq^ kv rrj htacTr) kyKparfi^ r^v koI KapT€pLKoq 7rpo<; t/zOxo? koL x^t- ficjva, 7r/309 0epo^ koI rjXiov, npcx; Traina^ trovov^ koI KivSvvovs, II. 1. The robbers plunder everything. 2. Men are dehghted by pleasing songs.' 3. Hopeful' (men) bear their ills easily. 4. God^ is a punisher of the too high-minded. 5. All men have not the same ^° mind. 6. The fruit" is swQet. 7. The bridges were broad ^'^ and the river was deep. 8. All hate a loquacious person. 9. The gifts of the satrap were pleasing. 10. Pleasure is sweet/^ but pain sharp. 11. All the Libyans were black. 12. He trusted the prudent general.'^ 13. The citizens were unfor- tunate^^ but well-born. 14. The words of the sooth- sayer are clear. 15. All the soldiers had black shields. NOTES. » I 143, 1. ' § 159. =^ I 138, N. 8 a. * § 180, 1, and § 170, 2. ^ I 180, 1, and 9, 171, 2. 6 I 188, 1, 5. 1. ' I 188, 1. * I 66, N. 3. * Use the article, w § 79, 2. " Plural. " U8e|Uv...W. " I 184, 2. 1 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 193 Xn. Verbs: Optative. (XXVI.) I. 1. ipa ovK^ av apicrKoi 6 avOpconof; tolL\oL dvat nepl wavTo^ aj/ noLrjo-OLfjLeOa.^ 5. tcjp (TTpaTTjycov Karr). y6pr)(TG^, wa avros 7r€pL(Ta)0€Lr), 6. el tov^ MtjBov^; ao-OeveU noLrjcraipLi, ttoptcov ye op tZp irepi^^ pahim ap^atfiL, 7. 6 7rat9 rw TraiSoTpL^rj p68op e(f>ep€P, ipa xcupoL. 8. €1 afia ekevdepo^ t evq^ koI TrXovVto?, TtVo9 ^ OP en Seoto ; 9. oi crr/aart&lrat ek rqp noXe- p.i(w yfjp inopevOrjo-ap, upa hiapirdlpLPTo, 10. cSe- ZoUeip fxT) rj ye(f)vpa kv0eC7j. 11. et radra TrpdrroL^, Kvpop a*/ 0}(f)ekyj(TeLa<;. 12. el exoifiep xpW^ra, <^tXov9 /5aSta>9 ap noLOLfxeda.^ 15. el epreddep ek rrjp EXXctSa iropeveaOai /3ovXolpto, ovk olp rjyrjcraLfirjp, 14. OVK OP Oavfid^oifjLL, el KoXd^OL Toif<; KaKovpyov^, 15. Tavra 8* enpa^ep, ha tov<; arparicoTa^ e^airaTrj- o-etep. 16. TTw? ap ovp eyco ^Lao-axjxiqp tovtov<; tto- pevecr0aL, el firj ^ovXolpto ; 17. o5ro9 yap eSeto-e fir) 081^:0)9 8(opa)p'^ SLcjKOL/jLep. 18. dXX' 0770)9 01 o-TpaTLWTaL eKTrkevo-euap enl tcop Tpirjpmp, Sta ravra (TVpepovXevep. 19. e^o7]0r)9 crui/ eKetpoLq ixd^ovpro /cat ^1117 /xdj/ot /cu/- Sweuotcj/. 20. napenefi^e Se «:ai t£i/ yvfJLpyjrcjp ap0pw7rovs ei^cjpov<; et9 ra a/cpa, 07raJ9 (rrjfjLaLPOLep. II. 1. He would perhaps hire these mercenaries, if they should proceed into his province. 2. They I 194 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. feared that we should all fare ill. 3. I was there to fight.^ 4. The king feared that the satrap would plot against the cities. 5. If he should do this, he would harm the city. 6. He was apprehensive that his enemies would be honored. 7. He feared that the soldiers would not fight bravely. 8. You would not be happy, even if^ we should gratify (you) in this. 9. And then they brought the young man into the city, that he might be chastised for his deeds.' 10. If the general should send for the ships, he would do wrong. 11. I wrote the king this letter, that the whole affair might be made clear (to him). 12. If, therefore, we should slaughter the cattle, we should in this way procure ourselves provisions. 13. He therefore feared that the army might not arrive ^° in time. 14. But we asked for arms with which to defend ourselves." 15. Not even if I should send for the ships, would you follow me." NOTES. » I 282, 2. " I 184, 2. 3 I 226, 2, with b. « J 141, N. 3. For the case, see | 171, 3. » What, genitive singular of the interrogative pronoun rCt, 5 84 For the case, see | 172, 1. • S 9, 4. ' I 173, 2. * That I might fight. » Not even if, ov8* «l, at the beginning of th« Mnt«nc«. 10 " See the third English sentence above. " $ 184, 2. 1 FIRST. LESSONS IN GREEK. ]95 Xin. Verbs ! Lnperatiye. (XXIX.) I.^ 1. CT-ov deai Kol Totav€poh • T€Kfj.aCpov. 4. dvSp&p ^av'Xo.^ 5pKou eU i8evytTe rows nouovs, oXX* i0e\ovTou. vnop^iT€. 8. dpepconos U' pAp.vr,a-o rij^ Koiuij^ Tvxn^. 9. fif, k^TTrja-ov Tw narepa. 10. dt^p dxd- pii.\o<;. 11. npo tov ipyov eS ^efiovXevcro. 12. oi woi TratSeveV^axrar. 13. ira- Tijp Te Kcu ixrJTTip npovoiav i^Tov rqs tS>v tIkv^v fl-atSeias. 14. dKovcT6v pov, Z [ke. 15. Sv'o wSpe pdxeadou. 16. Ta> dSek,f>ii i7r€. 20. ipuorja-aTe on inl raw ffvpan r^s EAAaSo? icriicp, n. 1. Refrain, therefore, from disgraceful ac- tions. 2. At daybreak pray to the gods. 3. Send for^the ships. 4. Let the door be closed once for all.* 5. Do not blame this poor man. 6. Let a comrade trust a comrade. 7. Work, if you wish to fare well. 8. Let not the bad (man) occupy the pl^e of the good (one). 9. Hear the witnesses Judges! 10. Receive me, Sea! 11. Let the 196 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 197 I" I citizens guard the laws. 12. Proceed, therefore, at once, that you may encamp near us. 13. Let the old men remain in the village. 14. Hold fast the beautiful,* Athenians ! 15. Let them send the scout upon the mountains at daybreak. » I 188. 1. » I 202, 2, N. 1. NOTES. * Beijig, the present participle of c(|fcC * I 139, 2. XrV. Syncopated Nouns of the Third Declension. — Irregular Adjectives. (XXX.) I. 1. apwdiv ayado^ ovSev^ Stac^pet Trarpos aya- 00V. 2. o'(opo)v fih vlo9 €V(l)paLi/eL top iraripa, a^poiv Se vtos XvTret 7-71/ /xryre/oa. 3. AvcravZpo^ fi€ya\o)v TifJiZv rj^idOr}. 4. cikoto)? rfjv SLKatoanivrji/ p,r)T€pa TOiv aWoiv dpercjv Xeyovaiv, 5. vtivo^ tto- Xv9 ovre toTs crw/xacrtj/ ovre tols xjjvxo-^^ apfioTTei. 6. dvTJp avhpa kolL ttoXi? croJ^et TrdXti^. 7. KaKov au/hpo^ Scjpa oirqaiv ovk ^ct. 8. ^. 15. vTTcp Tcij^ TraripfM^ koL tS>v ^riTipoiv . ya^aiax; fiax(ofJL€0a. 16. ov/c oel ot TralSes o/motoi cto-t roi 7rar/>t. 17. dyaffcoj/ fjLirjTepcoi/ /cat dyadaX 0vyaTip^% dvyarpda-L yap rj fJLijTrjp waa-wv dpera^v hihdcTKaKof; io-nv. 18. ct/coucra^ tJ dvydrrjp r^ firjTpl Trjv XevK-qv io-OfJTa epei, 19. /leya? ^0^09 Tov<; TToXtra? ej^et, /at) at (rvpOrJKai vtto tcji/ woXefiLCJu \vd(!}(Tiv, 20. ot "EXXrjpes noXXciv /cat fxeyaXoiv TToXeoji/ ot/ctorrat ^oraj/. II. 1. Brave men are admired. 2. The shep- herd's daughter is singing. 3. The deeds of the good man are always noble. 4. Good sons obey their fathers and their mothers. 5. The words of the just have great power. 6. For this man has wisdom in place of great wealth. 7. The daughter brings her father the torch. 8. We did not accom- pUsh these undertakings without great dangers. 9. Of great toils the glory is also great. 10. These men are being concealed in the orator's house. 11. In Egypt (there) is a great abundance of grain. 12. The good daughter obeys her mother gladly. 13. Many men strive after wealth. 14. The tongue is the cause of many great evils. 15. The great king had a large army and much wealth. NOTES. ^ Inno respect, literally, in respect to nothing, neuter singular accusa- tive of o«8<(t used adverbially, ^ 77, 1, v. 2, and | 160, 2. " g 60, 5. 30. ' From dMmv. See § 138, u. 7. 198 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. XV. Verbs: Infinitive. (XXXI.) I. 1. KaXov icTTL TO €u TToKeixo) oLTrodinjcrKeLv. 2. ha/Spov naXaLov /xerac^vreucw/ SvctkoKov. 3. vo- fjLOLS enecrOaL Kakov. 4. €t )8ou\ct aya6o% yiyv^- crdaL, TTpcjTov moT€ve, otl /ca/cos ct. 5. T^dvKivai TOVTOv<; (^-qalv rots ^eots. 6. t7]v ttoKw c^acri kiv- hweva-ai, 7. €i5 t^v noXefiCcw yfjv nopevffrjvaL XeyovraL. 8. ecu' rt9 ^^717, otl /JacrtXei e^ecTTL fir) neCdecrdaL toIs v6p.oi4pov(T(w /3\dj3rfp. 3. (f>C\ov<; €X(ov POfiL^e Orjo-avpoif^ ex^Lv, 4. tov XP^fTov Ik ttoKXov fiddovs ol fJL€Ta\\€V0PTe<; auopvr- ^M € V 200 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Tovcnv. 5. %(t)Kparq<; StaXcyd/ici^o? Trpo€Tp€7rero Tov<; (Twomas /LtoXtora tt/oos eyKparctcu/. 6. ras irpocnmn'ova'a^ Tv\a^ yewaiw? y]T€VK€i^, 8. MryScta ra T€Kva Tre<^ov€VKvla e)(aLp€P. 9. di/aTravcra/jLCi/o? iropevcreTaL, 10. ot ttc/jI Acwi^tScu/ TptaKocrioi yeu- valo)^ fxa^ojxeuoL ireXevTyjaav, 11. 6 8c TjXavi'c tt/qo? 7171' TToXw, OTTCDS iyyifs CTpaTOTr^Sevo'oifJievo^ tov^ eV' yovTa<; viroXafx^dvoL. 12. crwc/caXccrai' tov9 irpdcr- )8€i9 aTTO TcSi' TrdXccuj^ aKovaofjicvov^ 7179 cttiotoXi^?. 13. ovTos ya/o TLiir]0€l<; vno tov Syjfxov Trjv BrjiMOKpa- Tiav KaTokveir TreireipaTai. 14. ot TroXc/xtot hicjKov- (TLv €19 TOi' TTOTafiov TO oTpdrevfia TO hia^aivov} 15. C09 TOi' ap^ovTa Sci npoTepov p.av0aif€iv oip)(€' cr0aLy vvv Xcfw. 16. t7r7rca9 n€fJLTra)iJL€v iwl tov \6cuTLv ol appQ/e<; noXij a/ieCi/ov^ nv. 2. ot/catoi/ eVrt tovs KpeLTTov^ tS)v -qTTOi/cjv apx€w. 3. (rvfJL/3ov\ev€ fifj tol i^Stcrra, dWa tol apicrra, 4. KoXacTTeov tov TralSa, et /icWct cvSat/tctii/ clmt. 5. ixOpo^, S9 ra dkr^di) Xeyei, atperaJre/Dos cWt ff>Ckov, OS 7r/>09 X!^pw /coXa/ccucc. 6. irXeove^ia '■'I 202 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 203 /le/LOToi^ opdpamoLS KaKov, 7. (rapoa'vinjv ph/ 8l(okt€op /cat dcr/oyrcW, aKoXaaiap Se (f)€VKT€ov. 9. K/otTta? /io/ Tcii/ CI' T^ oXiyap^ia ndmcov yStatora- T09 T?!', AXfct^taSr;? 8c rcii' ci/ r]} SrjpoKpaTia Trdvrcjv aKpaT€(TTaTos kcu v)8/> terror aro9. 10. Trcu/rwi/ aSt- KcjTaTov irpaypa 06po<; cortV. 11. /xct{ov9 1780^9 ov/c €Xov(Tw oi yov€i%, fi o'aKf)pova<; cx^iv TrotSas. 12. ou p7)v oovkcuriov rots yc I'ow €)(ovcn rots ouroi KaKCJ^ (f>povov(TLv} 13. ij CJ817 TTaio; ^apUvTOiS c^ct.^ 14. 01 /cd/oa/cc9 /LtcXarrarot cto-t irdm-cjp opvlOojp. 15. e/ 'A^ifi/ats drrt t^s TraXat hr^poKparias oXt- yap^ia rjv 7) tcjj/ TpiaKovra rvpauvuiv, 16. TroXXa/cts c/c /Atas apapTia^ pvpiai yiyvovrai aKyrih6v€<;, 17. 6 aTpaTTjyo^ rrji/ orpaTiav cts ras cyyuraro)' Kcopa^ ayct. 18. rov ySao'tXccus crTparevpaTos rjcrca/ ap^ov- res rcrra/ocs, rpiaKovra pvpidScjv cicaoros. 19. ^c- pous /to/ \jwxpoT€pa), ^ct/LtcSj^s Sc OeppoTcpo) u8art Xouccr^at xapiioT^pov iorw. 20. Xcyoi/rat ot IIc/o- crat d/Li<^t ras SciSc/ca pvpiaZa^ c&at. n. 1. The horns of the stag are much greater than*^ those of the gazelle." 2. Traitors^ are much more hateful than the enemy. 3. It is very* hard to be ruled by an inferior. 4. It is most truly said that Cyrus ruled justly. 5. The oracle at Delphi was most in repute. 6. Children have no° greater benefactors than their parents. 7. We must not flatter the commander, but obey (him) most zealously. 8. He was the son of a most prudent man. 9. The easiest road for an army is the quickest. 10. He has come with a thousand soldiers and twenty tri- remes to besiege the city. 11. We shall fight more bravely, if Cyrus himself lead (us). 12. The servant is both very fond of money and very idle. 13. The captain must lead a hundred and fifty '° hoplites as quickly as possible into the nearest village. 14. It is fifteen stadia from this river to Thermopylse. 15. Sophocles composed a hundred dramas. * 1 179, 1. • Than the {horns) of the gazelle. NOTES, ' I 184, 2. • See note 8, Lesson XXV. » I 75. N. 1, and § 141, n. 3. ' Use the article. • Very is sometimes translated by putting the word which it modifiei in the superlative. • -^0*- '^ I 77. 2. N. 2 a. XVm. Verbs: Oontraot. (XXXVIII.) I. 1. p^oTov ioTu/ andvTCjp iavroj/^ i^anaTap, 2. ot i/opdSeq Tcov Al^vcjv ov rat? rjp€paL<;, aXXa rat? PV^LP apiOpovo-L TOP xpopop. 3. TrXrjpwpep ra? pav^ Koi wXecDpep^ eVl tov^ TroXepCovg, 4. popL^f^ del Toifs 0eoif<: yeXap 6p(opTa<; rf^p tcjp dpOpcjncjp kcpo- crirovhiav, 5. p-qheK; (jyo^dcdco OdpaTOP, anoXvo-tp KaKotp. 6. naPTaxov ol irpoSoTai Oapdro) Cvf^covp- . Ot pep aXXoL C<^(tlp vpa ia-BUacrw, avro9* 0€ ia-Oiui wa ^w. 8. dirapra 6 tov ^lyroiWos ttopos i i 204 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. €vpi(TK€L. 9. oXXa -^St; Sj^wfiev rriv rSiv /Sap^dpoiv yyjv. 10. ot *PoStot jxaKporepov icrQ^h6v(iiv tcjv Tr\€ia'T(ov to^otcjv, 1 1 . Set ra? ttoXci? Koo-fxelv raw tZv oiKovvroiv ap€Tcu(;. 1 2. ci rt? r^i' tcSi/ a'(ap.aT(ov f^vaw OLKpL^oLrjt talro oj/ Tracra? i^dcrov? ; 13. firjSc' TTOTC TreipSi 8uo (fyikcjp €LvaL KpiTTj^, 14. api(Tr av at TToXct? otKori/To, €1 ot ap^ovTe% TO 19 vofioLs ireC- Ooivro, 15. X(OKpdTr)<; ikeye tov<; p.€v aXXov? ai/- OpdiTTOv^ t,riv,^ u/a iaOloiep, avrov^ Sc icrOUiv, a/a [,(^7), 16. /X17 /xeya (f>p6v€i„ Iva firj Tairtivoi, 17. /X17 6epel, 7. ol 7raT€/>€9 y^ixSiv iroWa koI Kokd ipya a7r€(f)T]vcwTo eh ndmaq avOpdnov^;. 8. ovk iTreTpexjje roJ Sr;/xft> napa Toif^ vofxovs i/f>7<^t(rao-^at. 9. koI ck noXdfiov o-w- a-ovoTL TTfi/ TToXu/ Kol evScufiopa SLapd(T(ti TaXrjOeq, ovxl are €vpavcj, 13. ©c/jhotokXtJ? koll 'A/DtoT€t8T79 icrracna^crrfi/ en, TratSc orrc.^ 14. Xdytcrai Trpo roS epyov. 15. ovrc TTvp IjiaTLO} TTcptaTciXat Sui/aToi' ovrc aiayjpov afiap- rr)iia ^p6v(o. 16. i}\rq<^i(TavTO oc *Adr)i/aloL tov^ TToXiTa? dTro(T(f>d^aL. 17. orv ftci/ Trap' c/xot c/ictj/as, ot 8' aXXot d7rrjp(w ot/caSc. 18. oi ''EXXt^^'C? iraint^ rjkdXa^av. 19. icat 6 dvato-drjTOTaTo*; alcrxweLTcu Tov €V€py€Tr)v o'Sca XctTTCti'. 20. 6 (fyo^os evireiOe- orepov^ Tov^ dp0p(o'n'ov<; no Lei • TeKfiTJpaLO 8* iiv tovto Koi dTTo TOiv ev rots vavcrlv? n. 1. They will announce this to the generals at daybreak. 2. The gods have dealt out* misfortunes to many good (men). 3. They will leave the weak behind on*^ the road. 4. We beseech you to de- fend* us. 5. We fully armed all the citizens. 6. He will arrange the soldiers four deep.^ 7. Af- ter she had killed"' her son she leaped into the sea. 8. They will all lament their unfortunate friend. 9. (The herald)® made proclamation to the Greeks to collect their baggage. 10. They thought the enemy would appear® on the next day. 11. Do not expose these secrets of your friend. 12. The citi- zens held up their hands. 13. They expected to arrive at the villages at sunset.^° 14. They will arm themselves with shields and breastplates. 15. Milo, the athlete, lifted a bull and bore (it) through the stadium. \ FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 207 NOTE8. In time of peace, there being peace, I 183. For o^fo^, see I 127, I. * Present participle in the dual masculine of clfi(. ' I 141, N. 3, second paragraph. * ItiX rcTTap<»v. * Aorist. 7 a 277, 1. ' '»• . M 134,' N. 1 d. Their thought was, the enemy will appear, etc. Use the infinitive in quoting. • *** Al the same time with the sun setting. XX. Pronouns. (XLII.) I. 1. ovTos eoTiv 6 o-os d8eXi\Tepov x^ovo^ ; 5. /cat T7/i6t9 rou9 v/xeTepov<; ^evov^ ieuii^ofxev, 6. firj- heiroTe hovXov rjSoprjq (ravTov iroieL, 7. vopLil^ei^ fXTf cl/ai deovs, eirel aurou? ovx o/xS/xa/, dXX* ouSe t^p o-avTov av ye xjwxyjp 6pa<;, ^ tov crdfiaTos Kvpia ecTTLV, 8. ovTe hid \lfvxov<; fjidXkov tov €p8ov fxeveci/, aire Sta OdXnovs fidxeo-Oau t(o wepl o-Kid^, tcoKpd- Tov<; ^1/ 6 rpoTTO^;, 9. ovk h/poelre, TLvcav /cat otwi/ K(u oo-cov evepyeo-iSiu ol deol r^plv atrtot eiaiv ; 10. Set ij/^a? €t9 TO r^9 TToXem o)i\y^pia /SXeneLv. Ih ouSej/ ovTCj^ TjfieTepop ecTTiv, i? i^/ictg T,p2v ai- Tot's} 12. Kayd, el v/x€t5 ra St/cata Trotca/ eOeKeTe, enea-dai vpTw ^ouXo/xat. 13. ol dpffpcoTroL avToC elo-iP eavTol^ TroXe/itot. 14. fidxovTau ol eketfxune^ (ro8pw^ 7r/o69 dXXryXov?. 15. ra /xeXXo^a tt/jo. 208 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. yiyi^coo-KeLV oif Tr}<; rnxeTepa^ ^vced)^ icTu^. 16. iyd a-ov 7r\ov(n(oT€p6<; ct/mt, rj ifirj apa kttJo-c? r^9 en}? Kp€LTT(i)v. 17. ovTo<; SoKcI fioL apioTO^ cli/at 0I/C09, o; ^ TotoOrd? cVrtJ' 6 ^ea-iroTY)^ St' avrw, 0109 cfai Sta Tov voyLOv. 18. hi^a^povaiv ot i\e(f>ain-e^ Tjj ai^Speia davfiaorm aXkijXcjp. 19. oo-rt? Sta^oXoT? raxv TTCt^crat, Trourjpo^ avrd? core tou9 rpoTrov?. 20. Tt yap TO <^tXo/ccpSc9,^ rt ttotc cVti /cat tu/c? ot (^tXoKCpScts ; 11. 1. The lion and the jackal are at war with one another.* 2. The general was hostile to us, but friendly to you. 3. The commander called them together into liis own tent. 4. He bids us say these same things to you also. 5. These men are your benefactors. 6. These messengers whom you see are friendly to us. 7. Tell me what opinion you have about this. 8. The good trust one another. 9. We love our own children. 10. My son is virtuous,* but yours (is) idle. 11. Is there any person in the house? 12. This king was himself the commander of his own army. 13. The bad injure one another. 14. Who is that woman ? 15. A philosopher hav- ing been asked by some one, What is hostile to men? said, Themselves to themselves. NOTES. » § 184, 4. • i 139, 2. * onrovSaiov* FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 209 XXI. Verbs: Perfect Middle, Perfect Active, and Future Per- fect Stems. (XLIV.) I. 1. 6 Sc raXrjOrj airoKiKpimrai, 2. ct ravra 7r€7r/3a^a9, ovSet? ere ^kdxpei ovSenore} 3. 6 Troiiyr^s \6yov TTeTToir^Tai wepl dperfj^. 4. irpcjTo^ tcjv arpa- Tqyo}V K€Kpicrdo} 'AXcfai^Spo?. 5. KaTaycopLcrdfxevo^ TOV dScXc^w a7re(TTaXK€L top craTpaTnjp /caracrr/aci/io- fiepop 7rao-a9 ra? iwl BakaTrr) ttoXcis. 6. tiqp Niofirjp ek \i6op fxeTa/Se^Xrjo-OaL (f}a(TLP. 7. to TOV ooeXc^v (TCJfia TeOdxjjeTai. 8. Kpecop ^Ajmyoprjp Ta(f>(o ^(ocrap ey/ccV/3U7rrat. 9. act TTpocrTerd^erai Tot9 yepaiTepoL^ tcop pecjTepcop ap^eip, 10. Tavrrfp T7)P nokip dOkLCJTdTTjp KeKpLKafxep. 11. el Tag ^AOtj- pa<; KaTecrTpafifxepoL elaC, /oaSto)? tcjp dXkojp 'FXkyjpcop ap^ovcTLP. 12. iwLfxekoj's oi OeoL, Stp ol ap0po)7roL oeoPTait KaTecTKeudKaa-ip, 13. ap€fjio<; tol o'Kd(l>r) GrvpT€TpL(f)e Koi TTjp hijpaixLP Alopvo'lov rrjp paxmicnp y}^aPLK€P. 14. ol AaKeSaL/iopLOL ioT€(f>ctP(t)fjL€POL ifxd- XOPTO, 15. lap Tama 7rpd^r)f;, pAyio-Tog tt}? ttoXcg}? ev€py€Trj<; OLpayeypdilq). ^^' ^pf'O'Tos tcjp cTTpaTUo- Tcjp dpayeypd(f)0(i), 17. rot? POfiotg, ep oh TeOpaKfyde, Oct TreCdeaOcu, 18. tou9 rcrcXci^/cora? /xrj KaT-qko- yct. 19. €\fn)(f)(.o'fJL€POi elalp ol ^Adrjpaloi wdpTa*: r)l5rfSop d7roo'(f>d^aL, 20. Sofa fieydkr) iaTi rot? pePLKTiKocra/. II. Death has freed him from his ills. 2. These, cities had been utterly destroyed by the tyrant. m 210 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 3. God has concealed the future^ from men.* 4. The soldiers will have been drawn up in line. 5. They say he has been concealed in the house. 6. His father has disinherited him on account of his wrong-doings. 7. The enemy have been cut to pieces in great numbers. 8. He has plundered our cities. 9. A city has been founded in Phrygia. 10. The Athenians have always been admired. 11. We have always admired Homer. 12. The Athenians had besieged the city. 13. Those that have been educated differ from the uneducated. 14. This property will have been put to great haz- ard. 15. The soldiers have procured themselves provisions in the following manner. NOTES. » I 283. 9. * What is about to be, t6 fiAXoy, ^ 276, S^ * I 184, 3. XXn. Verbs : Second Perfect, Second Aorist, First Passive, and Second Passive Stems. (XLVII.) I. 1. Slol TTji/ acre/SeLav eKoXdirOr) • Z€v<; yap rrjp KTLa-0€L(Tai/ im* avrov ttoXlv ^(fydvLaof, 2. ol Bk TrXovcrtot rrj^ ci? top noXefiov Sandvr)^ anaWayij' (Tovrai. 3. ol KprJTe<; nap* aurot? Tpa(f)rji/ai tovtoi/ Tw Oeov ao'iv, 4. kol (tv, c^tXc, ireiaOrfTL • to yap neCOecrOoL ijiewov, 5. )(0€<: dvqydyoin'o ol ^tXot, FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 211 8ta 8c TOP x^/^Sj/a irdkLv Kanqydyovro ek tov Xt/ieVa. 6. x^^^^^^ ^OTL XvTTTfv iKffyvye'ii^, 7. 6 Taa>9 Xcyerot eK ^ap^dpoiv eWEXK-qvas KOfiLadijuaL. 8. i^tirXdyy^ ^ao-tX€V9 T^ i6B(a TOV Kvpov or/jareu/iaros. 9. t^ Toi B€p,L(TTOK\€ov^ ^ovXfj /cttt yi^cofMY) ireiTOLdoTes ol *A07fva2o(. T7)v ttoXlv /carcXcXotVco-ai/ kol ek tols vav<; a7r€7r€€vy€0'av, 10. ol UepcraL, tVa fjir) axnols ol Ittttoi g/ tw ttoXc/aw KaTaTrXaySio-i, \\i6r)aai^. 1 2. fjuf) Xeye iKvya}p ddi;aTov, otl kol €v^ irdXiv - m yap TTCc^uyas, TT/JocrSoVa KaX firj (f>vy€u^. 13. o ^eXXci? irpdrreLP, fxr) npokeye' dnoTvxojp yap yeXao-OTJajj, 14. dXXd 8L€Tpd(f)7)(rai/ tol^ kttji/co-lv, a elxop. 15. cVi K€(f)a\riv ek to TrcXayo? eVeTrccre/ ''l/ca/oo?. 16. ol UepcraL ek vyfip eTpaTrrjo-ai/. 17. i^^^iTo firj i apnay^ TpdiroiTo to (TTpaTcvfia, 18. t-^v XtoVa elKaCop ol oSonropoi T€TrjK€PaL, /cat iT€T7JK€L Sta KpTJvTfp Twa, fi TThqaiov rjv dr/Ai^ovcra cV vdm^. 19. ojjr)(f}C9 ek tov dnain-a xpovov. 20. dTToXcXotTracru/ 17/Lta9 oSrot ol oTparriyol' aXX' ovK a7ro7r€€vyaa'Lv. II. 1. If you should hear^ a beautiful melody, you would be delighted. 2. The enemy had left their women and their children behind in the vil- lages. 3. Who have fled? 4. He who led the vast army against Troy is famous. 5. The soldiers U I'V K f. 212 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. left their ranks and fled. 6. The prudent rather than the strong may*'^ trust themselves. 7. The barbarians turned and fled to their ships. 8. Tell me by whom you were struck. 9. We shall be worn out^ by this war. 10. Much* has been done, and much will be done. 11. The number of those who have fled to Athens is very great. 12. He was greatly terrified by the tumult. 13. Though we before warred^ with them, let us now try to be reconciled.* 14. Two companies of soldiers are said to have been cut in pieces® by the enemy. 15. We should put to sea, if the allies should abandon (us). NOTES. • S 277, 4. 'ICwrrv. * Second future. « Plural. U8e|Uv...8l. • I 277. 5. • Aorist. -♦o*- XXm. Yerbs: Regular in MI. (LII.) I. 1. TTjP (reaxrrov (T(t)^pocrvvrjv rots aXXot? ira- paBeiyfia KaOionrj. 2. Tavrji Tjj yt^cofijj koX rjixeU Trpoo-TLOefieOa, 3. 6 7rat9 ^ret rt top akkov, koI iirel avTO) ovk cSiSou, CTratci/. 4. x^^^'"'^^* M '"'o^pa- 8eiyfia(TL xpdfxa/op, SeiKuwoL rrjv apenjv. 5. iai/ oe Ti9 avdia-TfJTai, ireipacroixeda x^LpovcrOai. 6. ttoXv Stcu^pci, €t ot apxovre^ cv f^ /ca/ccSs Start^cWt tov*; apxpyiivov^, 7. y]h€(i}^ ap 8180117x6, ei rt Xa/x^ai/otrc. 8. CTTCt Tpo(f>rjv OVK ^xov ol oTpartwTat, avvio'Taxno FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 213 aK\ri\oi% KoX a-vperCffarro, w?^ inl Xetcu/ iKiropevcro- fiepoL. 9. TTorepov anoSiSoo-daL rj Trpiaa-daL ySovXc- (rde; 10. Ki)po5 iK4\€V€ tov<; oTrXtra? deo-dai ra owXa wepl rqv avrov o-ktjvtJv. 11. ra TrepLco-a a7ro8t8ocr<9cyi/ ol (TTpaTiS>Tai, 12. cwoicu/ c/caoro? o/8€t/a/i;/x«/09 TOiv XoxayZu cVct^ci/ top He/o<^5rra vwoorijuaL rqv apxnv. 13. (u/acrra? e/ccXcvo-e top KaT7fyopTJor(WTa avrov Xeycti/, nod koX iTrXrjyrj, 14. KariKava-cw ra? /cci/uta? TTOPTekm, ha 6^op ipOeUp Tol^ ^ap^dpoLs. 15. atVxto-roV cWu/ "EX- \7)PL awoSoa-daL "EXXiyi/a?, /catVot d7r€8oTo *ApLepov(Tip, Ipa *A0rfpd apaTidSio-ip aura. 18. hUrip hoTOicrop ol KaKovpyoi 19. S€LKPV(Ofl€P TOL^ oSoLTTOpOL^ rfjP Taxio-T7)P 68oV. 20. 6 T(op (f>LXapyvp(op TrXovTo<; aia-ir^p 6 tjXlo^ Kara- Sis CIS rffp yfjp ovSepa tcjp C(opto}p €V(f)paip€L. II. 1. The allies, therefore, revolted from the Athenians. 2. Wealth often changes the disposition of men. 3. blessed gods, grant me happiness. 4. Show to (but) few what is within " your heart. 5. Stand by the unfortunate. 6. Let us inspire in the young the desire of wisdom. 7. It is befitting for the rich to give to the poor. 8. The judges pub- lished the decrees. 9. He thereupon bouglit the horses and gave them to those who were sick. } I n It r , I in ' -I 1 :M il It' 214 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 10. We most admire him who made laws for the Lacedemonians. 11. If you betray your country, you will be worthy of the heaviest^ penalty. 12. When he had put on* his tunic, he mounted* his horse. 13. Let us attack the enemy at daybreak. 14. The gods put sweat before virtue. 15. For we feared that those unprincipled (men) might betray the state. NOTES. ' I 277, K. 2. * The {ihinga) tuithin, etc. ' Oreatest. * « 277, 1. • In Greek, mounted upon, etc. XXIV. Verbs : Regnlar in MI (ccmtinued). (LII). I. 1. Toif^ KpaTfjpa<; oivov kol uSaros mfjLirXrfcnv,^ 2. dXX' €v TovTo c7rt, ort ae TLfKoprjaofxeOa. 3. 'H/oa/cX^9 nepLdeU ttjp X^^P^ '^^ "^P^XVl^V ^^^ Xcorro9 KaT€a")(€v ay^cov, ecu? Inviqev, 4. napay- yeXOrj ^ tol nvpa Karacr^ei^vvvaL iravra, 5. ai apKToi 8ta rfju l(T)(yv Koi rot? ravpot? CTrm^e^rai. 6. ot *A0r)valoL rov Tletpata ip.iTopLov iv jxeao) Tr)<; EWa- 8os KaTearqa-avTo, 7. etcri Tu^es, ol Xji^ofxevoi ^^cri Kol OUT* imo'TavTaL ipydi^earOaL ovt* op ovvaivrOt eWf.o'ficuoL dno noXefiov /StoTeveu/, 8. iKXcjirevov ol iy^dpioL Tov^ aTTocTKeScan^vfia/ovs tcjv arpaTLCJTCJv. 9. ofioLOx; €7rt(raX€9, fiaivoixevo) Sowat fia^aLpcu/ Kol TTovrjp^ Svvafiu/, 10. dnav StSd/uto^oi' hmpov fieyiOTOv ioTi /xct' cwotas StSd/xo'OJ/. 11. to oi/catoi/ FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK 215 tuya wurrja-i tov^ auOpd^irov^. 12. €v iirio-Tacree, OTL 7019 KoXots Kayadol^ tXcaJ dau/ ol 0€oi 13. no- vol /laXiora rfji/ vfipw (r/3cw/vWu/. 14. to ivBwat TO, onXa iKoXovv ol TraXatot ^cuo-acr^at. 15. rd^ fiera^oXd^ 7-179 Tvxn^ cVta-rao-at yei^aCcjs (f>ep€Lv, 16. (TVfifiLyvvao-L /caret to irehiov al aXayy€<; /cat ttTToXXvi^at TToXXot. 17. o pLTj /carc^ou, />t^ Xdfi^aue, 18. o<7Tt9 6/xi/iWt /i97 TTCt^erat, avr69 imopKew inC- crrarat. 19. 17 yeojpyCa noXif au iinZoir) el tl^ i0Xa npoTLffeCrj toIs /cctXXto-ra Trjv yrjv ipyaCofia/OLS. 20. oifK €^€(mv dvSpl eiyySatw e/c^cw^at TratStoi/. II. 1. The trophy of Miltiades aroused Themis- tocles from his sleep.^ 2. It is not easy to change one's* nature. 3. The people enacted good laws. 4. The soldiers posted themselves in great haste. 6. Let the sportsmen set snares for the birds. 6. The teacher said, " Give me the book." 7. The gods give us everything. 8. Wine exhibits the (real) natures of men. 9. Let the judges express their opinions. 10. Oligarchies were established in most (of the) cities. 11. The lines immediately sep- arated. 12. We are not able to attack the enemy now. 13. Wine strengthens our bodies. 14. They arose at daybreak that they might attack us. 15. It is disgraceful to betray one's friends, and yet you have betrayed us. NOTES. * S ^'72, 2. s pi^j.^1 ■ The command was passed along, { 134, H. 1 c. * g 141, jr. 2. "i' ij V' 216 FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. Il XXV. Verbs: Second Perfect and Pluperfect of the MI -Form, and Irregnlar in MI. (LV.) I. 1. Tov<;^E\\r)va<; avToxOova^ €(fyr) €i.vai. 2. ot fiev anaiSevTOL TratSes to. y pdfi fxara, oi 8c aTraioevTOL av8p€eL6r) Kara TrdXct? TO aXko OTpdrevfia, 7. x^^^^^^ ^^ '^^ fi€i/€iv kol ttTTtG/at, /cat 7) vv^ (fyo^epa tjv eTnovaa, 8. ct ovu cu? ct9 P'd'X^v napao'Kevao'fiii/OL tot/no', tew? ai/ ra tcpa jLtaXXoi^ Trpo)((opoC7) r^pAv, 9. ovSc noppo) hoKovfia/ p.oi )8ao*tX6r)(rLv • eyw Sc (U7)v di/, /xi) TratSt ttXov- Toi/ /xTySc avSpl airaiSevTa) Svvafiu/, 11. A7)fxy]Tr)p {ryroucra n)!/ dvyarepa apiraaffelcraif ir^pLQ^i, 12. -^ ovK^ olaffa, art (^tXdri/xoi^ cli'at oi^ctSos Xeycrat re #cat icTTiv ; 13. cyoJ (^ly/xt, toi/ ^cw TrpoctSe^at to /LicXXoi/. 14. a»s^ TTpoOvfioTaTot*; ovav r)p.lv xapiv curcrat /cat aTroScio-ct. 15. apLcrrSnrn Aioyev^L a/ T^ ayop^ ot Tr€pL€crTa>T€^ avi^exes iXeyov • /cvoi^, /cvoi' • 6 Sc, v/xct9, clTrci/, core /cui'C9, ot /xc apiorZvra nepi- €om]KaT€, 16. ot p.ainei<; Xcyoi/rat dXXots ft€j/ irpoa- yopeiku/ to fieWov, cavrots Sc /at) irpoopav to iiriov, 17. Wt S17, cc^T^, i^eTdacjfJLei/ tol c/yya €KaTepov avTwv, Iva elZa^iMQ/, iror^pov rd avrct iarw, ^ Bi^ipei, rt. PIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 217 18. wanep ra rdfa, ovro) /cat ra? i/rv^^a? vp-n rdrc fio/ e/rctVctj/, roVc Sc dvikvai, 19. to /xt^So/ a/iap- rdi^cti/ cfo) T^9 ai^0p(ominj<; as ; c<^r; 6 avSpcoiro^, ctTa i7njp€T0 • "5 /cat Trc^oVcu/ca? ; o-vvecfyr) /cat toCto. II. . 1. Already the evening is coming on. 2. A certain barbarian also is present, wishing to know what will be done. 3. '* Wlio are you ? " said the man, when he had heard this. 4. Let us go into the house. 5. This unfortunate man stood for a long time and wept.^ 6. The majority of these citi- zens long after virtue. 7. Many men know your evil deeds. 8. Many men aim at wealth. 9. The Nile empties into the sea through seven mouths.* 10. Youth and old age are both beautiful.^ 11. He says that the man is dead. 12. This place lies be- tween Athens and the sea. 13. We shall go,^ if he sends (us) chariots. 14. Do not say who you were before, but who you are now. 15. He who should know'' the whole, would know also the part. ; V n ' 1 II I! It ' NOTES. ' § 282, 2. * S 277, N. 2. * Wept a long time standing. * i 188, 1. * 2 138, N. 2 a. « ^ 200, N. 2. ' I 276, 2. ABBREVIATIONS. 1.; a., aor., aorist. abs., absol., absolutely. ace., A., accusative. act., active, -ly. ad fin., ad finem, at the end. adj., adiec, adjective, -ly. adv., adverb, -ial, -ially. apos., apost., apostrophe. art., article. Att, Attic. augm., augment. c, comparative. cf., confer, compare. ch., chiefly. comm., commonly. comp., compound, composition. conj., conjunction. constr., construction. cont., contr., contracted. cop., copulative. d., dat, D., dative. dem., demon., demonstrative. dep., deponent. dim., diminutive. disc, discourse. end., enclitic. Eng., English. etc., et cetera. fem., feminine. fr., from. f., fut., future. gen., o., genitive. Qk., Greek. Horn., Homeric. i. e., id est, that is. imp., imperf,, imperfect. irapers., impersonal. improp., improper, indef , indennite. indir., indirect. inf., infinitive. infer., inferential. intens., intensive. interj., interjection. inter., interrog., interrogative. intr., intrans., intransitive, -ly. lit, literally. masc, masculine. mid., middle. neg., negative, -ly. neut., neuter. N., note. obs., obsolete. p., pass., passive, -ly. p., pf., perf., perfect. pers., person, -al. pi., plur., plural. poet., poetic. poss., possessive. pip., pluperfect. post-posit., post- positive. pres., present. prep., preposition. priv., privative. pron., pronoun, pronominal. prop., properly. pt., part., participle. q. v., quod vide, which see. ref., reierence. reflex., reflexive, -ly. reg., regular, -ly. rel., relative. B., sup., superlative. sc, scilicet, namely, underetand. sec, second. sq., seq., sequens, and the Jollowing signif., signification. sing., singular. subj., subjunctive. tr., trans., transitive, -ly. usu., usually. Voc, Vocabulary. voc, vocative. w., with. i' VOCABULAEIES. I. GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. In the following Vocabulary the Blmple stem of each verb, when this does not appear in the present, i. e. nnleiw the verb Is of llie fir tt class (S 108, I.), is given in ( ) directly after the present indicative. 1 he capital Konian numeral given immediately after the parts of a verb designates the class to which the verb belongs. See § lOS. When no such numeral occurs, the verb (excf i>t Irregukir verbs In fit) belongs to class I. Verbs in /x« are marked 1 and 2. Those marlved 2 are a subdivision of V. of the general classification. See § 108, V. 4. All other regular verbs In /i« are markeil 1. See notes 2 and 6, Lesson LVI. Compound verbs are not classified, nor are their principal parts given, if the simple verb occurs elsewhere in the Vocabulary. For fuller information concemlmj irregular verbs, see the Appendix to the Grammar. For futures in i«, toifiai, aee § 110. II. 2, n. 1 c. DeiwnenLs llmt arc regular have the aorist middle unless it is otherwise sUitetl. I he case required by the verb is often designated by the letters a., d., or c, Immedbitely added to the definition of its meaning. '1 he gender of nouns of the first declension is not given because obvious. Kouns whose genitive is not given are of tlie second declension, except neuters in oj, which are of the third and are inflected like yivof, $ .^2, 2. The parts of comi>ound words are separated by hyphens. The single dagger prefixed to ft word pointing down (t) or up (|), or the double dagger pointing in l)oth directions (t), points to some related wonl or words contiiiuing the common stem or root. When this device is not i)os8il)le, the related wonl that shows best the stem or root follows in paren- thesis. The quantity of a, i, and v, when naturally long. Is consistently marked throughout, Mcept where such natural quanUty is already indicated by the circumflex accent, as in uoXoi. These vowels, when not marked, are to be pronojinced short. Words are to be sought for under their (hemes, thouglj difficult forms, especially of verbs, \vill often 1* found In the alphabetical list. The old-style numerals refer to the Lessons. English words in smaU capitals are cognate with the Greek words, those in black letter are borrowed from them. •-, a- priv. or cop., g 131, 4, w. N. 2. Un-. Of a-mpi see 5f, ba-irep. dU^aros, ov (Jialvu), impassable, not fordable. oyoryu, etc., see hyu, ayaOos, ^, 6v, | 73, 1, good, brave, virtuous; aya06v, r6, a good thing, good, advantage, benefit, pi. posses- sions. 14. aya^JUf rjydadijv, 1, to admire. 49. a^ydv, very, much, too. dyairouDi ayanifau, etc., to show by outward signs that one regards, to love, be contented. oyycXXtt {hyyeX-), ayyelu^ yyysihi, Vyyehca^ ?^yyE?ifiai, rjyyiTJhjv, IV., to bring a message, announce, a. d. 41. j&yycXost ^, Vi o, messenger. 6. Angel. oyc^ {aytp-), vyeifm, vyepHriv^ IV., to bring together, collect. aYcXt) 220 •IkH* P oycXti, V? (ayw), a herd. d-Yr{p<0s, uv (y^pa^), free from old aye, undying. *A"YqSiKo«y ov {6'tKii), unjust. |d-8(K(i>S| unjustly. ^X«erxtd, «f {a6o?.£axvg, « prat ing fellow), prating, loquacity. orSvvaTotf iiv, impossible, imprac- ticable. f8«>, gan/iat, yaa, yoBrrv, Attic for aeifij, aeiau, etc., to sing. Oft, always, from time to time. orrot, o, an eagle. 14. drdovaroty ov, immortal. d-Ocos» oi*, godless, impious. 30. Atheist. 'AOiivd, tif, Athena, identified by the Romans with Minerva. t*A0Tiva{i, § 61, to Athens. 'AOi^vai, wv ('A%va), Athens. |'A&T)vaios, (>, an yl^A^nian. ^'ABT\vr\ax, ^ (U, n. 2, a< ^«, Of or fi, ov, struggling, wretched. td0XoV| t6, the prize of contest, a prize. 14. flLBXof I 6, a contest. tarOpo((o» (adpotiS-), oBpoiau, etc., IV., to press close together, assem- ble, collect, muster. 35. QrOpooti a, ov (a- cop., 0p6oi, noise), close together, in a body. t o-0vp4«, affvfi^u, to be dispirited. a-Ov}U)s, ov, dispirited, discour- aged. 30. Atylva, i/g, Aegina, an island in the Saronic Gulf. lAl-Y^VTpTTs, ov, an Aeginitan. fAlYvwTtos, «, ov, Egyptian; ma8c. as noun, an Egyptian. Alyvrrott n, Egypt. atS«iti ^f, V, § 05, N. 1, reverence. a(K((«» (m/c/d-), comro. dep. aUClo- liOi, a'lKiwfiai, etc., IV. {a'lKii, abuse)^ to imuU, outrage, mangle. ¥ AlVfiO&T|t 221 ciXT]6ci t Atv«taSi)f , ov, a son of Aeneas. Alvcias» ov, Aeneas, the Trojan hero. teUv««»y aiveau, ^veaa, -yvc* V, 2 a. elAov (§ 104), VIII., to take ; mid. to choose, elect, prefer. 46. Heresy. aCptt, hpC), ijpa, rjf)Ka, vpftai, r/p^^/v, Attic for aeipu {aep-), etc., IV., to raise, carry off. aUr6e[vo|i(u (aJo^-), alaOt/oofiai, ^aHtf- ftai, 2 a. yatiofiijv, V., become av>are of, to perceive, learn, hear, g. or A. 48. Aesthetic. 4.at(r0T^7f, disgrace, shame. 4.aUrxvvtt (aMT;^!^'-), at, ^ff^C- va, 'joxvuftai, ^;t^'*%»'i IV., to rfi« grace, shame; mid. to 6e ashamed, stand in awe of. 41. a(T(»i niT^u, etc., to a«l; some one /or something, demand. 34. oUt^ 3C, cau«c, ground, occasion ; a fault, reproach, censure ; alriav ix^, to be blamed. ^-atrtootLOi, a'lTi&aofjuu, etc., to blame. patriot, a, ov, causing, guilty; alridq elfn, to be the cau^e; 6 airiog, the author; Td alriuv, the cause. alx)i-aXfi»rot, ov {alxf^, a spear, dXiaKOfMi), taken in war, captured, captive. oKivoKTiSi or, a short sword. &-icXt|po«, ov {K?iT/pog, lot, portion), portionless, needy, in poverty. 1 ; hi i!v' aXT)0«v4i> 222 avayiyvmrKt t ' tarXi)6«vca, aXrjStvau, r]/.T]Hevaa^ to speak the truth. 2. arXi)6ifs, fc (Aai^dvw), unconcealed, true; to a^^ef or ra aXrifh}, the truth. dX^KOiuu {61', a>.o-)^ d/Ltjaofioi, jy/wKa or idhjKa, 2 a. ^^uv or ^riAuv, VI., to be taken, captured, or con- victed. 5 1 . *AXKi-Pia&t|s, ov, Alcibiiides. oXkijioS} w {d^iKfj, prowess), valiant. oXKd, conj. (neut. plur. of dA^of with changed accent), properly other- wise ; hence, hut, yet. oXXaTTM {aXkay-), aXX&^u, etc., w. 2 a. pass. iiXXayriv, IV. (o^^of), OcV| on both sides. d|i^i both. dv, post-posit, particle, | 207. 2v, conj., contr. from kdv, q. v., i/". dvd, prep., in prose w. a. only, up, up along, over, through, among, by, at the rate of, of place and time and in distributive expressions ; dva Kpdroq, up to one's strength, at full speed. In comp., up, back, again, and sometimes simply intens. Oy, ana-. dya-PaCvM| to go up, mount. Idyd-^oflns, fwc, V, o^n ascent, march inland. 21. dyo-Yi-yvMoiCM, to know again, rec- ognize, read. dyaYKO^t* 223 oyoT|Tos iwayKal»{dvayKa6-), dvayKdau, etc., IV., to compel, force, constrain. 31. o>'*Y'^» W, necessity, constraint; dvdyKjf kariv, it is necessary or wna- voidable. 31. dya-YVOvs, see dva-yiyvuoKu. dya-Ypcu^i to engrave and set up, as a tablet, to record. Wf-irin, to lead up; mid. to put to sea, set sail. dva-6app«w or dva-Bapaeu, to regain courage. dydr9i)|ia, arof, t6 {Tidrjfu), that which iii set up, a votive offering. Anathema. dy-cufMci), to take up ; mid. to take up one's own, as the dead for burial. dv-aCo^Tos, ov (alaOdvofiat), with- out feeling. Anaesthetic. dya-KOivo'(i> {koivou, koivucu, etc., to make common, from Koivoq), to make common, communicate ; mid. to consult with, D. 38. dva-Kpd(o>, to cry aloud, shout. dva-Xc4iPdv«0y to take up, rescue. dva-picvo), to remain, wait for. dyo-vavMi to stop, trans. ; mid. to desist, rest. dya-Trfl6o»| to persuade. 31. dy-dpurros, ov {npiOTov), without brmkfast. oy-apxCa, &c {apx^d^ anarchy. dva-u, cps, like men, bravely. foySpiavTo-Troio'sy o {ttouu), a sculp- tor. dvSpidS) dvTog, 6 {dvr/p), a statue. oifSpuv, wrof, d {dvr/p), the men's apartment. dy-cYcCpo), to wake up, arouse. dy-€iir€iv {eiTTov), to proclaim, an- nounce aycftos, d, wind. dy-cirC-KXt)TOS| ov {eTri-idijTog, sum- moned, accused, from im-KoXiu, to summon), unblamed. oy-4v, senseless. ay-opvrrot, [bpvTTu, stem ofwy-, bpi- ^w, (jfw^a, bpupvxa, bpupvy^ai, ufw- Xf^v, IV., to dig), to dig up. ian-vtt\^jkkio\fJOXt to take thought in return. drrt, prep. w. a., in place of, in- stead of, for ; original meaning, over against, against. In comp., against, in opposition, in return, instead. Anti-. *AvTiYovi|, w, Antigtine, one of the daughters of Oedipus. arri-XcyM, to speak against, op- pose, i>., ^ 184, 2. «iyTk-irapa-0av|ia, to strip off, spoil. dro-Ovrio-KCD, to die off die, suffer death, be slain. aird-Kci|&0U| to be laid away, to be reseirifed. diro-iCTipvTTw, to renounce publicly, disinherit. diro-KivSvvcvMi to make a bold at- tempt : pa.ss. to be put to great hazard. oito-kXcCm, to shut off, intercept. 26. ttiro-Koirrw, to cut off. diro-Kptvo|iaiy to reply, answer. diro-KpiriTTM, to hide front, conceal. wO'Krdvtt, to kill off slay, put to death. oiro-KTCwv|u, 2, = airoKxeivu. diro-Kfi»Xv«»| to hinder from. dsro-Xci'irwy to leave behind, desert. dn--dXXii|U, to destroy utterly, slay, lose; mid. to perish; 2 p. an-6kuika, to be undone. 52. 'AirdXXwv, wvof , 6, Apollo. tdird-XwnSi f^wf, V, release. diro-XvMt to free from. dn'-oXwXcKai see a7T-6'A7iVfii. dird-)iaxoSi ov {fiaxoimi), disabled, ont of tJie ranks. 33. diro-vc|M), to portion out, pay, give. diro-vooTcw {vtMTTeu, voartjau, to return home, from vdarog, a return home), to return home. d,iro-Tcp,irtt, to send back, away, or home, remit; mid. dismiss. diro-irXcw, to sail off or away. fd-iropc'ttf ciTTopt/au, etc., to be at a loss or in doubt. fd-iropCd, «f, perplexity, difficulty. d-iropos» ov, without resources, dif- ficult, impassable. 25. dfro-(i), to turn back, induce to return. Apostrophe. diro- {aT^Mo, av^^au, etc., to stnp off), to rob. diro-dTTa), to slay. diro-o-cd^o), to lead back in safety. diro-Tcixt^w (^f^^t'C", stem re/;^;/^-, T€txi(^, ireixiaa, rtreixiKa, IV., to wall, from reixoq), to wall off, to build a wall to cut an army off. diro-Tcp.va>, to cut off. diro-Ti6T||U| to put away, store up. diro-Tivtt {t'.vu, stem ti-, riau, Irian, reTlKa, -Teriafiai, -CTiaftr/v, V., to pay), to pay back; mid. to take vengeance on. diro-Tp«ir«, to turn off or back. airo-Tvy\dvia, to fail to hit, to fail. d'n-o-<|>a(va>, to show off; mid. to apjMuir, display, declare. d'fro-4KVYu, to flee away, escape. diro-xwpc»» to go back, retreat. :! ■I, I. J •! oirpocr^TOf 226 dUrrpairrw dUwpoYvpiov, t6, a piece of silver, money. 9. ofryvpos, <5 (apy, VI., to please, satisfy, d. dpm{, r/f, goodness, virtue^ cour- age. 39. 'ApTis, foc, TTw {apfiod-), dpfidau, etc., to fit together; intrans. to befit or good for. t*f»Tpov, TO. a plough. opott, vpoflrt, ^/xJ^^, ), not liable to be tripped upjfirm, safe. 30. eur^KiXroSi >}, bitumen, asphalt. arS) w (t?/^^), dishonored, with- out honor. aT|i(|M {htfiid-), ir/jLiao). IV. {irfidg, vapor), to steam. &-Toirot| ov, out of place, absurd. a-Tvxtis, tg ('■t';t^). unfortunate. av, again, moreover, on tlie other hand. avKiiaf ahyjcu {av'kdg, a flute), to play the flute. avpiov, to-morrow. avT-apKT)s, cf {avrdq, dpiciu), suf- ficient in one's self, independent. avrr\f a^roi, see ovrog. favrCKO, at the very instant, at once. tavro-KiXcvoTOSi ov (iccAfwj), self- bidden, of one's own accord. tavro-|ioX(| avTOfioTJjou (from a stem 1&0X-, go), to desert. a^n^s, ii, 6v, self | 79, 1. n. 1 ; him, her, it, | 79, 1 ; the same, I 79, 2. Auto-. |avTOv, here, there. avTov, see e-avrcw. avro-xOwVy ov (airrdg, X^uv), sprung from the land itself. o^*, see dTrd. d^-atpctt»| to take away; mid. to rob, deprive. dr<^avTJS| ^C {(paivu), unseen, out of sight, little known. 24. 4>aravi|^<» [dipavid-), diJMvuo, IV., to make unseen, destroy, annihilate. o^Ti» ^f {dnTOfmi), the sense of touch. d-<^0ovld, dg {d-(pHovog, ungrudging, (pdovog), abundance. cu^i)|u, to send away, back, or off, to set free, let loose or go. d4>-iKyco|uU| to come from some place, arrive. d<|>-iinrcva» {Imrfvi,), inTrevau, to ride, fr. iTrrrevg), to ride off or back. d4>-tpwV| ov {vXaKTO$y ov {'^vTidrru), un- guarded. 34. tdrxopwrrfd, fie, thanklessness. d-xcipurrosy ov (xapiCouai), thank- less, ungratefid, unrewarded. ^OrxapirrtaSf without gratitude. 25. d-xpnoTos, ov (xpdofiai), useless. &Xp^, improp. prep. w. o. and conj., until. B. Ba^vXiiir, wvof , ^, Babylon. tpddoSf TO, depth. Bathos. Pa6vs, ela, v, deep. 24. paCvu (/3a-, (iav-), ^Tjaofiai, (ie^rfKa, -^efiafiai (rate), -e^dfkiv (rare), 2 p. {^epaa), 2 a. l^nv, V., IV., to go. 49. Come. IPcucTT^pCd, rtf , a staff. 50. pdXavos, V, a nut or fruit, such as the acorn, date, etc. K, J\ fM i ' i:i ( '1 , 1' ¥\ 'I ■ hi i-i ^tXKm 228 r^H^ paXX« (J3aX., p>a-), ^^.o, pkpitjKa, ^(i?i^fiat, i^lT/Briv, 2 a. i^T^av, IV., ^0 throw, throw at, hit, stone. barbaric. |^ap^apiK«t» in barbarian, in Per- sian. pa(pP€4X>Sf oi;, 6ar6arian, barbar- oas. 25. teapot, rd, weight. PapvSf f/a, v, heavy. tP«uravC{M (/SflMTawrf), jSaoavto, IV., J, f, (i, a 6uncA of grapes. tPovXcvw, PovXevcu, etc., to jjfen, />/o< ; mid. to plan vrith one's selj^ deliberate, concert, devise, meditate. 7. tPovXtf, 7C, a plan, counsel. povXofiOi, (h\)ki}Oouai, Pe^ovlrifitu^ ejhvh^/v, § 100. N. 2, to m//, 6c witt- ing, wish. pov>Mfiat expresftes will- ingness, i.e. mere wish or inclination towards, kBkhj will, i.e. choice and purpose, but this distinction ia often ignored. 18. WiLL. Povt, /:fc>(if , 6, »), I 54, a bullock, ox; or cow ; pi. cattle. ppaxv«, eta, i, short; enl jSpaxi, a short distance. 35. pp«'X«, i(ipe^a, Pipt^yfiat, i^pl- X^, to wet. 36. Rain. ^rroM, ppovHjau {ppovrij, ihun» der), to thunder. T. 229 SofXlKOt ydkot ydkaKTOi, t6, milk. yofiotf o, marriage. 27. Poly- gamy. YH>i a post-posit, causal cony, for; Kol yap, etenim, and {this is or was, etc., the case), for. yif a post-posit, enclitic particle of emphasLs, quidem, at lea^t, any- how, indeed, certainly, even, too. ^(rwv, ovo^, 6, 7 (y^), a landsman, neighbor. ^cXfilw, yt'k&oofjuii, eyehioa, eyeM- afitfv, to laugh, laugh at. 33. jycXms, (jto^, d, laughter. 17. y€¥; the stem of yiyvofiai and source of many other words. 4-YcW(r6ai| see yiyvofioi. JYCwaios, a, ov {yiwa, descent), high-born, noble. \ytwaUt9, nobly. ^y*vol^r\Vt see yiyvofiai. |-y€Vos, TO, race, offspring, KIKD. Kin. Ycpcuoty ^, 6v (yvpac), c. yepairepog, B. yepaiTaroc, old. Y^ppov, rd, a wicker- shield covered with ox-hide. yiptiVt ovTo^, 6, an old man. 16. Ycvwy yei'ou, tytvaa, yfyevfiai, to give a taste of; mid. to to«to, o. CndosE. Y^^vpa, af, a bridge, whether sta- tionary or pontoon. 5. t^f (contr. from y^a), pi. rare, earth, land. 9. Gteo-logy, geo- graphy, etc. f • Yijpaf I oof, 'fv-), yevfjaofiai, yryevrj- fiai, 2 p. yiyava, am, 2 a. kyevdfiTfv, VIII., to 6c 60m, become, be, occur, come out, prove one's self, arise, ac- crue, get. 45. "^yythTim {yvo), yv6aofiai, iyvuKa, kyviMfiai, iyvuaBrjv, 2 a. tyvav, VI., to jicrceive, know. 51. Can. ■yXav^ k6^, 7 (y/.avKog, gleaming), the owl, 80 called from its glaring eyes. ^XvKvt, eia, v, sweet. 'yXcM-o-o, vf, the tongue. Glossary. yvu^i\t m {yiyvuaKu, st. yvo), judgment, purpose, opinion, knowl- edge. 42. Qnomic. Yovfvsi eug, iyev-), a father ; pi. parents. Yo'vw, aroq, t6, the KNEE. 50. Ypofifia, aroq, to {ypdrfv, to GRAVE, write, compose. 2. Graphic. tYVffcva(M (yv/jvaS-), yvfivaau, IV., to exercise. 40. Gymnastic. tTVfiVTJs, T^of, 6, or YV|AVT)Tt|s, ov, light armed; as noun, a light-armed soldier. YVfivos, 7, 8civcSs, terribly. fSciirvfM, deiTTvi/au, kieiirvijaa, 6i- MinvTjKa, to dine. ScSwov, TO, dinner, the second of the two regular meals of the day. S^Ko, TEN. Decade. AcX^i, uv, Delphi, the seat of the famous oracle of Apollo in Phocis. 8«v8pov, TO, or 8( vSpos, ro, a tree. 53. 8«(ias, 4, 6v, right, on the right 'uind; if Se^id, sc. ;t">, the right hand, often given and taken in making a treaty; kv (h^ia, on the right hand; rb a8, 6 {6ku, to bind), band, strap. SfOTTOTTH, ov, voc. Sea-Kora, a mas- ter, despot. Scvpo, hither. Scvrtpot, a, ov (dix>), the second; Aeirrefxju or to devrepav, a second time. Deatero-nomy. 8^X«»*«» ^^ofiai, etc., take, accept, receive, await the attack of. 28. 8^«, i^fjou, lAyaa, tUAeKn, MAtfuii, kiMthiv, to bind. 50. Dia-dem. him, Aericu, edirfaa, 6c6 qKa, dccJej;- fiat, ider/hrv, to want; del, impers., there is rued of, it is necessary, one must or ought ; mid. to stand in need of, want, beg, o. Stj, post-posit, intens. or infer, par- ticle, accordingly, so, then, now. SijXof y Tf, ov, clear, evident. jStjXow, d7f?.uou, etc., to make clear, relate. 18. ST||&-aY«»70S, 6 (S^ftoc, ayu), a demagogue. AijjiTi'Tup, Af/fivTfHJi, V, g 57, 3, Demeter, the Roman Ceres. tSi))u>-KpaT(d, ag {Kparo^), a de- mocracy. Srifiof , 6, the people. 8||o'«,fl9a(Tw, k^tjaa, edrftJfhfv (^'ioi, hostile, from daiu, to kindle), to rav- age, lay waste. A(a, see Zf I'f, 81a, prep., through. (1) With o., of place, time, and means ; ihd ifuXiag levai, to be in friendship {with (me). (2) With A., on account of through the agency of, by reason of In comp., through, apart. Dia-. Sia-Paivw, to go through or across, to cross. Sio-poXXw, to attack one's charac- ter, to accuse falsely, slander. Dia- bolic. SiOrPotrvs, fwf, ij {dia-fiaivu), a place of crossing, ford, ferry, bridge. Sio-paWotf «, ov {6ia-^vti\ to be crossed. Sia-Paratf V, ^v (Sta-^ivu), ford- able. Sia-PiPa(«», to carry or lead across, transport. Sio-poXif, ^c {6ia-l3d^Xu), slander. Si-ayyiXXw, to report, announce; mid. to pass the word to one another. 8ui8C8«»fLi 231 8oKi|ui(t I \ 8ia-8(8«»|U| to distribute. 8ia-6i| CM, a (d/f, twice, EKarov), two hundred. Sio-Xi'yof&ai, to converse, D. Dia- logue. Si-aXXaTTt*| to interchange, change enmity for friendship, reconcile. 8ia-Xv«*i to put an end to. 8ia-iroXc)uwy to fight it out. Sio-iropcvo), to carry across; mid. to march through. Sut-irpdrTM, to work out, accom- plish. 8i-af>iral«, to tear apart, plunder. Sia-, i<^ipa, l8, «, ov, just, right; to 61- miov, justice, pi. rights. 53. ^8iKaioC, ovg, 6, Diogenes. Aiovvo-os, 6, Dionysus, one of the names of Bacchus. Aios» see Zevg. TuES-day. 8io--x^tOi, ai, a {dig, twice, X^^oi), two ilwusand. 8k^cpd» «f , a tanned hide. Diph- theria. 8(x«i ('^'V, twice), in two, apart. 8(4'<^ V^y thirst. ^U^w, di-^au, idipjaa, g 98, N. 2, to thirst, be thirsty. f8M>KTcos, a, ov, to be pursued. 8k«NCM, Ai6^o) or Aici^ofiai, kdiot^a, (kdiuxa, eih^xt^vv {diu, to flee), to pursue, chase, prosecute. 28. 4.8ui)|t,$, fwc, 7, pursuit. 8o6t]V(u, 8o^T|Vf see didufu. 80KCU (AoK-), 66^0), ido^a, didoyfiai^ kdoxdriv (rare), VII., to think; intr. to seem, seem good, be thought best, be voted, D. 42. 8oKi|Uil(«» {doKtixad-)^ doKipdau, 6e- SoKifiaafuii, kdoKi/idadrfv, IV. {AdKifiog, accepted after proof, dixofiai), to prove, examine. * ■ ■U S4a 232 <8o(a ( 8o{a, T/i {AoKiu), opinion, rqmta- tion, glory. Ortho-dox. 6o^f 6o{«f see 6ok€u. SopKOSi «v^cU| see rpexu. 8vva)MU» i^vvf/aofiai, (hdvvrffiai, edv- vf/0jrv, I 100, N. 2, to be able, strong enough; ol ftiyiara dwafievru, the most powerful. 49. |8vva|us, ewf, ^, power, ability, a war-force, forces, troops. 21. Dy- namic. iSwards, ^, 6v, powerful, possible, practicable. tivm (Sv-), 2 a. idfn;, V., to enter, set. See Svu. Wo, § 77, 1, TWO. Dual. 8wi-, an inseparable prefix, ^131, 4 6, ill. Svij, rjg (fJrw), comm. pi. the set- ting of the sun. 54. fiwc-KTopiVTos, OV (nopevJ)^ hard to pass. Svo^-Tvxtjs, ff (r»';r^), unfortunate. |8vo--Tvxfd, uf , misfortune. 8v«, fibau, kdvaa, iMdvKa, dkdvfiai, i6tfhrv, to cause to enter, fink, trans. ; mid., w. p. act., to sink, set. S«« dirvu. hAf see didufit. 8«»-Sp), to intrust. iY-XMpiOt, a or of , ov (x^pH), in or belonging to the country. ^^.i, 179,1. and I 144,1, W.N.,/. Egoist. iiyioyit J^for my part, I certainly. Jf8cioxi {^i-, cJe/-), Sit^iKa, 2 p. didia, § 109, 3. N. 2, and J 125, 4, each p. in pres. sense, to fear, be afraid. c8vj8oKa, see eafiiLt. Eat. «8o^ see ivniu. ISocrav 233 ^Kir(v«* Jf8ooraVf see fii^fii. c8pc4&0V| see rpkxo. f SwKO, see ^idufu. t^OtXovnfs, oif, a volunteer; as adj. willing. cOcXwi sometimes BlKof ede^au, TfikAt)aa, f/Oe/iTfKa, to be willing, wish, desire. 2. cOtlw [kOid-), kdiau, eWiaa, tlfttKa, tWia^ai, e'ldiaOyv, IV. (e^of), to ac- custom. «0vos, T6,anation. Ethno-graphy. iOos, r6, custom; pi. manners. c(, conj., if; ti fiq, unless; d yap or e'ifit, ^ 251, would that ; as an inter, part., I 282, 4, whether. ctoUra, see idu. €l8«vT|Ka, cCpi](iai, see cIttov. ctpTJviii w, ^jcace. 23. «lt, prep. w. ace, into, to, among, till, for, about, up to, on, of place, time, number and measure, and pur- pose or reference ; originally (as | opposed to f«), to (a place) within. In comp., into, in, to. 3. cl$, pia, ev, g 77, 1, one; Koff iva, one by one, singly. cUr-paXXw, throw one's self into, enter. jcUr-poXif, ^f , a?i entrance, pass. cUr-8vo|uu, to cntor into. €tOcv, on both sides. jcKaripcMTf, in both directions. cKaro'v, a hundred. Hecatom-b. iK-PaXX«, to cast out, banish. CK-pcwns, fwf, 7 i^ivu), outlet, pass. 25. f K-Yovos, ov (yev-), bom from ; oi EKyovoi, the descendants; rd iKyova, the young of animals. iK-8cp(» {(^epo), Sepo), lihtpa, 6i6ap- pai, 2 a. p. eddp/fv, to flay), to flay. €K-8(8Mfii| to give up. cKCi, there. jcKciOcvy thence, from that place. 4.CKCIV0S, 7, o, dem. pron., g 83, that. ^K-KoXviTTCD, to uncover. «K-KXT|or^ «C (KaAeu), an assembly called by the crier. 10. Ecclesiastic. €K-KXtv«0 {K?jtvO), stem K?UV-, K?Uv£}f iK?uva, KiK?upai, €k?J0//v, 2 a. p. e«A/* VT/v, IV., to i/jn*'/), to ^riwg lyay. 41. ^K-X€Y», ^^ select. Eclectic. CK-irtyc»i to drink up. r » * < i ( ' • in i< jmrdiTtt 234 «VT|V iH iK-iriirrw, to fall out, be banished or exiled. f K-irXaos» o, r], a deer, stag. lX<'yx»i i'^y^^y V^y^a, e}.^A€y/Mi, V^tyx'^ijv, to confute, convict. 43. IXcCv, cXcorOcu, see alpiu. tcXcvOcp(d, a^, freedom, liberty. 53. cXcv6«pos| a, ov, free, indepen- dent. |{Xcv6€po«>i €?ievdepiK6v (sc. arpdrevfia), the Oreek force. Hellenic. 4.cXXT)viic«t« in Oreek. ftXtrC^M (cArrtJ-), ^"^niaa, ^Xmoth/v, IV., to hope. cXir(«, /(5of, jj, I 50, I., hope. €}i-avTOVy 7f, I 80, w. »., o/" myself. c|i.-Pa£vw, , to throw in ; to inflict ; empty ; reflex., with elf, to invade. Emblem. (V-Pos, c|i-Pavrcs, see €,U'(iaiv(o. cV-PiP, to impress upon, inspire in, I). .\. t{|i-iropcvo|iai, to go to, travel on business, engage in traffic. fcV-Wptov, t6, a mart, emporium. i|i-iropos» d, one on a journey, a merchant. I)ii-irpoo|fcCu, ivavTiuaofiai, ^vavrU u/jai, rjvavrtudtjv, to vnthstand, D. cv-avrCos, fi, ov (dvr/), opposite, op- posed to, in one's fa^e. jv-airr«», to bind on, set on fire. ^v-8-;i;c^f (ev-riAhj, to put upon, command, r^XXcj, to raise), a com- mand. ivTot (ev), ivithin. cv-TVYxay«>»i to fall in with, d. I|, prep., see U, ti, SIX. {^-ayy^XXM, to tell out, report. i(-ayw, to lead out, induce. l|-aiT««f, to demand from; mid. to beg of . tl^-airaroM, to deceive grossly, de- ceive. 34. ^•airdrn), w, imposition. l(-airCvi)« or c|-aCvi)s {a(fwu, un- awares), of a sudden, suddenly. c(-cifu (el/ii), to be out of restraint, only imper., l^ean, e^earai, etc., it is in one's power, possible, one may ; pt. e^6v used absol., § 278, 2, when it is or was in one's power, when one may or might. c(-y to put a question to, to ask af/ain. jv-cx«»i to hold upon the place where one is, delay. Epoch. cin{vi see eTziv. «ir-tjv, see iir-eifxi. iir-r\p6^r\Vf see Irrepurau. iirf, prep., on, wjjon. (1) With O., on, upon, towards, in the time of, of place and time ; cttI TeTTdpuv,four deep. (2) With d., upon, over, for, at, near, in addition to, on account of, in the power of, of place, time, and .various other relations ; enl ydftu, in marriage ; e(j>' (fi, on condition that, I 2G7. (3) With a., originally up to, and then, to, towards, for, against ; i-xlleiav, for or to obtain booty. In comp., upon, over, after, toward, to, for, at, against, besides, and some- times simply intens. Ep-, epi-. tim-PovXcvw, to plan or plot against, to plot, D. iin-PovXt{, ^f, a plot. iin-yiyyo^uut to come upon, arise. cin-8|Ut to give besides, yield more, intr. increase. fin-OvfUM, enidvfi7/au, eTredtfXj^a^ tTTtTedbfjTjKa {Ot'fid^), to set one's heart on, desire, Q. 38. j{in-0v^(dy af, desire. lirtKovpT^^A, aroq, r6 (kirtKovpiu, to aid; emKovpo^, helping), a protection, relief «iri-Kov^C^fi> (Kovdli^cj, stem Kotx^i-, Kov(j)iy to throw a covering over; mid. to conceal one's self, and so the pt., secretly. iin-KvirTM {litTTTu, stem /ci^, Kb^ and Ktrfjofjai, IkviIxi, 2 p. KfKi"^, III., to bend forward), to bend to or over, intr. cin-KvpoM {K^p6o, Kvpuao), etc., to confirm, Kbfjo^, authority), to confirm, ratify, vote. 38. €in-Xav6dve)UU| to forget, o. «iri-\(i to show forth ; mid. to appear, d. S| T/ or Of, ov, lonely, deserted, empty, unprotected. 55. tcp^tt {j^pi^-)y vpioa, IV., to contend with, i>. tpiS) 'A)f, jj, strife. tcpfKuov, t6, a piece of good luck. tcptiT)vcvS| iug, 6, an interpreter. Hermeneutics. 'Ep|iT{s)Ot;, § 38, Hermes, identified by the Romans with Mercury, the god of speech, messenger of thf> gods, and giver of good luck. Her- metically. cpvp.vdsi 37, 6v {epvofiai, to defend), fortified, defensible. cpxo|iai {t'/.vti-, €?i£v6-), klevaofiai (Att. eifii), 2 p. hTi^Tajda, 2 a. rjTSov, VIII., to come, go. cp<3) see elirov. tpta^t ^*K, o {Ipaftai, to desire), love, desire. Erotic. cpwrowy kpoTjjau, etc., w. 2 a. ^p6- fiT/v, to inquire, ask, question. 51. cs» v or oq, ov, ready. iroif TO, a year. «Tpa^v, see Tpi(^, «v (pro[). neut. of Epic eifc, good, brave), well, easily,- in comp. well, very. Eu-, eu-logy. cv-YCvrfs (yev-), well-bom, noble. cv-Y€MS, uv (yry), fertile. tfvSat|xov(d, «f, happiness. tcv-8paTt)t, ov, the river Euphrates. •*X<>I*»S f^'^^opm, ev^dfifflf, to pray, vow. 20. «v-«yvjiot, oi/ (6vo/m), o/^oocf name or o»ie7i ; hence, left, used euphemis- tically for the ill-omened word hpiarepdq, on the left hand, omens from the left being unlucky ; rh evuwfwv (sc. Kkpaq), the left {vkng). 39.^ i^6an\y, see ^ivu. f ^a| see ent. t€X«a(p« {exf^p-l ex6apa, rixfhjpa, IV., to hate. Ix^i ^<^, hatred. J«X®P*» "f' ^^T^ity. ^ix^pot, d, ov, hateful, hostile ; ix- Hp6q, 6, a, personal enemy, while tto- Xtfuoq is an enemy in war, a public enemy. IX« {o^X-\ ff" or (T;t^w, ^i', VIII., to have, hold, possess, liave in mar- riage, contain, wear; e^wt', having, with; ovK e;jfu, not to know; iv vtp eXfJ, to purpose, intend ; with an adv., to be, as Kaluq ixei, it is well. 5. Hectic. f ^'kciv, see ioim. impuv, iwpdKc&f see dpdu, |«t, eu, y, § 42, 2, w. N. 1, dawn, morning. East. |«t» conj., as long as, until. tcU, ^f^au, l^ifaa, l^tim, g 98, n. 2, to live. 37. lof, Zmn^, Caw), a living being, animal. Zoo- logy. T|, conj., or, than ; fi...fj, either . . . or; ndTeitov ...y, whether ...or, I 282, 5. ^, an interrogative particle, | 282, o ij^Sov {ij^v, manhood, youth), in the manner of youth ; ndvreq yfiyddv, all from the youth upwards. iqyycXov, TfyyciXo, see dyyeXXa, tTJYciiwv, 6voq, 6, a leader, guide. 1 7. ij^ycoiMu, Tjyyaopac, etc. {ayu\ to lead, think. 38. 'gSckV, ^Sco'av, see oida. i|8ca>s (y^vq), gladly, cheerfully, with pleasure ; c. ij6lov, s. ydiara. T|8i|, already, just now, now, at length, presently, at once, forthwith. T]So)Uu, iio&iaopai, rjcOijv, to be pleased. 46. j-i]Sovi)i f/q, pleasure. jijSvSi em, V, SWEET, pleasant. See Tf^ecjq. tJciv, 'Qta-avt see eipi. iJ0os, t6 (eOoq), custom; pi. disposi- tion, character. •^Ko, see irifu. TJKovo-Oi see dicovu. tyKw, 7)^6), to 66 come, have come, come. 28. i)XOov, see ipxonai. ■^lOios, a, ov (v^, crazy, «i^Zy, 0X7, wandering), foolish. if|Xu>St o, ^Ae «un. 32. Helio- type, Helio-trope. % 1,1: l||UU 240 6«pds (pf. pt. of hfiEXecS), in- cautiously/, carelessly. y]\Upd, (if, the day. 8. Eph-eme- ral. iJiMTipoty a, ov, § 82 {r'ifiF'ir), out: t]fi.i-, ill comp., semi-, half. Hemi-. ii|A,i-8dpiiK0Vy t6 {^upeiKdq), a halj- darir. i||u-S), a driver. *^pd, af, Jlera, identified by the Romans with Juno. •HpoKXt'iis, «of, 6, I 52, 2, N. 3, Herctdes. IJpcOrjVy see atptw, i^^r\Vt see ipurdo. T|pcas, wof, 6, g 55, N. 1, a hero. ^(raV| see eifii. r^a^Of Tjo-av, see fi//t. i^', f?«A^w, |uu, Oedaofiai, etc., to ^a2« a<, watch, observe, yj. 4>6, see kffeXu. Oc)u0«Mr«^iai uf {aeliofxai, to rever- ence), piety. tOfpairaiva, w. a handmaid. fOcpaircvw, Oepairevou, etc., to seme, worship, ruir. Therapeutic. Ocpd-rridv, ovror, o, a servant. fOcpfio-irvXeui Ctv, Thermopylac,\\i. Hot Gates. 6cp|ioS| V, ov{Bep(j, to warm), warm. Ocposi TO {Otpu, to warm), summer. OcTTCiXos, 6, a Thessalian. 6((i> ("»■-), (ki'oofiai, II., to run. Or^Patos, o, a Thehan. 6tjp, ^^'//><>f, ", « ifi^t/ beast. Deer. |6i]pcui>) (h/pdau, ktiTjpuaa, TeOrjpuKa. iBr/ftdOr/v, to hunt, catch. 8. JOt|P€vtt|s, ov, a hunter. l&TlpcvWy Ojjptvau, etc., to Auni. 20. 4.6Tiptov, "0, a mW beast or animal. Orjo-avpos, o {TiOr/fii), a store laid up, o treasure. 0t1dw. Idea. l8i, hSpcjCd), f^puaa (I6p6g)^ | 98, N. 3, to SWEAT. iSpvu, U^ptau, etc. (iC«, to make to sit), to fix, found, dedicate. tSpoSs, wrof, i) (Mof), sweat. tSw, (8caV| see 6/jao9, V, ov, equal; i^ laov, on an equality. Iso-sceles. tv(d, c(C, Ionia. I'Imwkosi ^, 6v, Ionian. ntki-f crasis of Kai a-, ml i-, as idiya- Wf, Kayu. KoA't by apost. for xard before an as[)irate. KaOalfw {KaOaf}.), Kafkipw, UadTjpa or iKoffupa, KCKaHap/iat, tKaOdpHi/v, IV. {Kndapoq, pure), to purify. Ka6-«XK«» {khitj, fX^u, t'llKvaa, ciA- KVKa^ ei^Kvapai, el^Kvafh/i', g 104, to draw), to haul down. Ka0-dTfv, III., to cover, conceal. koXms [ku^), beautifully, vjcU, bravely, successfully. See fx^- KQ4iVc* {>iafi-), KOfiovfiat, KiKfir/na, 2 a. tKafiov, v., to be tired, exhaust- ed, disabled, sick. K«4io(| by crasis for Kai r/ioi. Koy, by crsisis for Kai av. KovSvSy t*^, 0, an outer garment, robe. KWW¥, contr. Kavovv, t6, a wicker basket. 9. KOpSCd, ag, the heart. Car- diac. Kopirost 6, fruit. Harvest. KoprcpiKos, ^, 6v {Kaprtpoq, see Kpartpog), able to endure, patient. Kotf)^, Tfc [Kdpu, to dry), hay. Kas» in the phrase Kaaro) ^ov neAiov, the jdain of Ckistolus, a must^iring field in Lydia. Kara, prep., down (as opposed to avd). (I) With G., down from, down upon, against, under, concerning. (2) With A,, down, down along, over, through, among, into, against, ac- cording to, concerning, by, during, of place and time, and distributive- ly ; Kara Kpdroq, according to or with all one's might ; Kara Tr6?xig, by cities, Kara i^Xayya, in the form of a pha- lanx. In corap., down, against, and often sirnply intens. Kara-PaCvM, to go or come down, descend. iKara-fkuris, eioq, t), a descent, a re- turn to (he coast. 21. Kard-Y^^os or KaTcv-Y (Tr^ddw, ^ injdjjaoijuii, 'f!ZJi6i}Ga, neirfidjiKa, to leap), to leap down. 44. Kara-irXtlTTw, to strike down, frighten. KaTa-a>, to turn down; mid. to subjugate, subdue. KaTa-pov«w, to think inferior, despise. KaT-c'xM, to hold down or fast, re- strain, forbid, occupy, come to land. tKaT-T|'yopc«, Kart/yopijau, to speak against, accuse, g. RaT-iiyopoSy 6 (ayopevo), an ac- cuser. KaniXaycw, KaTrjloyfiau {Kara, 76- yoq), to make of small account, de- spise. Kwrm (Kara), down, below. fKaviiO, arog, t6, heat. KcU>} see Kaiu. KcCfuu, Keiaofiai, § 127, VI., to lie, to lie outstretched, be laid. KCKTT)|iai) see Ktdofiai. KcXaivcUi o)v, Celaenae, a city in Phrygia. KcXfvu, KEMvao, kKElevca, KEKi'Xev- Ka, KeKeltvcfiai, eKe?.€vaOriv {K€/.ofiai, to urge on), to urge, bid, command, order. 4. KcXn|S| or, a Celt. KcvoSi ^, 6v, empty, groundless, ivithout. ^Kcvo-o^irovSCd, af {anevdu), zealous 2nirsuU of frivolities. 4.K(vo-Tcu|>iov, TO (rd0of), an empty tomb, cenotaph. fKcpofuiKos, Ceramlcus, the Pot ter's Quarter. Kcpofios, 6, Ceriimus. Kcpavvvfu {Kepa-, npa-), hrpaaa, KiKpufiai, €Kpdth/v and UepdaOjjv, 2, to mix. Kcpas, iiro^ or wc, t6, | 50, 2, a HORN, sometimes a horn for blow- ing, the wing of an army. Rhino- ceros. fKcpSaCvM (Kep^av-), Ktfxhvo, iKkp- fJ./jY/, KtKii(H)j]Ka, IV., to gain. KcpSos, TO, gain. KC(t>aXT], jyf, the head. Cephalic. KT)8o)uu {mi'i-), €KTiihadfir/v, II., to be troubled about, care for, o. fKTJpvg, fAof, 6, a herald. 16. Kr\pvrm {Kr/fU'K-), KTjpt^u, etc., IV., to proclaim, make proclamation, d. 40. tKlXlKU^ «f, Cilicia, a province in Asia Minor. K(Xi|, iKo^, 6, a Cilician. 4'KCXur(ra, ^f, a Chlidan woman or qut'en. fKivSvvcvUi Kivdvvevau, etc., to en- counter danger, run a risk, be in peril. 33. kCvSvvos, a{ 245 KTOOfiai fKXCfu&l, a/fof , jj, a ladder. Climax. xXivM {kXiV-), KAlvCi, iK^lva, KEK^l- ftai, CKXidt/v, w. 2 a. jt. eKkivrfv, IV., to bend, incline, make to lean. kXoITtJ, 7f {K/iiTTTu), thcft. kXc^itcvM) AcAcarrtvffw (kMitto}), to deal, intercept stealthily. kW^os, nof, Attic oyf (as if from Kvivo$i V, dv, sharing in. KoXoij^M (xoAafJ-), KoTidau, EKohiaa, KEKoAaofiai, iKJoTjdaihjv, IV. (xdAof), to check, punish, chastise. 26. fKoXaKCVM) KOAaKEvaci, to flatter. KoXa^, rt«of, 6, a flatterer. KoXotrWoti a, ov {koMCcj), to be punished. KoXaimjs, ov (KoAdCo), a punisher. KoXoSjOv, docked, curtailed, stunted. KoXociraC, w, Colossae. ko|iC(m (KOfiid-), Kouiw, etc., IV. (koueo), to tend), to take care of, carry away so as to save, carry, bring, conduct. kovt-oprosy 6 (kovic, dust, bpvl'fu, to raise), a cloud of dust. KOirTM {koic-), KOtfKj, iKorfxi, KiKoa, K^Ko/ifiai, 2 a. p. EKomjv, III., to strike, cut, slaughter, knock. 22. Chap, chop. Kopo^ oKog, 6, a raven or crmv. Kopt), Vf (fem. ofKopog, a boy), a girl. Kopv<^, 7f {ndpvq, helmet, Kdpii, the head), the top of anything, summit. tKO?, V, a judgment, trial. Crisis. 54. .j-Kpirrfsy ov, a judge. Critic. KpirCdSf ov, Critias. KpoKoSciXoS} d, the crocodile. KpovMy Kfyovac), etc., w. a. p. EKpov- oOtjv, to strike, clash. tKpvTTTos, V, <^v, hidden, secret. Kpvirrci) {Kpv^-, Kpv<}>-), Kpvipo, etc., w. 2 a. p. EKpixbT^ (rare), III., to con- ceal. 27. Crypt. 4.Kpvtfc-fiH>xilS| ov {apxu), a village- chief. 8. Kai|&i|, J7C, a village. 3. ■i-Ki0fiiJTr)s, ov, a villager. 15. KwTiXot, 7, ov (xwrtAAw, to prate, chatter), loquacious. XayxavM (Aa^-), T^v^ofiai, nXnxa, elAiiynai, eAt^x^'f^, 2 a. e?.axov, V., to get by lot. Xaytis, (J, I 42, 2, w. N. 1, a hare. 8. XaOciv, XoOctfVy see '/.avOdvu. AaKcSoifLoVioty o, a Lacedaemo- nian. XaXi4 f/f (AaAew, to chatter), talk- ing, talkativeness. U^'nt^^ Xaf^Poyt* (^«/3-), "X^^nat, eU^tjipa, eiArffi/Mi, £P.79^v, 2 a. i^ajiov, V., to take, capture, receive, obtain. 46. Di-lemma. fXafLiraSi dSo^, 1), a torch, tXap.irpos, fi, ov, brilliant. ^XaiiirpoTtis, f/To^, fi, splendor. Xof&iro), /.dfi^lHo, k'Xafi-^Hi, 2 p. Ae- /.afiira, to shine. Lamp. Xav6ayM (/afl), Aayau, 'ki'ktjafiai, 2 p. ?J?.rida, 2 a. i^afiov, V., to escape the notice of, lie hid from ; mid. to for- get, o. For its constr. w. a. part., see I 279, 4. 48. Xaxo<> ^<^ i^oyx^^f^), lot, share. \iy»f ^€^0, iXe^a, ^e?.eyfiai, i^i- Xfffjv, to say, tell, speak, state, call, sj)eak of, mention, mean. 18. Lexi- con. -XcYMf Af ^u, ^Aff a, -eiXoxa, -ei'kEyfiai or 'Xi'key'pat, i?Jx^, 2 a. p. -i^iy^, to collect, gather. 18. XcCd, ag, booty, plunder. Xci|UMr, avof, 6 {Xeifiu, to pour), a moist place, meadow. Xcimi (A^TT-), ^eitlKj, 'ke'Xaufiai, tXei- , a robber. Ai^vT)) T/g, Libya. Aipvs, vog, 6, a Libyan. f Xidivof y ij, ov, of stone. f XiOo-PoXs, 6, hunger. X(v<0Sf «, ov, contr. "Xivovg, rj, ovv i^Xivnv, anything made of flax), flaxen, linen. ikoyCio^uu (^yiS), T^oyiovfiai, etc., IV., to consider, calculate, expect, ^i-^. Xo"yo$» o (Afyw, to say), a word, narrative, discourse, speech, discus- sion, -logy, -logue. Xoyx't* ^f' ^ spear-head, spear, lance. Xoi8op^«» Tiouhft^au, etc. (Aow^x)f, abusive), to revile, abuse. 40. Xoitrott 7, dv (AetTTu), remaining; ^oindv tauv, it remains ; w. art., the rest; to Tutiiruv, in future, I 160, 2. Xov«*f to wash, comm. mid. as dep. XitifOfzcu, Aovaouai, etc., to bathe. Xo^os, 6, the back of the neck, a ridge of ground, a hill. 6. fXAX-dyoSi o (r'/yeouai), a captain. 6. ^X09t (Af;r-, seen in ?.e;rof. ^cd), an ambush, ambuscade, company of soldiers. 23. AvSCd, fig, Lydia, a province of Asia Minor. AvKiosi d, Lycms. XvKOSi d, a wolf. Xv|iaCvofL(u (Xvfiav-), Xvfxavovfiai, XeXtfiaofiai, k'^vfirjvdfijjv, IV. i^tfiri, outrage), to outrage, destroy, cause ruin. fXihrcci>| ?ivn7/au, etc., to grieve, pain, vex. Xvirq, 7C, pain, grief, distress. IXihrqpoSi A, dv, painful, grievous. Xvpd, Of, tJte lyre. AikravSposy o, Lysander, a Spar- tan general. tXvo-t-trovos, ov, freeing from toil. fXvo-iS} cwf , 7, a release. JXvo-t-TcXrfs, f f (rcAof), paying trib- ute to, advantageous, profitable. f Xvrpov, TO, a ransom. Xv«, /it'ou, iAvaa, ?.eAVKa, ?A^vfiai, £?.v0rfv, to LOOSE, break, destroy, abol- ish, remove; mid. to ransom. 2. Ana-lysis. Xorro-^xvyos, o (kurdg, the lotns, and (pay-, appearing in i^yov, see eaOiu), a lotus-eater. M. |ia, an adv. of swearing, used w. the ace. in negative oaths, § 163, by. |la01)|U^ arog, to (uavHdvu), a les- son; pi. learning. Mathematics. Ma£avSpoS) o, the Maeandcr, a river of winding course in Asia Minor. Maeander. lialvofixu {jMV-), ftavovfiai, ifiifvd- (iTjv, YV., tobe mad. Maniac. |uucap, n/wc, 6, fem. fioKap or fid- Katpn, blessed. Ipxucopi^M (jMKapid-), fianapici, IV., to account or esteem happy or fortu- nate. licucposi ^, ov {ji^Kog), long; fiOKpav '■x^ |iaXa 248 |UO«t (sc. odov), a long way, far; fiaKpSre- pov, as &dv., farther. 12. l&aXa, c. /iaA}.ov, s. fxahara, | 75, K. 2, much, very, exceedingly. |iav6dv (^o^-), fiaO^aofiai, fit/ad- ftjjKa, 2 a. ifiaOov, V., Tus, fidprvpo^, d. pi. pdprvot, 6, V, a witness. Martyr. MdurKoSi n, I 39, 3, tfie Mascas, a tributar}'^ of the Euphrates. luurrl^ lyo^, 7, a whip, lash, scourge. 16. I&ourros, 6, one of the breasts, a breast ; hence, a hill. 36. IMXAtpaiac, ct short swordoi dagger. t)uLxt|, m, a battle, fight. 15. |MiXO(MU, fiaxovfMi, /ie/xdx7?fiai, efiaxtadnijv, to fight, D. 31. lAryoXo-irpnnfst ff (/"cyaj", ^pe-rru), magyiifceni. liMYoXo-vpcirws, i/;iaf), greatly. McYOpo, rd, Megara, the capital of Megaris. |MYaSi A^fy^i^V, /^^fl, 5 70, c. /zf/Cwp, 8. fiiytaro^, § 73, 1, ^rrwti, /aryc. Much. |"^»|» W (j^^^v, wine), strong drink, drunkenness. Mead. ImOvm {fiffh), wine), to be drunk. |uC{wVy |U-yio*rot, see /xf )'ac. MoE£. |uU»V| ov, stnaller, see filKpdc. )uXdSi «'t«, rtv, ^ 67, 6^c/fc. Mel- an-choly. fuXrroMf (le'XcTfico, tfiekhTjaa, fu- fie?JTt/Ka (//fAw), to care for, practise. 55- |uXXm, peXX^au, ifik'X'krica, § 100, 2, N. 2, . ; comm. imper., fxkTiei^ fieTitiaei, kfiih/ae, fi£fii?.rfKe, as /li^ei fioi Tov6e, I care for this, § 184, 2, N. 1 ; mid. to take care of. \kiy,vr\yMAf to remember, see pifivij- OKU. |uV(^|Mu, fiifiy\)opai, Ifieptlfd/itjv and iftt(i(ptiriv, to blame. |Uv, a post-posit, particle (never used as a conj. to connect words or sentences), used to distinguish the word or clause with which it stands from something that is to follow, and comm. answered by de, some- times by a^Ad, fiivroi, l-rreira, in the corresponding clause, on the one hand, indeed, though often not to be translated. I^'v-Toi, post-posit., assuredly, in- deed, however, and yet. yuivtif uevu, kfuiva, /jUfievrfKa, to stay, remain, continue, be in force, await. 41. M^ywy, uvog, 6, Menon, a general under Cyrus the Younger. lupiffcva, TC, care, anxious thought, trouble. fi^pos, t6, a part, share, detach- ment ; kv fiipei or h r

|U| to give a share, D. O. t^ToXKcvMi fiera'KKtvau, to mine. |UTaXXov» rd, a mine or quarry. Metal. fUTo^ {iJLtTd), improp. prep. w. G. and adv., between. |UTa-W|iirc»i to send after; mid. to send for, summon. |UTa-T(OT||u, to put in a new place, change. |i4Ta-<|>vTcvtt (^vrfvw, ipvrevau, etc., to plant, fvTov, a plant, ^fvu), to transplant. (uVpoV) TO, a measure. Metre, -metry. |uxph improp. prep. w. G. and conj., until. |iif, adv., not, g 283; conj. that not, lest, that, § 215. l&i)-8^, but not, and not, nor, not even. ||iT|8-«Ct, fiv6e-iiia, firi6-h, § 77, 1, N. 2, not even one, no one, no ; fiffdiv, t6, nothing. |fiT|8«-iroTC| never. M-rjSiia, a?, Medm. M-rjSost o, a Mede. l&t)Hc-opa, df {^epu), receipt of wages, wages received, wages. ||Uir6o-<^'pos, ofv {(j>kpcj), serving for hire; piado(}>dpoi as noun, mercena- ries. ||uXvpSos» o', lead. |M>vos, 7, ov, alone; fi6vov as adv., only. Mono-, mon-. Movo^ )7r, the Muse. y,vBo'Xoyi»,fivffo/.oy^u{tiv6o-Myog, a teller of legends, from yui^tef , a tale, and X^w), to <«W £pu. otxo^jtUf oixvx^- Ka, I 200, N. 3 a, to be gone. 53. ^KViWi oKv^ao (6/cvof, hesitaiion), to be apprehensive, to dread, fear. ^KTCtty EIGHT. oXPost 0, prosperity/, happiness. oXcdpos, 6 {d?i.^vfu), destruction. toXi^-opx^ "f {afix<^), o- govern- ment by a few, oligarchy. ^tyos, V, ov, § 73, 1, little, ^l.few, a few. ^fXXvfU (oX-), oAo, itXeea, -o^wAf/ca, 2 p. SAuArt, 2 a. raid. ISXdfirjv, 2, s> in the same inanner. td|U>-Xayca>| bfioloyi/au, etc. (Aiyw), to agree, acknowledge. ^o|iO-Xo70V)Mvc»$i confessedly; ofio- Tdoyov^kvuq Ik ndvruv, by the acknowl- edgment of all. ({|ii>t» 7, ^v, one and the same. Homo-. ^6yjia%, to the same place, to close quarters. 4«|iO-Tpdirctos, ov (r/wTTcCrt), sitting at the same table; masc. as noun, tabU'Wmpanion. 4>o|io-Tp, of the same Jiabits or disposition. 4.o|M»«» at the same time, neverthe- less. Svtihoi, t6, reproach, blame. tovno-is, fSi conj., in order that, that. tdpdfcris, eug, V, ^9^^- dpOM (oTT-, 16-), b}pofMi, iupaKa or iopuKa, iupauai or ufifxai, ixpO^v, 2 a. f£«fov,VIII.,to8C€. 49. Pan-orama, optics. dpYHi vc, anjrer. dpcYM, 6/>f^6), itpe^a, upixfhpf, to BEACH oui; mid. to cwpirc or strive after, G. 'Op€OTt|«, ov, Orestes. fop6u>s, «, ov, straight up, steep. dp6dsf ^, <5v, straight, upright, right. Ortiio-dox. .^dpe«5si ri^r/ifZy, justly. jpiov, rV| r(i, a little bird. «pvt8, /^'>f, ^. ^, a Wrpaivofiai, to smell, scent, cf. b(,cd, to smell, have a smell), smelling, the sense of smelling. t^rav (oTf, av), rel. adv. w. subj., whenever, when. Srt, rel. adv., § 87, 2, when. oTi, conj., that, because; often strengthening the sup., as bn rdxi- ara, as quickly as possible. S Ti, Srovf oT7}fji, to deny, refuse, say not or no. ov» ol, l| third pers. pron. (see I 144, 2, and § 79, 1), of him, her, it, of himself, herself, itself. tovScLfids, ^, ov, not even one, none. Jov8a(M)'9«v,/rowi no quarter. Xov^cu^t in no way. ov-8c| conj., and not, but not, nor, nor yet; as adv., not even, certainly not; ov, not yet. ov-irta-mrt, never yet or before. ovpa, nc, the tail. fovpoviosy a or Of, ov, heavenly. ovpavoSi 0, heaven, the heavens. OVS} Wl'Of, 1" {Kaid; Traty-), nai^ovfuu, iizaiaa, iriirauca, niTrata/uu, IV., to s^ort, play. ' va£l, naiddc, i, V. a child, boy, girl, son, daughter. 42. Ped-agogue. vtUnf TTaiao, etc., to strike, smite, beat. 5. iroXai, long ago, formerly. jiroXoAos, A, 6v, old, ancient. P»- lae-onto-logy. iraXiv, again, back. Palim-psest. voXtovi r6 (ird'A>.u, to brandish), a javelin. 42. tira|ji-irav {Trd^), altogether, entirely. finifi-iroXvt, nafi-ndXXjj, ndfi-iroXv^ very large, pi. very many. WW, neut. of ffdf. Pan-ace*. ^.iraiMMrX^ «f (oTT^ov), a full suit of armor, panoply. twav-cvfnfidf af, knavery, villany. |irov-ovpYO«, ov {ipyov), ready for every act, unprincipled, perfidious. 30. jiravraxovf everywhere. jvav-TcXtSt {rrav-rekr/^, all-cam* plete, riXo^), completely. ^irayn) or irovrgi everywhere. jiravToSatrot, r), 6v, of every kind. 4.irorro6«v, on all sides. ^.vavToCos, a, ov, of all kinds. Imurv, wholly, altogether, very. voofuu (pres. not in use), ndaoftat, nim'ifiai, inaadfirfv, to acquire ; pf to have acquired, to possess. •vopo, prep., by, near, alongside of. (1) With G., from beside, from. (2) With D., alongside qf, near vapaPcUvM 255 vcCOopxos (3) With A., to (a place) near, to; by the side of, by, beyond, contrary to, beside, except, along with, because of throughout, of place, time, cause, etc. In comp., beside, along by, hiih- erward, wrongly, over. Para-. irapa-Pa(v(i>» to transgress. irap-aYY«'XXA», to send word along, command, bid, to give out a pass- word, give orders, D. iroporSciYiiA, aro^, t6 {jrapa-dei- Kvvfxi, to show by the side of), an ex- ample. Paradigrm. vopciScurosi 0, a park. 1 1 . Para- dise. irapa-Si8«i>|u, to pass along, give or deliver up or over, surrender, A. D. iropa-Octvoi, see irapa-riBrint. irapflL-KoXf Wi to call along or for- ward, summon, invite, exhort. irapa-KcXcvottcu, to exhort, D. irc4>a-X((irw, to leave on one side, omit. vap-a|uXcw, to pass by in neglect, violate, o. irap ^ parasang, a measure of distance equal to 30 stadia or about a league. 12. irapa-4rKcva(«>, to put things side by side., make ready, prepare. 47. «apa--ci|u (elfii), to be by, near, at hand, or present, to arrive, D. ; rd vapdvra, present circumstances. 32. irap- ^^ cfford, offer, give, pro- vide, to cause for a person. iropOcvos, r], a virgin, maiden. Parthenon. irap-Ci|i(d, «f {ndp-oi/jLog, by the wayside, olfiog, a way), a by-word, proverb. Ilappounos, 6, a ParrJiasian. IlapvoraTis, "^of, V, Parys&tis^ mother of Cyrus the Younger. irds, TTdaa, ndv, g 67, 2, and § 25, 3, N. 1, all, every, the whole, every kind of, all kinds of; in the sing, comm. without the art. ; see also g 142, 4, N. 5. Pan-theiam. Ha/rUaVf wvof, 6, Pasion, a gen- eral of Cyrus the Younger. ircurxw (Traf^-, TzevO), Treiaoficu, 2 p. iTETTovda, 2 a. inoBov, VIII., to be affected by something, to suffer; ev or kokCj^ 7rdax<^, ^ receive good or suffer harm, to be well or ill-treated, I 165, N. 1. 45. irarripi rpdq, 6, I 57, and 1, a fa- ther. lirarpCs, Mof, //, one's fatherland. lYrarpf^os, a, ov, one's father's, he- reditary, ancestral. Ilaviravias, ov, Pausanias. irav«0| navao, etc., to stop, end; mid. to stop one's self, cease, desist, pause, G. 15. Few. iraxvs, f^a, ^, thick. Pachy- derm. ircSCov, t6 {TriSov, ground), a plain. 6. irctoSf ^, dv (TTovg), on foot; TreCof, 6, a foot-soldier, ol ire^oi, the infan- try ; Tre^j), on foot. tvf^-apxoSf f*v {dpxcj), obedient. VI 'I p {t irf(0«* 256 iri«-«tv m^ (^^^-)« 're/ffw, etc., w. 2 p. irinuiOa, 2 a. intBov, II., to persuade, in pres. and imperf. to try to j3«r- suade^ urge; mid. to persuade ones self, obey, give way to, listen to, d. ; 2 p. as pres., to trust, d. 15. tniva, w, hunger. ^TrfivdLwf 7rezi^^v-vt)ay 7r^7ro/i0a, niirefifiai, eirifupd^j to send. 2. Pomp. tirfinf|9» »7T0f, 6, j30or, a poor man. twivtd, «f , poverty. v«vo|ieU| to loiZ, Zive in poverty. irfVTc, FIVE. Penta-gon. |ircvTc-Kai-S€Ka, fifteen. lirivnJKovTa, ^/i^y. Pentecoat. ^ircvrqKovTopot, j^, a galley with 50 oars. irtirdfiaii see Trdofiai. ir«iroi6(i, see neifkj. irtirrcaKO, vSee Triirru. irt iTMVt <«», ^ 66, ripe. m'pt &n enclit. particle emphasiz- ing the word to which it is attached, very, altogether, just. Wpd, across, beyond. ^•npaCvw (nepav-), irepavtj, eiripQ' va, irempaafiai, knepdvBrjv, IV. {irepa^, an end), to accomplish, execute. iWpdv, across, on the other side. ircpSi^ //coc, 6, 7, a partridge. ircpC, prep., around (on all sides). (1) With o., about, concerning, for, and to denote vatuc (where the word «;ortA will translate it literally), aa in the phrases, -nefu. izavrdq, of the utmost moment ; irepl Tr/eiarov, 0/ the greatest importance. (2) With d., about, around, concerning (rare in Att. prose). (3) With A., around, about, in the case of, in, of place, time, etc. In comp., around^ about, exceedingly. Peri-. ircpt-fiiYW) to take about. inp^-^iyvoy-oXf to over-come, o. ircp(-«i|u {fif^i), to go about. ircpc-cxo), to surround. 5. mpt-Co^lUi to set round; mid. w. [)f and 2 a. act., to stand round. n«pi-KXtj«| iovc, 6, § 52, 2, N. 3, Pericles, I. the celebrated statesman ; II. his son. vcpi-XafLpdvWf to embrace. ir«pi-|uvtt, to stay around, toaii: to wait for, await. v«p«{ (^cpt), round about. iript-opcLwi to over-look, allow. ircpv-ir(irTWy to fall on and evi- brace, d. iTfpi-crrcXXM, to wrap up, cloak. vcpwrM(tt>i to save so that one is about, save alive. trf pi-Tt9i|)u, to jiut around. firtpiTTtvw, rrepiTTei'au, to outflank, O. VfptTTot and ir«punrot| ^, ^*' (n-f/)/), above viea^ure, superfluous^ spare. n»-J^ " pass., -cTTAaKv^t', to PLAIT, braid. 32. irXcov, neut. of irTuuv, see 7roAi;f . irXcov-c^Cd, ug (TrAtuv, e;tw), greedi- ness, covetousness. irXcvp^ df, a rib of the body, flank of an army. 36. Pleurisy. irX^« (ttXv-), n^vaofiai or TrAev- aovfiaif in?i£vaaf ninXevKu, iriirXev- afiai, II., to sail. 50. Flow. irX^wv, see n?i£iuv and TroAi'f. irXcb>s» «, tJi', Att. for irXcoSf a, ov, FULL. irXnyrji W (TrAvrrw), a 6Zoit;. 39. Plague. tirXTjOoSi TO, fulness, a great num- ber, an amount, le'ngth, people. 21. irXijOv (TT/iuf), to be full. See ayopd. Plethoric. •irXT]V| improp. prep. w. a. and conj., except. irXiipt|s, f? (TrXiwf), FULL. 24. lirXiipoW) 7T?jjf)oxju, etc., to fill, wan, as a ship. tirXTj.d- yjTv, II. IV., to stride. tirX(v6ivos, V, ov, 0/ 6nc*. irX(veos,v, a tricA;. Flint, plinth. irXotoVi ^d (TrXiw), a boat, trans- port, vessel. II. irXoos, contr. nTiovg, 6 {irUu), a voyage, weather for sailing. 9. tirXownos, «, ov, ricA, wealthy. tirXovTcw, trTuovrfjaci, to be rich. irXovTOt, d, wealth. I ] ?' irW« 258 wpoLyxfl : wvim {"inw-), irveijaofiai and nvtv- aovfiai, eirvevoa, -TzkirvtvKa^ II., to blow. 52. Pnen-matics. irvtYM (ttw/-), -TTvf^w, eirvl^a, iri- irviyficu, 2 a. p. iirviyriv^ II., to iroOiV, inter, adv., § 87, 2, -whence f iroC, inter, adv., ^ 87, 2, whither f irouwi iroiT/au^ etc., to maA:«, efo, accomplish, bring about, inflict ; ev or icaxuf ttoz^w, to ireai w;c^ or iW, I 165. N. 1. 4 yu), to besiege, blockade. 10. ^iroXb-opKCd, ac, a nc^e. «dXis» f<^, j), § 53, 1, a ciiy, «toto. ^iroXkT«(d, fif, a rgntiiic, govern- ment. ^troXtrcvM, iro'XlTehau, etc., to 6« or /ive as a citizen. 4.iroXtTi)Si ov, a citizen. 4. Politics. firoXXoKis, often, frequently. firoXv-irovoSi ov, full of toil. iroXvSi ttoaXtj, TTo'kv, \ 70, c. TrAf/ov or TrAewv, s. TrX^Zorof, \ 73, 1, much, many, large, vast, long, great, in great numbers. Poly-. |«oXv-T(XTJt, ff (^f^), costly. fvoWMy Trovfjao, etc., to tot/, &« &tMy. 36. tirovT)p(alf (i^, baseness. {irovTipotf i, ^, bad, evil, viciotu, dangerous, bctse, unpri)icipled. irovosy ^ {Trivofxai), toil, hardship, fvoptidf of, a journey, march. firopcvTiOtf &, ov, to be gone, to be travelled. vopcvMi rroptvau, etc. (irdpoc), to make go, convey; comm. as dep. pass., to go, proceed, journey, ad- vance^ march. 13. Fare. irop6cW| nopBrfou (nefjftuj to rav- age), to ravage, lay wa^te, plunder. tirop(lw {iropiS-), nopiu, etc., IV., to provide, bestow upon, procure, find, A. D. 29. vopost 6 {i^kpa), a way across, pat- sage ; hence, a resource, means. Toppw, adv. (cf. np6au), far from^ O. irop<^vp«>S| a, ov, contr. ovc, a, ovv {rropf^pa, the purple-fish), purple. Porphyry. irof, 7 (TTprfrrw), CLction, trans- action, undertaking. 22. Praxis. irpdos, c'rt, ov, ^ 70, N. 2, tome. irpdrr« (Trpriy-), TzpA^u, etc., w. 2 p. ncnpaya, have fared {well or iZ^. ^V., to rfo, «a:ccwto, practise ; sometimes to fare, I 165, n. 2. 20. Practical. irpdc0$ (Trpaof), lightly. irpctrwi TTpeipcj, enperlHi, to be con- spicuous, becoming, to befit, n. ; often impers., it is fitting, proper. irptV^vs, f(^, o (sing, not used in prose), oW; as noun, an ambassador. Presbyter. irpCacrOoki see cwiofiai. firpCv, adv. or conj., before, sooner, than, until. irpo» prep. w. o., for, before, of place, time, preference, and protec- tion. In comp., before, forward, forth. For, fore, pro-. irpo-a-yopcvwy to fore-tell. irpo-OYW) to lead forward. irpo-oa(r6avo|MU| to perceive before- hand. irpo-parov, r6 {npo-Paivo, to go forth), usu. pi., cattle, ch. sm^ll cat- tle, sheep. irpo-Yivvt, ov, earnest, zeatous, ready. 26. |trpo-^)M»s, readily, zealously. irpo-fT))ii, to scnc? /ori^ ; mid. to surrender, desert, abandon. irpo-umf)|Li| to set before ; pf. to be at the head of, a. irpo-KaTa-Xa|i.pdvci», to seize before- hand, pre-occvpy. irpo-Xi'y«>i to to^^ beforehand. Pro- logue. irpo-vokOi "C {voo^), forethought. IIpo-^vos, ov, Proxenus, a general in the army of Cyrus the Younger. xpo-oi8i to advance. irpoy to address, name^ call. irpo ^^ ^^ attendant on, D. irpo. irpotXws (7r/3oa-^fAr/f , kindly af- fectioned, ^t'Aof), kindly, with affec- tion. irpocr-xoipcMy to go to, surrender. irpoVw {^p6), forth, far from. irpoTCpos, «, ov (irpo), ^ 73, 2, be- fore, previous; Trporepov, before, soonei', formerly, previously. irpo-T(0T||ii, to put before, offer, a. d. irpo-Ti|Miiw, to honor before or above. irpo-Tp(irU| to tumforward, exhort. irpo-Tp€x«, to run forward or be- fore. irpo-^(v«») to show forth; mid. to appear in front. firpo-^ocriS} f««>f, ^, a pretext. irpo-<^|U| to fore-teU. 4.irpo-^i|Tcv«, TTpoijT€vau, to proph- esy. irpo-^vXa|, (iKOC, 6, an &utguard, picket. irpo-x**P***t ^^ go forward, prober, be favorable. irpMTOSi '/, ov (irpo), { 73, 2, first. Prot-. irp«rro<^KOs, ov (rwcro), bearing her first-born. trTo(pw)uu (TTTap-), nrapi), 2 a. ^Trro:' pov, 2, to sneeze. TTTipov, r6 {nkrofmi), a wing. Feather. Iirrcpv^, 17 Of , 7, a wing, flap. irrwxo's, 7, 6v {nrtjaau, to crouch), beggarly, mean ; as noun, apoor man. irvKVoSy 7, 6v (:rj'f , urith clinched fist), close together. irwXi|, r/f , a fold of a double gate ; pi. gate or gates, pass. 25. irw6ayo|UU (ttiV/-), irevoofxai, nknv- o/mt, 2 a. €7ri^)6firiv, V., s, with ease, easily. 4P^-0w|jk'c», pifdvfiTjau {p^-ffvfioc, easy- tempered), to lead a life of ease. ^^v, ^^trrcsi see p^ioq. ^m {pv-), pevaofiat, ippevca, ippv^. Ka, 2 a. p. eppvffv, II., to flow. ^'t(i»p, opo^, 6 (stem pe-, speak, see etTrov), an orator. Rhetoric. ^Iy6», l)iyuou, epiyuaa, § 98, V. 3 (pi^of, cold), to be cold. ^tirrw (/>'^-) and ^i«W«, piV**, ipplixi, ippls, 6, a Samian. 2c4U>$i 7, Samos, an island. 2ap8€i,s, c«y, at, Sardis, a city of Lydia. , etc., to shake. o-cXtJvii, 7f (opos» ov (epcj), carrying baggage; masc. as noun, a baggage- carrier; neut. as noun, a beast of burden; ra aicevtmfHi, the baggage- train, baggage. tarta. 4.2ir(ipTi^TT|Sy "i", a Spartan. rtrdprov, to, a cord. oiroiwi a^rdao), etc., w. perf. and aor. pass, ianaafiai, lairaaihjv, §.113, N. 1, to draw. Spasm. v, T(J, pi. also oi ardiUoi, a stadium, as a measure of distance nearly a furlong. 4.(rTa6|M>S| 6, a station, stopping- place; hence, a day's journey, stage. 12. ^(TTCuruC^M (ffraatad-), araaiaau, cmaaiaaa, iaraaiaKa, IV., to revolt, quarrel, be at odds. 4.edition. 39, (rTO)M^ «Tof, t6, the mouthy van. to-TpaTc(d» «C, aw ejpedition. firrpaTcvifca, a^of, r(i, prop, troops in the field, an army, host. 17. t«» to compile, draw up. (rvX-Xop^ df {avp-ipu), an event, mishap, misfortune. , to join or auf in getting out. 35. ^4X«», to join in benefiting; (Twu^eXfw ovdiv^ to contribute no benefit. 2vpdKOa^a, iatpayfiai, ia^pdxihjv (rare), comm. 2 a. p. iai^yTjv^ IV., to slay, slaughter. 40. (T^ts, /i. (T^oSpoti 6<^f)a, neut. pi. w. changed accent, extremely, greatly, very much. 46. 4. ((T;foXa-), fftxTQ, etc., w. a. p. eaufhjv (atjof), to «av«, preserve, keep safe, rescue, bring in safety, conduct safely ; mid. to escape. 22. 2a»-Kpanis» fof, ^, /Sbcrato«. TcOvavot, see ffv^OKU. T/6paf4MU, see rpi^. W6p-iinrov, t6 {rkTrapeg, tTTTrof), a four-horse chariot. 26. TiCvw (rev-), revw, ireiva, riraKa, Thofiai, hddrfv, IV., to stretch. 41. Tone, tonic. Tflxot, rd, tt wall for defence, fort- ress/fort. 19. Dike. f rcK)ia(po|Mu (reK//ap-), reKfiapovfiai, eTEKfiJfpdfiTfv, IV., to judge, conclude. r{K\uipt indecl., t6, a sure sign. |TCK)iiT]pu>Vy TO, a sure sign, positive proof 42. TCKVov, TO (tiktu), a child. TcX(6a>| to arise, come forth. trcXcvratos, a, ov, final, rearmost ; oi Ti}.evrahH, the rear. trcXcvToui TeTiEvrijau, etc., to end, finish life, die. 10. f TcXexmf, ^f, the end. frcXcMy reXico or teTlu, he?Leaa, Tert/.tKa, TErtltafmi, eTe?.ia0rfv, to finish, fulfil an obligation, pay. 32. TcXoSi t6 (r^/iAiy, to accomplish), end, accomplishment, tcLx, burden; pi. by metonymy, magistrates. 19. TCffcVM {TEfi-, Tfie-), TEfia, TkTfllJKa, TETfiijfjuiL, hfiTjHijv, 2 a. ETefiov or ira- fiov, v., to cut. 48. A- torn. TipiTM, T^prlfu, ETEp%l>a, ETEp (rare), 2 p. TETTfm, 2 a. p. etoktiv, II., to m€?<; 2 p. to 66 melted. 47. Thaw. TTJiupov (r-, a demon, pron. prefix, and ^fi^pa), to-day. 22. T^Ypus, JTTOf , d, , Tolmides. fTo(cv)ia, arog, r6, an arrow. fro^vw, To^evau, krd^evaa, rerd^ev- ficu, to shoot vnth a bow, shoot. 7. tro^ucij, fK, sc. ri^vif, bowmanship. ro|oV| t6, a bow. 13. 4.To|oTqs, ov, a bowman, archer. 7. Toirosi o, a place, region, district. Topic. TOtrovTOff roffavrti, roeovrov or ro- aovTo, demon, pron., § 87, 1, so much, great, or large, pi. so many ; ToaovTov, so much space; roffovrtf), I 188, 2, by so much, the. TOTf, at that time, then; rori fiiv... Tore Ae, at one time... at another. TOV-, by crasis for to c- or to b-. Tpayriita, oTog^ t6 {Tf>6yo, 2 a. krpayov, to gnaw), comm. pi., dried fruits, sweet-meats. Tpdmla, TK {rirrapeg and 7r^C«, foot), a table. Tpav|U^ arof, t6 {rirpiiOiuS), a wound. 54. rpeu^vcu, see rpiifuj. rpox^l^oSt o, the neck, throat. TfKlS, Tpia, I 77, 1, THREE. Tpfvw, rpe^, erpe^, rirpwpa or TtTpaipa, rkrpanfjuu, irpe^riv, 2 a. mid. hpandpriv, 2 a. pass. iTpdirrpf, to turn ; mid. betake one's self, some- times put to flight; fif ^ivyrpf rpinu, to put to flight. 46. Tpi^ {Tp€- for Bpei^-), 0pi^, Wpei\Hi, T€Tpo<^, reHpappat, Wpiipfhiv (rare), 2 a. p. erpatpfrv, to bring up, support, keep; mid. to subsist. Tpt'xw i'^P^X- for f^P^X; ^f^M-\ dpapovpai, eOpe^a (rare), -det^pdptfKa, -dedpdprjpat, 2 a. idpapov, VIII., to run. 2. rpt^ovra {rpetg), thirty. TpidrKooooi, ai, a (rpeig, eKurAv), three hundred. frpipT), jyf, a rubbing, constant practice. rpt^M (rpi^), rpirlHJ, Irpl^, ri- rpupa, Ttrpippat, erpitptfr/v, w. 2 a. p. hpilitfv, II., to rub^ thrash, as corn. rpii)fnit 267 vvoXcCvM frpi-ijpiit, eof, jj, I 52, 2 (op- in apapioKu, to join), a trireme, a ship. f Tpiv-OKpld, «c, Trinacria, another name for the island of Sicily. Tp(«, three times, thrice. 4>rpur-cur|uvot, 7, ov, tAree fimcs as 4.Tpur-xtXMH« at, a, three thousand. Tp(Tos, T), ov {rpeig), third. Tpotd, «f, JVoy. frpoiraiovy r(i, a trophy. rpoini, )7f {Tpeiru), defeat, rout. Tpo-vosi 6 (jpiKu), a turn, man- ner; disposition, character, habit. 42. Trope. rpo^, Vf (rpiipu), food, support. rpoxoti o (rp£,Y"), « ti;Ae6^ rpviroMi TpvKijau {rpirrra, a hole, rptu, to wear out), to bore. Tpw^t VC {OpviTTu, to break in pieces), luxury. TpcMKot, tf, 6v (Tp(jc, Tros, the founder of Troy), TVojan. TVYxw^ {''"*^X-), rev^opai, rerv- XVKO. or rhevxa,, 2 a. krvxov, V. II., to hit, obtain, receive, happen, chance, o. 45. Tvpawoti i>, a tyrant. rvpoti 6, a cheese. rvpoos, loq, ^, a tower. rv<)»Xo«i>, Twplioau (rv^Aof, blind), to make blind, blind. r«x^i W {p'7X^'^'^\ fortune, luck, lot. Y. tvppil* {vfipiH ^(^P^> etc-. IV., to insult. 35. v^pi«» ewf, 17, insolence. Iiippurroraros, 7, w, s. as if fr. if^piOTog, most insolent. ti$8po-^opcM, v6popa>v» ov {'^ptp'), high-minded. ti^irrjpcTCMf vnijpETrjau, to be a ser- vant, serve, furnish, D. vir-T^pcTtiSi {kpirTjc, rower), an underling, assistant, helper. 46. virurxv€0|UU) vnoax^oopat, imeaxv- pai, 2 a. m. imeax^pip, V. (strength- ened from vn-exopai), to hold one's self under, to promise, d. a. 53. virvofy 6, sleep. viro, prep, under, by. (1) With G., under, from under, by {pi the agent), through, of place, cause, etc. (2) With D., under. (3) With a., to (a place) under, towards, during. In comp., under, secretly, slightly, gradually. Hypo-. viro-tvY^y» '■^ (Cv>'<^>', a yoke), a 6cas< of burden. vtro-XafiPavMi to to^e under one's protection ; to assume, suppose. viro-XcCvwi to leave behind. 4woX^ 268 ^'CXivvot ihro-XliMy to looien below ; mid. to untie one's shoes. viro-|jivtt, to be patient under, en- dure. tnr-oirrcvtt, vnoTrrevau, | 105, 1, N. 2 ({/TT-oTTTOf, ru«piczot«, v «tote, allege. 44. $curit» <<^o( or 10c, 6, the Fhasis, a river in Armenia. <^avXos» f, ov, trifling, bad. ^(xa {01-, evcK-, heyjt- for ev-eveK-), oiau, i/veyKa, iv^jvoxa, ev^ey/uu, ifve- ;t^, 2 a. ifveyKov, VIII., to bear, carry, endure, produce, bring. 4. Peri-phery. ^v, interj., alas/ ^iryM {9vy-), <^^ofMi or ^^ovftcu, 2 p. neifievya, 2 a. e<^vyov, II., to flee, retreat, flee from, fly, shun, avoid, be banished. 45. ^^vytav, ovTo^, 6, a fugitive, exile, pt of foregoing ; for the voc. sing., see I 48, 2 b, second paragraph. 16. Bow. ^|i( (0a-), ^o, li^a, \ 127, IV., to say, affirm, say yes; ov ^iy^opat, etc., to sound, raise a cry, shout. Di-phthong. t^OovcM, tpdovrfau, k^ovrjaa, 'n^thv^- fhjv, to envy. ^'vot, 6, envy. ^laXtf, w. i?j}^), friendly. ^(X-iinrot, ov (0iAof, Itttoc), /ond 0/ hurses. 4^CX-iinrot, «i, PAi^ip. Philip- pic. ^iXo-Xvap^a, to bubble), bab- bling. t^^cpot, <^po'vT)ots, f wf , //, wisdom, prudence. X^povrC^a {(ppovriA-), ^povrid, itppdv- Ttaa, netppdvTiKa, IV., to take thought for, be anxious, Q. 4.<^povTis, idog, 7, thought. t^povp-apxoti 6 (apxtj), the com- mander of a garrison. 27. <^povpoSf inpo-opdiS), a garrison- soldier. t^pvyfd, rtf , Phrygia. t^pvyios, «, ov, Phrygian. ^pv{, v>'eijyu), an exile, fugitive. 1 7. ^vXoKij, ^c, prop, a guarding; hence a guard, garrison, in the col- lective sense. t^vXa|» axof , 6, ^, a guard, vmtcher, used of the individual. 16. ^'Kdma{v7iaK-),^?id^u, etc., IV., to guard, keep guard; mid. to guxird one's self against. 34. t<^v(rio-XoYOS, ov, inquiring into nature. Physiology, t^viris, fwT, 7, nature. t^vrov, t6, a plant. ^v«»t ^tati, Eaa, iriifnJKa, 2 a. €p^, ^, a ^^16/1 ^M$, 0wrC|^, yesterday. X0««v» ;t^v <> she-goat . tA« chimera. XtTcivy ijvog, 6, a tunic. XirtV, 6vog, ij, snow. 55. txop«vTr|si ov, a choral dancer. txop*v«i jopcvtTu, etc., io dance. txopo-&*^<^KaXo«y o, a chorus-mas ter. XopoSt ^, either a circular dance or a 6anrf q/" dancers, chorus. Xopros, 0, fodder, grass. Xpoofuu., ;tWXott ^, 6v, lame. X«pd, «f (cf. ;r"P«f). o country. 3. fuu, etc., to 9riv« p/ac«, move on, jro. X»ptov 271 wt^'XifiOf X«»ptov (;i''''Poc), T {-tl'TfijuA-), Vt^/w, etc., IV. (V'7^, a pebble, from V^u, to ru6), comm. mid. as dep., to voto, decree, resolve, decide. ^^(^\jir\kjaii arof , to, a decree. i)riXof, r/, ov, &are. £-psilon. i|rd<|>os, o, a notse. ^'''X'ni Vf {H'^X^> to breathe), soul, life. Psycho-logy. ipvxoSt 'o {i>t>x<^, to blow), cold. jijrvxposi o, <^^i £<s» «, ov (wvof, pncc), to 6e bought ; TO. uvia, wares. «l^>d» "C, a proper time, time, hour, w. eari often omitted. Horo- scope. ws» proclitic, I. as a rel. adv., as, used (1) in elliptical expressions, as wf fTTOf eiTTf/y, 80 to speak, § 268 ; (2) with participles, § 277, n. 2 ; (3) as a preposition, to, § 191, III. 2; (4) to strengthen a superlative, as wf rdxiora, as quickly as possible. II. CJC is used as a conj. (l)to express a fact like oti, that; (2) in a final clause like iva, in order that; (3) w. the inf. generally to express result like uare, so that, but sometimes purpose, so as, § 266, n. 1 ; in a causal clause, since, or a temporal clause, when, or in the sense of bTro)^, how. III. w? w. numerals has the meaning of about. \.&r-mpt rel. Adv., just as. |tMr-Tc, conj. expressing result, (1) w. tlie inf., so as, § 266, 1 ; (2) w. the indie, so that, consequently, where- fore, ^ 237. uv. A. Against, im or Trpdq. Age, old—, yrjpaq ; free from old — , dyijpu^. Agree, ofwkoyku ; be agreed upon, avyKci- fiOl. Aid, Pot/(kia ; ixIfeXeu ; — in getting out, e?i^o). Beseech, iKCTeiju. Beside, rrapd. Besides, rrpdg. Besiege, Tro^^opniu. Bestow, — upon, rro- plCu. Betake, — one's self, Tpiirofiai. Betray, npo6i6upi. Better, see Gk>od. Between, fiera^v. Beware, evTia^iofiai. Bid, Kt/i£vc). Bind, Aeu. Bird, dpvig. Black, fu?Mi. Blame, fxipipofiat. Blessed, pdnap. Blind, — or make — ^ Blow, Trlrjy^. Boat, 7r Aoiov. Body, aofia. Bone, bariov. Book, /3//3A/OV. Bore, TpvTTou. Both, dfi<^ or du6Tepog; on — sides, dfuporepu- dev ; — ... and, Kal ... Kal, or T£ ... Kai. Bow, rd^ov. Bowl, Kpar^p. Bowman, ro^drrfg. Boy, -rraig. Brave, dyatidq. Bravely, dvdpeujq. Brazen, ;i;dA/£eof . Breadth, evpoq. Break, Ivu. Breakfast, without — , dvapiaroq. Breast, uaardq. Breastplate, ddpa^; put on one's — , dopuKi- (,opai. Brick, -KXivdivoq, adjec. Bridge, yi£pcj signifies to bear, carry; — about ^ iroiio; — back word, diray- yeXku', — in safety, atil^u ; — together, aw- dyu. Broad, evpvq. Brother, d6E'kdq. Build, ETroiKoSofiiu, Bull, ravpoq. Bum, Kaici ; — up, ku- TOKoiu, ( ( t i J" I ■ n m (■■» ''I ■ t i Burst Burst, — through or open, KaTaaxi^t^- Bury, OdsTTu. Bastard, uri^. But, 6k or alXd, the lat- ter being the stronger word ; — aUo, oAAa Kai. Buy, iwh/Mi. By, vnd, with o. of the agent, or irapd; — land and sea, Kara y^v Ka\ Kara ddXarTav. 0. Call, comm. kg^u, in the sense both of sum- moning and naming; sometimes ?Jyu, but in the sense only of naming; — aut,j3()au\ — together, avyKalku ; — an assembly, ex/cA^- aiav TToiiu. Camp, aTpardTredov. Captain, ^.oxayoc. Captive, alxftdXuTog. Capture, >la///3dvu; be captured, dXioKOfuu. Care, — for, kirifuXio- fiai. Carry, ^pw, in the gen- eral sense, while dyu signifies to convey by carriage ; — back word, d'rrayyk'k'Xu\ — omer, dia^i^dl^u. Case, in that — , ovrug. Cast, — or — aside, ^iiTTu or /)inTiu. Catch, dijpdcj. Cattle, /3«vc or Kr^vof, both in plur., the former the general 274 word, the latter prop- erty in cattle. Cause, airia. Cavalry, 'nriru(6g, ad- jee. ; tTTTtif (lit. horse- men). Cease, irai'Ofiat. Celaenae, Ke?Mivat, Certain, a — , tic. Chalus, Xd?joc. Chance, Tvyx^vo- Change, ^eraTiO^fit. Charge, le/xai. Chariot, dpfia ; four- horse — , TiOpiiriTov. Chase, 6t6Ku. Chastise, koM^u. Child, commonly iraic, but sometimes riicvov (prop, that which is born, a bairn), or nat- 6iov (profi. the dim.) ; little — , TraiSiov. Choose, alpiofiai. Choral, — dancer ^ x^ ptvri/q. Cilicia, KikiKia. Cilician, — woman or queen, KiXiaoa. Citizen, TroXirtK. City, 7r<5X/f , used either of the place or the inhabitants, or of the two together, a town, city, state ; darv, of the place only. Clear, aa<^/c ; make — , Clearchus, Kkeapxo^. Close, lOieiu. Close, — together, dtipdo^. Cloud, veipk'kTi ; — of dust, KUVlOpTOf. Cock, d'keKTpvuv. Converse Collect, (TvXAiyw or dSpoil^u; — together, awaftpoil^u. Come, epxopai, elpi, rJKw, be or have — , ^mj ; — together, awepxopat ; — along, napipxofiat ; — on, npooipxofiai, iiretfit^ or rrpdaeipt ; — to an end, TJjyu. Command, Ke'kevu, to bid, order, but dpxo, to rule. Commander, apxuv. Commend, tiraiviu. Commit, — error, dpap- rdvu. Common, Koivdq. Companion, halpo^. Company, /ofiat. Contain, Ix"- Contend, dyuvi^ofuu. Contest, dy6v ; judge of a — , dyuvodkTTK. Continue, Aiare'kiu. Converse, 6uiXiy<^uu. Convict 275 Ease Convict, eXiyxcj; be con- victed, dXioKOfiai. Com, airof , Corrupt, KaKdg. Costly, TToXvreX^. Country, x^P^i lands, territory, but narpig, one's fatherland. Courage, dperij. Courageous, OappaMog. Courageously, dappa- Aeu^. Covetousness, n^eove- ^ia. Cowardly, kokoc. Co-worker, avvepydq. Crag, Tchpa. Criminal, KOKovpyoc. Cross, ^lafiaivu. Cultivate, datdu. Current, p6og. Cut, — to pieces or down, KaraKdrrru ; — of, dno- K&KTU. Cydnus, Khdwt^. Cyrus, Kvpoq. D. Dagger, pdxaipa. Dancer, choral — , x^- pevrij^. Danger, kivSwo^ ; fond of — , ^lAuKivdwog. Daric, dapeiKdq. Darius, ^apeiog. Dark, Kvkipaq. Daughter, Ovydrrfp. Day, T/fiipa. Daybreak, at — , d/na TTf Tifikpa. Dead, vtKpdq; the — , ol re&vffKdreg; be — , TefhrfKivai or rethdvat. Deal, — out, vifiu. Death, Odvaroc ; con- demn to — , OavaTdu ; put to — , drrOKTElVO) ; suffer — , dnoOvrfOKO). Deceive, t^aTrardu, or ^eijdo), to deceive by lying ; -- grossly, or completely, k^anardu. Declare, dnodeiKWfu or dTrnijHiivofiai. Decree, rj/^iofia. Deed, epyov. Deep, liaOv^. Defeat, viKdu; be de- feated, ^TTdofUU. Defend, dfivvu. Delay, ptXKu, to be on the point of doing a thing, without actual- ly doing it ; diarpi^u, to spend one's time, tarry ; — one's march, Enex<^ f^ TTopeiaq. Deliberate, fiov?ievo/iaL Delight, ripnu. Deliver, — over, napa- dlikifii. Deliverance, aoTr/pia. Delphi, Ae^i. Democracy, d^/joKparia. Deny, oh rjpi. Descend, Karafiaivo). Desert, KaraXeiTro). Deserted, eptjfioq. Designate, dwo6uKvvfu. Desire, idkT^ju or kni&v- fiio); ETTiOvfiia, ore pug, the latter physical desire. Desist, TTai}Ofjuu. Despise, KaTapog. Do, TTouu or Trpdrro, in this sense used inter- changeably; — harm, KUKug iroiiu; — vrrong, dSiKeo). Dog, KV(JV. Door, Ovpa. Down, Kara; — from^ Hard with G. Drag, — down, nara- andct. Drama, Spapa. Draw, dyu; — up,rdTTit. Dread, oKviu. Drive, k^avvu ; — away, dneTuavvu. Dust, cloud of — , Ko- vioproq. Dwell, or — in, oixku. Each, eKOffTog ; — tim^, EKdaTore. Eagle, deTdg. Ear, (Wf. Earnest, airovdaioc. Earth, yv. Ease, with — or easily, p^iui. V fij !; Easy Easy, pd(^toq. Educate, Traifitbo. Egypt, AI^vTrrof. Egyptian, AiyvTrrto^. Eight, oKTu. Either, — ... or, ^...^. Elect, aipkofiai. Embark, efifiaivu. Embrace, KeptXafifidva. Emporium, efxirdptov. Empty,f ^f i/^/, as a river. Enact, TiSt/fii. Encamp, oTpaTOTreAevD ; — near, napaaKT/veo. Encampment, arpard' ireAov. Encircle, kvkTlSu. End, Kai'io; reXof ; come to an — , ^r/yu. Enemy, Tro^i^io^, an en- emy in war ; f^'^/)Of, a personal enemy ; the — , 01 nakifJLioi. Enroll, tvT&TTu. Enslave, t^ovkdij. Entrust, tTriTpk-Ku. Envy,^vf w, involving the idea of ill-will, malice; C7^<5w, witli the idea of emulation . Equipment, Kdofio^. Escape, aTro^H-yw; — notice or — the notice of, }.av6dvu. Establish, KaOiarrifn. Even, Kai ; not — , ovdi or fiT/(U. Evening, ltvyuv ; he exiled, eKiriKTu. Expect, oiofini. Expedition, ard'Xo^, 066^ or orpaTtia ; take part in an — , arpa- TEi-ofiat ; make an — against, eTziaTpaTevu. Expose, sKiftaivu. Express, diroAeiicvvfit. Extent, to the — 0/, TTpdg. Eye, (HpOaX/idi. W. Fail, Eiri^^iTru. Fair, KaXd^. Faithful, TT/ffrof. Fall, TTITTTU). False, f}>£vA^. Famous, cvkM/^. Far, — from, nf}6au. Fare, TrpdrTu. Fated, it is — , dvayx^ eariv. Father, narqp. Fatigue, he fatigued, KdflVU. Favor, x^P^^- Fear, <;>6po^ ; ^^eofjiai, diihuca, or diiha, tho first of instantaneous and inconsiderate fear, the last two of deliberate and rea- sonable fear. Fearful, <^^tp6q. Food Fellow - citiaen, vroVi- TT/g. Fellow-Ghreeks, w nv- Fellow-soldiers, dvApec OTpariuTai, with or without w. Fertile, evyeug. Fetch, — water, v6po- (ftopiu. Few, uXiyog. Fidelity, evvota. Fifteen, nevTCKai^eKa. Fifty, irevT^Kovra. Fight, fidxv\ f^axofiai; — it out, SiaTTo^efxlu. Fill, nifinlrifii. Find, evpioKu or Kara- "Kap^dvii. Fine, fine-looking, evei- %. Fire, irvp; $et on — , Kaiu or evdiTTo. First, irpuTog ; npuTov. Fish, Ix^' Five, nivre. Flatter, ko^mkcvu. Flatterer, K6/ia^. Flee, <^vy(j or arroi^b- yo. Fleet, raxi^' Flesh, Kpiag. Flight, vyfr, put to — , rperro. Flow, piu. Fly, ^vyw. Fodder, x^^- Follow, inofiai ; at fol- lows, or tli>e follow- ing, some case of Wi. Folly, evT/Oua. Fond, — of danger, ^^AoKtvtJwof ; — of money, (^tTidpyvftog. Food, a'lToq. Foolish 277 Have Foolish, fj'kidiog. Foot, TTo^f ; on — , nt^if. Foot-soldier, irel^dq ; heavy -armed — , b-KXi- TTK. For, yap ; elf or irepi. Force, dvvafug ; (iidi^o- fiat ; be in — , fiivu. Forget, iirikavUdvo^ai. Fort or fortress, reixor. Fortunate, be — , evrv- Xiu. Found, ktH^u. Foundation, Kp^rrtg. Four, Tirrapeg. Fourth, Ttraproq. Free, tXevOepou or dira?.- Mttu ; — from old age, ayfjpug. Freedom, kT^tvOepia. Freeze, ir^ywfu. Friend, ^tAof. Friendly, <^i^ or ^Z- Friendship, «df. General, arpaTrrydq. Gtet, yiyvofiai ; — togeth- er, KTdofiai ; — up, dviarrffii ; aid in get- ting out, avx'eKfiiftd(,(jj. Giant, yiyag. Gift, dcipov. Girl, Kdpff. Give, didcjfit ; — over, Tcapadidufii ; — up, napadidufii or dnodi- dufic ; — answer, dno- KpivofMi ; — way, f «- K^ivcj ; — way to, neidofiai. Gladden, ev<^paivu>. Gladly, rjdeuq. Glory, K^iof . Go, tlfu or ipxofiai ; be gone, olxofiai ; — up, dvapaivu] — off or away, iirei/u or dirkp- XOfiat ; — forward, TTpdetfii ; — through, 6ia(iaivo). Goat, aZf . Goblet, KVTre?LXov. God, dedg. Gk>ddess, Oed. Gold, xP'^'-^ i of — , xpvotog. Gk>lden, xp^^^v?m^ ; <}>vXdr- Tcj ; — against, ^TJur- TOfiai. Guest, ^evog. Guide, Tfyefi6v. ^a.\f-daxic,^fiidapeiK6v. Hall, dvL)yeui>. Halt, KaraXvu), to un- yoke the baggage- cattle ; loTijui, to cause to stand, as soldiers ; — under arms, rUfe- fiai rd OTrXa. Hand, x^'P 5 on the other — , av ; be at — , ird- peifu] get in — , x^*-- pdofiai. Happen, rvy;tdvo». Happiness, bTi^og. Happy, evdaifiuv ; re- gard — , evdat/iovil^u ; account — , fMKapi^u. Harbor, A«//^. Hard, x^^^^- Hare, /laywf . Harm, (iT^irru ; do — , /ca/c6)f noiiu ; suffer — , Kcuciog irdaxt>>. Haste, anovdii. Hasten, anevdu. Hate, exffaipo or fxtaiu. Hateful, kx^pdg. Have, ex^ \ often by the ■f v\ I'l \4\ Hay verb to he and dat., ^ 184, 4. Hay, Kdfxjtr}. Hazard, ' Ittkov. Horseman, iTnrev^. Hostile, no'kkp.toq. House, oiKo^, home, or otKia, dwelling. How, TTof or Sttwj . However, fiivroi. Hundred, tKarov. Hunger, hfid^. Hunt, drfpevu or dijpdu. Husband, aviip. I. I,t7(:.,|7y,l.and|144, 1, W. N. Idle, apydq. If, ft or Mv. Ill, KaKov ; KOKOf . Ill-treatment, Trd^of. Imitate, pi^tofxai. Immediately, ci^?. Immortal, atidvaroq. Impassable, d-rcopo^. Impious, ddtoq. Impose, eiririth/fju. Imposition, e^aTra-r/. Impost, daofidq. In, tv\ — order that, iva, t>f , or oTrwf . Inactive, lie — , Kard- Ktipai. Kindly Indicate, StaoTjpaivu. Induce, — to return, aTToarpeipcj. Inferior, ;fc/pcw. Inflict, kplidlTiU or iiri- Tilh/pi. Injure, P^aTrru, Injustice, ddiKia. Inspire, hriOripL. Instead, — of, dvri. Insult, v/ipi^u. Intend, fiiX?iXj. Into, etg. Intrust, hniTpiiru. Ionia, 'luvia. Island, v^aoq, J. Jackal, d(jq. Jar, ;iiiioq. Javelin, naTirdv. Join, (Tvfipiywpi. Journey, nopeia or 666^ ; TTopeio/jiai. Judge, KpiTTig, in gen- eral; diKaoT^g, of a court of justice ; — of a contest, dyuvntih Just, dlKOlOq. Justice, 6iKatoavvri. Justly, diKaiuq. Keep, Tpii^u ; kept, some- times the sign of the imperfect. Kill, KTEivu ; be killed, diroth^Ku. Kind, yivog; of all kinds, TravroZof. Kindle, Kaiu. Kindly, tvvoo^. U, Kindness Elindness, svepyeaia. Eling, ^ikehg; be — , ftaatXeicj. ElnOCk, KdTTTO). Know, yiyvcjOKCj or olda. Lacedaemonian, Aokc- (]aifi6vLoq. Ladder, KTufia^. Lament, b6vpofiat. Land, yn. Language, (pcjv^. Large, piyag. Law, vopog. Lead, dyu, in general ; tjyiofiac, to go before in order to conduct ; — forward, irpodyu ; — away, aTrdyu. Leap, d/Js-opai ; — down, KaTaTTTjddu. Learn, pavOdvu or inxv- tidvouai. Leathern -bag, doKdg. Leave, au-tzu, £k?£It(j, or KaTa?.d7r,u. Less, see Small. Lest, fijj. Let, — loose, diTj/xi. Letter, eTrioTo^. Levy, av?J?u)yTJ. Liberality, with great — , peya/joTTpenuQ. Libyan, Al^vg. Lie, KEipai, of position ; fei6u, to falsify ; — outstretched or inac- tive, KaraKeifiai. ^ Life, )3tof. 279 Lift, cupo). Light-armed, — sol- dier, yvpvTjg. Lighten, ETriKow^H^a. Lightly, -rrpaug. Line, rd^ig] in — , or in — of battle, Kara (jtdTuiyya. Lion, y\t(jv. Live, o'lKicj. Living, piog. Long, fioKpdg ; — after, iipiepai. Look, — out for, eiri- peMopai. Loose, Tivo. Loquacious, KcrriXoc. Loss, be at a — , diropiu. Lot, Txjxv- Love, 0. Luck, Tvxv- Luxury, rpnxpfj. Lycius, \vKLoq. Lydia, \v6ia. M. Maeander, 'Siaiav6pog. Magistrates, rf^v, from Majority, the — , oi irol- Tuoi. Make, ttoUu ; TiOrjpi, as laws ; — reply, diro- Kpivopcu ; — war, no- Xepiu or arparevofiai ; — known, pipwu ; — the attack, kneipi ; — clear, drjldu ; — every effort, irdvra noiiu. Man, dvijp or dvOpunoq ; old — ,y^po)v; young — , veaviag; sometimes in •pl.^arpaTiuToi or Ttfig. Mount Manifest, (pavtpdg or S^* Aog. Manner, rpdnog. Many, see Much. March, Tzopeia ; eTmvvo or E^E^aivo) ; — forth, away, or on, e^eTluv- vo; — against, npoa- EXavvo). Market-place, dyopd. Marsyas, Mapcvag. Matter, irpdypa. Means, xPVf-f^Ta, Meat, Kpinq. Mede, mj^oq. Melody, //fAof. Menon, Mtvcw. Mention, Myu. Mercenary, ^EviKog or luaBo6poq, Messenger, dyyElog. Middle, ptaog ; piosv^ as noun. Milesian, yi.il'^aiog. Miletus, WikTiToq. Milk, ydla. Milo, Mt^cjv. Miltiades, 'iJi.LXTLdSrjq. Mina, pvd. Mind, vovq ; be high' minded, pkya ((tpuvicj. Misfortune, dinrrvxia. Miss, duaprdvu. Mithridates, MiOpidd- Money, dpyi'piov or XPV- para ; fond of — , t- ^.dpyvpog. Month, pm'- Moon, aElipnj, Mortal, Oi'Tirdg. Most, s. of 7roA6f ; fid- ham, adv. Mother, prjTtjp. Mount, dvajiaiixj. i Mountain Mountain, 6/x>c. Mouth, (JTdfia. Move, KivLu. Movement, <^p/<'/. Much, irokvq] iroT^v^ as adv. Muse, Moi'ffa. Must, Atl ; often the sign of the verbal in -Ttoq. Muster, aOfwi^u. My, t/itif ; often by the gen. sing, of ey^. Myself, 'tfiavTov, re- flex. ; avrd^^ intens. like ip%e. Name, bvofia. Nature, i^vaiq. Near, T^po^ or trapa; nXifaiov or eyyvg. Necessary, it is — , r/(7rr//Mov, the seat of the oracle. Orator, pt/rup. Order, KtAerw or TaTTu; in good — , ihraKTuc ', in — or in — that^ Iva, wc, or biTiM;. Orestes, 'Optarij^. Orontas, 'O^wivraf. Ostrich, aTf)ovh6c. Other, a?.?j)<; ; others, ol M, § 143. 1. Ought, xi>^- Our, r/uerrpof ; often the gen. plur. of eyu. Out, — of sight, aav^. Outrage, niKiCi->. Outstretched, lie — , KaTaKeifiOi. Overcome, Kpario. Overthrow, Karo?.wj. Own, by the gen. of the proper reflex, pron. P. Pain, AiOn-//. Palace, ftaal}£ia. Palisade, aravpofta. Parasang, rrapaadyy^. Parent, yovei^. Park, irapdieiaoc. Part, fiipoc. Pass, ndpoi^oc ; — along, napadiAofii, trans., or irapepxofiai, in trans. ; — by,napipxofMii^ Passable tlic word to one anoth- er, Aiayye?J.opai. Passable, — by wagons, dfia^iToq. Pausanias, Tiamnvia^. Pay, fiiado^ ; riHu or dnodidufii. Peace, nptivij. Peacock, rauQ. Peltast, TreXraar^f. Penalty, C'7A"'a. People, diipor^. Perceive, maddvopai. Perfidious, iravovpyoq. Perhaps, tawf. Perish or — utterly, dTTdXkvfiai. Perjure, — one's self, tniopKeu. Permit, idu. Persian, HepaiKdi or rit/KTZ/f. Person, dvOpurrog. Persuade, neiOu. Pharnabazus, ^apvd- ftaCog. Philosopher, {>- >(! = . Piece, cut to pieces, ko- Pigres, n/yp^f. Pilot, KVfiepVT/TTt^. Pisidian, Uiaidrfg. Pity, OlKTEipU. Place, x^P^^ or '' ^^ the sense of holding out one's hand to receive what is of- fered, accepting. Reconcile, dia?.AjdTTuoT /wraAAdTTu. Refrain, ankxf^l^t. Refuge, take — , nara- (pevyu. Refuse, ol <}>rjfii. Regard, — happy, ev- datfiovilliu ; in — to, irpdf w. A. Remain, fiivu. Remember, fte/^vrfnai. Remit, drrorrf/zTrw. Reply, make — , ano- Kpivofxai. Reputation, 66^a. Repute, in — , ivdo^u^. Rescue, au^u>. 282 Resolutely, areppuc. Respect, alScj^ ; with to, TT/xJf w. A. Rest, dvarravofmi ; the — of,o dAAof ; the — , oi d?Ju)i or oi ^aiToi. Restore, Kardyu. Restrain, Kartx*^- Retaliate, dvrnzociu. Retreat, ^. Safely, da0a?.oc. Safety, auTrjpla or da<^Xeia ; with — , da<^'A(j^ ; in great- est — , daCw. Savior, aurrjp. Say, /iyw or ^7//t ; d- TTov, said. Scout, OKDTTO^. Scrutinize, tferdCu. Sea, Od7MTTa ; put to — » dvdyofiai. Seat, he seated, KaO^ftai. Second, voTtpcuoq. Secret, Kpviz-dq. See, bpdu ; — to, cko- TTfU. Seek, Cv^fw. Seem, — hest, doKiu. Seer, ndvriq. Self, nirdc, § 145, 1. Self-control, h/Kpdreia. Sell, aKodUhfiai. Send, TT^/zTTCj, ariX^u (p. 89), or iTf^i ; — for, fieTarre/iiTrofiar, — ba^k or home, dizonifn:u ; — forwa rd, Trponifnro); — down, KarairifiTTu ; I — word, TrapayyLXku. Sense Sense, aXadrjauQ. Senseless, avooq. Separate, dTrcxTTrdw or dliOTTipi. Servant, Oepdnuv. Serve, — for hire, Orj- Set, laTTffii ; Svvu, of the sun ; — before, rrapa- r'Stjfii ; — on fire, aaiu or evdnru ; — out, opudofiai. Seven, sTrrd. Severe, ;faAf7rdf. Shame, aiax^'VTf. Sharp, b^bg. Shepherd, Troifi^. Shield, dtTTrif. Ship, vavq. Shoot, To^evu. Shout, Kpavy^; (3odu. Show, (jMivu, to make to appear, to cause to be seen ; 6eiKvv/ii or etti- deiKvvfii, prop, to show with the finger, hence to show in general. Shun, <}>evyu. Sick, be — , dadEviu. Side, from the — of, Tzapd with G. ; on all sides, ndwodev ; on both sides, dfupoTEpo- «ev. Sight, bpaaiq ; out of — , d^av^f; in — , Kara- 7o). Surmount, vKEp^aXhi. Surpass, vTzeptx*^. Surprise, he surprised, 6avfid(,u. Surrender, napadiSufu. Surround, Trepiexi^. Suspect, vTroTTTeio, Suspicion, xyno-^ia. Swear, — falsely, hmop- Keu. Sweat, IJpcjf . Sweet, n^v^, agreeahle in a very wide sense ; yAwct'f , prop, sweet to the taste. Sword, short — , oKivd- Syracuaan, ^vpaK6aioq. Syrian, Zipio^\ Ibpoi. T. Tahle, rpdKcl^a. Take, "kafi^dvu ; — place, yiyvofiai ; — away. 284 h^ipiu ; — pari in an expedition, arpa- Ttvofiai. Talent, TahivTov. Targeteer, 7reAraffrr/f. Taste, yeiaig; ytvojiai. Teacher, ^iddoKaTuoq. Tegea, Ityta. Team, C,tvyoq. Tell, Atyw; elizov, told. Temple, vEuq ; robber of temples, iep6av?.og. Ten, StKo ; — thousand, fiiptoi. Tent, oKijv^. Terrify, CKTrXjyrr* Test, pdaavoq. Than, rj. That, hKelvoq, demon, pron. ; hri, in indir. disc; 'iva, o)p. Think, vofiiCcj or olfiot. Third, rptrog. Thirty, rpidnovra. This, ovTo^ or ode, § 148, N. 1. Those, see That. Thought, take — in re- turn, avremfie^Jofiai. Thousand, ;ttA/o/; two — , diaxi^^i ten — , pi'pioi. Thrace, QpoKti. Thracian, Opa^. Three, rpeig; — hun- dred, rpiaKdaioi. Through, did. Throw, piTTTu; — in, tfi(id7^?uj. Thus, w(5e, in the sense of a^ follows. Tiara, oTh:yyic. Tigris, Tiypr/g. Time, jt^owf, in gen- eral ; upa, season, hour ; proper — , Kai- p6c ; at that — , rdre ; each — , iKdarore ; in — , EVKaipoq ; at the same — with, d^a with D. Tissaphemes, Tiara - To To, flf, tTTi, napd, (jf, or TTpdc. Toil, irdvog ; full of — , TroAvTTOVOf. Tongue, y7.il>naa. Too, dyav. Torch, Txipndq. Touch, d(^{] ; dnropai. Towards, eni w. G. Tower, rvpcrig. Track, ixviov. Traitor, irpoddrrfg. Transgress, napapalvo) or dtxapTdvu. Transport, dtapifidCcj. Treason, Tzpothala. Treasure, driaavpd^. Treat, ;tP«o/^«'- Treaty, cnovAai or avv- Tree, Stvdpov. Trench, rdtppo^. Tribute, 6aafi6q. Trireme, rpiiipriq. Trojan, Tpopeu. Way, d66g; give — , eKK^lvu) give — to, Treidopai ; in this — , ovrcjg. Weak, daOevTig. Wealth, TvTiovTog. Wea.r,exo>] —out, Ka- ra-pi ^u. Weep, 6aKpvcj. Weight, pdpog. Well, ev or /caXwc; it is — , KaTiiJg exet. Well-armed, evoirTMg. Well-bom, evyevrjg. Well-disposed, evvoog. Hi Wet Wet, ftpixf^' What, r/f, inter.; of, rel. ; oou^, gen. rcl. and indir. inter. Whatever, bang. When, f, fTTc/, or eTrei- Whence, irdOev. Whenever, oTrore or Where, evBa or otttj. Wherefore, cjare. Wherever, ottov. Whether, el. Which, Of. Whichever, onSTtpog. Whip, fiaari^. White, XbvkSc. Whither, rroi. Who, r/f, inter. ; 6f, rel. Wliole, oP.of or TTof. Whosoever, 6f. Why, Ti Width, f I'pof. Wife, yw^. Wild, aypiog ; — beast, (hjpiov. Willing, he — , miu. Wind, auefiog. Wine, oivof. Wing, Kepag. Winter, ;te//i(Jf . Wisdom, a(xl>ia. Wise, ffo^. WishjC^tAw or ^ovTuofiai. 286 With, ffi/v, f;fwv ; — the aid of, avv ; — respect to, rrpdc. Withdraw, cnroondu or ava;(up€ CO:S PUBLICATIONS. G-reek Text-Books. Goodwin's Greek Grammar By William W. Goodwin, Ph.D., Eliot Professor of Greek Literature in Harvard College. Revised and Enlarged Edition. Published in December, 1879. i2mo. Half morocco. 425 pages. Mailing Price, $1.65; Introduction, ;S5i.20; Exchange, 90 cts. White's First Lessons in Greek. Revised and Enlarged Edition. Prepared to accompany Goodwin's Greek Grammar, and designed as an introduction either to his Greek Reader or to his Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus, or to the Anabasis of Xenophon. With a Companion Pamphlet of Parallel References to Hadley's Greek Grammar. By John Williams White, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Greek in Harvard University. l2mo. Half morocco. Mailing Price, ^fl.JO; Introduction, 94 cts.; Exchange, 70 cts. Leightons New Greek Lessons. With references to Hadley's Greek Grammar as well as to Goodwin's New Greek Grammar. Intended as an introduction to Xenophon 's Anabasis or to Goodwin's Greek Reader. By R. F. Leighton, Ph.D. (Lips.), Principal Brooklyn High School, N.Y. i2mo. Half morocco. Mailing Price, 51.30; Introduction, 94 cts. ; Exchange, 70 cts. First Four Books of Xenophon's Anabasis. With an illustrated Vocabulary. Edited by Professors W. W. Goodwin and John Williams White of Harvard University. i2mo. Half morocco. 355 pages. Mailing Price, $1.65; Introduction, |i.20; Exchange, 90 cts. Without Vocabulary. Mailing Price, $1.10; Introduction, 75 cts. ; Exchange, 50 cts. Goodwin's Greek Reader. Consisting of Selections from Xenophon, Plato, Herodotus, and Thucydides; being the full amount of Greek Prose required for admission to Harvard University. With Colored Maps, Notes, and References to the revised and enlarged edition of Goodwin's Greek Grammar. Edited by Professor W. W. Goodwin of Harvard Uni- versity. i2mo. Half morocco. 384 pages. Mailing price, $lMi Introduction, ^1.20; Exchange, 90 cts. GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. It Goodwin's Greek Moods and Tenses. By William W. Goodwin, Ph.D., Eliot Professor of Greek Literature in Harvard University. Seventh Edition. Revised and Enlarged. l2mo. Cloth. 279 pages. Mailing Price, $1.65 ; Introduction, g 1.50. Essential Uses of tlie Moods in Greek and Latin. Prepared by R. P. Keep, Ph.D., Instructor in the Classical Department of Williston Seminary, at Easthampton, Mass. Square i6mo. Mailing Price, 40 cts. ; Introduction, 28 cts. Sidg wick's Greek Prose Composition. By Arthur Sidgwick, Lecturer at Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. i2mo. Cloth. 280 pages. Mailing Price, $1.65 ; Introduction, ^^1.33. Philippics of Demosthenes. Contains the First, Second, and Third Philippics, with an Introduction and Explanatory Notes. With references to Goodwin's and Hadley's Greek Grammars. By Frank B. Tarbell, Yale College. i2mo. Cloth. 138 pages. Mailing Price, $i.io; Introduction Price, ^ 1. 00. Hellenic Orations of Demosthenes. Symmories, Megalopolitans^ and Rhodians. With revised text and commentary by Isaac Flagg, Ph.D., Professor of Greek in Cornell University. i2mo. 103 pages. Mailing price, $1.10 ; Introduction Price, l^i.oo. Medea of Euripides. Edited, with Notes and an Introduction, by Frederick D. Allen, Ph.D., Professor of Classical Philology in Harvard University. l2mo. Cloth. 141 pages. Mailing Price, li. 10; Introduction, J i. 00. (Edipus Tyrannus of Sophocles. Edited, with an Introduction, Notes, and full Explanation of the Metres, by John Williams White, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Greek in Harvard University. i2rao. Cloth. 219 pages. Mailing Price, $1.25 ; Introduction, |i.i2. la GINN, HEATH, dr- CO:S PUBLICATIONS. Orations of Lysias. With Biographical Introduction, Notes, and Table of Various Read- IT.^' T .^^^•^•^^'*'^^'^'''''''^^""'^^'P*^•^^ "mo. Mailing Price. $i.io; Introduction, ^ I. oo. * * Selections from the Greek Lyric Poets. With an Historical Introduction, giving a brief survey of the develop- ment of Greek Poetry until the time of Pindar, and also Notes for the studen s use By Henry M. Tyler, Professor of Greek and Latin mSniith College. i2mo. Cloth. 184 pages. Mailing Price, |i. 10; Introduction, ^i.oo. 9 w , Selected Odes of Pindar. With Notes and an Introduction by Thomas D. Seymour. Professor of the Greek Language and Literature in Yale College. The text is that of Bergks fourth edition, and the metrical schemes are according to bchmidts "Kunstformen der Griechischen Poesie." i2mo Cloth seepages. Mailing Price, |i. 55; Introduction, 1 140. Stein's Summary of the Dialect of Herodotus. Translated by Professor John Williams White, Ph.D., from the Get- man of the fourth edition of Herodotus by Heinrich Stein. Paper 15 pages. Mailing Price, 10 cts.; Introduction Price, 10 cts. * Schmidt's Rhythmic and Metric of the CI as- Bu^/v^'"''^''^"' ^^^^^^ ^"^o"™ **^« German by John Williams White, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Greek in Harvard University. Designed as a Manual for Classes in the Greek and Latin Poets. 8vo. Cloth 204 pages. Mailing Price, I2.65 ; Introduction, 12.50. Liddell and Scott's Greeh-English Lexicon. The swth and last Oxford Edition, unabridged. 4to. Sheep. i,88l pages. Mailing Price, $10.00; Introduction, I7.50 net. Liddell and Scott's Greek-English Lexicon. ABRIDGED from the last Oxford Edition of the unabridged (see above), and carefully revised throughout. With Appendix of Proper and Geographical Names, by J. M.Whiton. Square i2mo. 835 pages. Morocco back. Mailing Price, $3.00; Introduction, $1.50 net. r r ^ . V 7 re, :H: •••hi m m m COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 0032212496 -•t f% . •- • ■»'•-*'■ <»;*(»• T.'S'Z. Vf5§2^ JS.Net m0' *,1H